TLL pan . seeregu™ Watts os. Va A ARMU baa hs Lo cal A yh eh UL * : es oni® s wel et | sme .. Shhh \ dese tll |] re * w yt we rae 7” “g : Z| we PRTEY WN Ae) “Kee pees) : ALL | jalreeveuttrs on Ste sy Dey |} concent ies AS ah oO edd Min } " Vw Venauneye” Net wre wy %™ dt hb rir e* aN PE p Wag v idel | Arn AL, Nye vneeer marily eM Hy Mp sy TS arti) nevi tf Mg Li Te SG a ee ee TSS er eco v w Y ] | Fem eet ne syaivssesterores a) pe hes ok ~ aval ” . © ‘eas snl moti: eh ype uF 76S me oe . .« rs Wy \ a | : ois wv, B. =" 45 > wating & Vy | Nh vrs at | Lh Oe ee) ee Warbler, an as bY = id tee ait. WEE eT EEE 3 "AJ eS we | "We Ty 3 a ) | va - Vey, 7 | | We \ = ate . oT foe Fe ' \ we eee gurwverre Ts 1.) yes . i We MEY ow we waersy Vv : eyr ee eae) Meal) het re St POT IT | ct eye dhtly Dk tn pled Nore ctttaee dual | a ne « é ‘ thy. Wee cede’ a. Yah, Veg gereee. iil pe weed wor’ | ae | ve meets WV CV eeee ' o OW rey ie gs a7 Av > q a 4% A | 7 ee ge ~ P a ww" She Puptod, he - aa? ae z ~ ’ ety v' e Wig Z| i ( ) y ‘ J NURS S86 ele AR Jd ) Se alt alias Bre vibes ve an RET itt ga 1 oP . va mai S w 2 x « we eon . - Ly | a WUC veee oo wugtte {< DNA Bini bs r oe Sipe se & - 1IS SY held hi dahddilll woe Nhe eA to tale sauce MAMAN Se (LC blah eet tay TUN bry aa, Ue ee Vuwrgts vite bbdhlahable Aus w 4 Yu it ot lh hte 1 eyynsitee he NAA, SOAK at | | OO i ewwrnes Ae vecres —— Oe seine 4 ‘| Pa A hy | Mice yds": cae PT een pave Nii’ Tat z 1 ‘ NA) y ) | ; 4 RAs | ’ MARY TS i. | “~ w L te net Wn” “WWeew gipagees 4 , MINS TPP SByt sly ASS ‘ we ge =e 1 Bee te ' | ; . a LO Set erent em elu Se ALLL) ' whip te NOES It Sa & So , far ho Tf Peet fl it ak - peee Mac 1 De rea canbe H “ft ue nafteen lines) LNG arta | ee Ce aA Pen, NNT s A oh -Nl lati 1h Aad) 11) yt potest nd iD) TAA AAMAS oy ak we oe Nid Ww ke wrt, yh , ab iorr ss ett vi gadtts ny . | eree Vutwweene: Oeil. ALA Nw Mev a Ty tt? atte retiNa saat WU, ’ : De ie Ss ww ; ee weneMerimrn ttt ceuaurce rool anh be 3 i. we gf Ww PPA LA Atl || ee eT tng tt atte ete he ™ Waite), oe owe TET oth Ad he Wet J pO gtd | TRAD AN poe ett wrew Ma |] wid ” i weer ~ rd | Streeter SoC HEEL AAR he tt) hte Vy “oa UN caanmen rf |.) pee wv Ve V¥e¥y | ans Tus ih Ce PAK ns. MMA, va RT Ts | | Ae | ah | | Tidd. St eR “bk woe TAAL} “ANA ~ wv ‘ es _ghs TELL Th PNAS Wiveyyae SPT | ey Hoolewe \ eg CaNs “ee New OSU WANN N y VVevwe ce TY el OO Ne Wir’ Sih | ANS Bees, ll ‘ AS we ett ay ~ > ~idtaseltreOy . — - « ~< Ne ~ “~ a Me » Wid, ViCSguRe J fe 4. — ¢ Th Wart a At DA nnn nag AA | | | hidde 7 ang ' bes KR Ar see we 4 . a) [i be var SS oo Be V a he vey vied || : yer t Woe Neg wea hwtepilie’ im oN \ Ve Wel ey vay shay ‘Ni jin “WW cid BT + TE titty on . seins be ee wy hS it wo\ AY ewe e. oa »s~™ a . 8 NE +1 Cotte LATTE PORE am ~ 4, Wy NLL nee TTT ELLE TPT MAH Lhe ei ia Ww my WE raat BEEN mn {] uty? Naif Wig) \daew =, ‘Wey iyguely CHUL CUCU ate riled “¢g vey “~@ wid] | A ASAD LL { Seog aA Ls Use Sv UN { he, a a w PRE AL TELS 7*> ~~ " AL TF} | hl w* | * >. yf tad, oe she: assy : ae were “ig Gis, oa ar rety an . we why & whe wy “NY vvb, wi \ he at te Th oN rE dtr, 948 Mw POUL L are | 1) eT Ut TP ai Su wwy é Owe yy yee . “A ebee. Med | | sp ’ min wre . ty inne : dal hd ae TUG es, Vig. Ws ADA Wes a ‘ yee’ e ¥ Xe wi} } . oe % ? . “ThA, j 1p. A = # ve . . “Eve || ie. he \ See ; Be on eeue Uva, =O ue v q ; ytv . . LR Sas wy Vy om ed VU S eee vy? fs ¥ Vw, AALS ToL. s* a” Ws Par? DO, uly 9 Pt Ott Rbk bd o VyE eee aT Tit ow eo aah ca, * rap Ly Sada: ae OK es ee aE OLN ae a + 7 4 le yi) *TRARMCT ONS AND PROCBEDINGS : OVAL SOCIETY of OUT AUSTRALIA [Wits Twenty-THREE PLATES, AND TWENTY-FOUR FIGURES IN THE TEXT. | _ EDITED BY PROFESSOR WALTER BOWCEIN, F. GS. Assistep ny ARTHUR M/E, F.ES. PRICE, TEN SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE, Adelaide : PUBLISHED BY THE Society, Roya Society Rooms, Nortu TERRACE, DECEMBER 24, 1920. -Printep py Hussey & Gintinenam, LimitEep, 106 anp 108, Currie Street, ADELAIDE, SoutH AUSTRALIA. Parcois for transmission to the Royal Society of South Aue- tralia from the Unitcd States of America can be forwarded through the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. oF iad ahs = Ts - ee 2 = ‘ ieee Mae $ “ee TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA (INCORPORATED). OM kee ee oe [Wits TWENTY-THREE PLATES, AND TWENTY-FOUR FIguRES IN THE TEXT. ] EDITED BY PROFESSOR WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G:S.. Assistep By ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E:S. / is _ WA, PRICE, TEN SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. Adelaide : PUBLISHED BY THE Socrery, Royat Socrery Rooms, NortH TERRACE, - DECEMBER 24, 1920. PRInTED By Hussty & GiLtineHam, Liwitep, 106 AnD 108, Currie Srreet, ApELAIDE, SourH AUSTRALIA. Parcels for tranemiesion to the Royal Society of South Aue- tralia from the United States of America can be forwarded through the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. vi. Ropul Society of South Australia (INCORPORATED). Patron: HIS EXCELLENCY SIR ARCHIBALD WEIGALL, K.C.M.G. — ee — OFFICERS FOR 1920-21. President : SIR JOSEPH C. VERCO, M.D., F.R.O.S. Wice=Presidents: E. ASHBY, F.L.S., M.B.O.U. MAJOR R. H. PULLEINE, M.B. ‘fbon. Treasurer: W. B. POOLE. tbon. Secretary: WALTER RUTT, C.E.- Members of Council: PROF. R. W. CHAPMAN, M.A., B.C.E., F.R.A.S. PROF. WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G.S. (Rditor and Repyene overdo PROF. E. H. RENNIE, M.A., D.Sc., FOS. CAPT. S. A. WHITE, C.M.B.0.U. LIEUT.-COLONEL R. S. ROGERS, M.A., M.D. PROF. T. BRALLSFORD ROBERTSON, Pux.D., D.So. bon. Auditors: “W. L, WARE, J.-P. ‘H. WHITBREAD. Vil. SOc ENF S : is a Page. Browne, W. R.: The Igneous Rocks of Encounter Bay, South Aus- tralia. (Communicated by Prof. W. Howchin.) Plates i. to iv. Lower, Oswatp B.: New Australian Lepidoptera ... Witton, Dr. J. R.: Certain Diophantine Problems ... He Buacx, J. M.: Vocabularies of Four South Australian Languages— Adelaide, Narrunga, Kukata, and Narrinyeri—with atic: Reference to their Speech Sounds ... if Frnuayson, H. H.: Essential Oil from the Fruits of Calttris verrucosa. (Communicated by Prof. Rennie) Rosertson, Pror. T. Bramsrorp: Studies in Comparative Pade ology. 1, Observations on the Physiology of the Fly’s Intestine Rogers, Dr. R. S., and C. T. Waite: A Contribution to the Orchid- aceous Flora of Papua (British New Guinea). Plates v. to vill. Turner, Dr. A. Jerrerts: A Revision of the Australian Noctuidae Biack, J. M.: Additions to the Flora of South Australia, No. 17. Plates ix. and x. ‘ Carter, H. J.: Revisional Watade on ao Family Cistelidac (Order Coleoptera) Lea, ArtHur M.: On Ditropidus te Allied rk es (Coleoptera ‘Chrysomelidae) ‘ Rippte, Artuur R.: An aesiitians > ang of Nautilus pompilius, Linn. . with a Short Bephegrenhy on Ocean Currents affecting the Australian Coast Asupy, Epwin: Chitons of the D’ Re nae Shanna, pestis Tasmania, including Additions to the Tasmanian Fauna, and Descriptions of a New Species and a New Variety. Plate xi. Asusy. Epwin: A Review of Chiton crispus, Reeve (Order Poly- placophora), and its Allies, with Proposed Recognition of Blainville’s Chiton lineolatus, and Dea ie of Three New Species. Plates xi. and xii. AsxuBy, Epwin: Further Notes on Maotalind Pileuhistakaens igh Additions and Corrections of the 1918 Distribution List Rippt£, ArtHur R.: An Observation on the Toning of Photo- graphic Silver Images av : Howonin, Pror. WALTER: ciate. Thixaleemetiinal > Eitere: lithic, and Desiccation Breccias and Conglomerates, with References to some South Australian Occurrences. Plates xvi. to xxi. Rogers, Dr. R. S.: Veeaaaiae te eahentan: Orchidology. _ Plate xiii. ise oid. Pror. F. Woop: The Rvleewal Charan of Poaak Teakiryes of Marsupials. No. 1—Trichosurus pomeoua, var. coca Plates xiv. and xv. Buack, J. M.: Additions to the Wise of South | Australia, No, 18. Plates xxii. and xxiii. ... 110 120 190 198 218 257 263 272 283 293 300 322 360 374 Vili. CONTENTS (Conrtinvep). MiscELLANEA— Notes on Occurrences during Summer Recess, 1919-20 ... Obituary Notice of Robert Etheridge os The Solvent Effects of Sea Water on ees Note on the Generic Position of Certain Mastiablan Cumbrian Trilobites Sarsen Stones and Deits. Bee in Nee Zealand Notes on X-ray Phenomena ... Radio-active Photograph of Autunite ve Radiograph of a Skull of an Australian Aborigine Coorongite ah ; bet ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS ... ANNUAL REPORT BALANCE-SHEETS DoNATIONS TO THE LiBRARY ... List oF MEMBERS . AprENDIx—Field Naturalists Soctaat? loses Sepsue a GENERAL INDEX Lge ae -* ‘ “ ip co gaod aa ? | ’ ) gf : oA ao par at g » ¢ L m eet . +, 7% that 728] My = 7 - “if : wt ; thy 5 Pee “ey uv ’ i rue ' . . x29! : . 7 iv XV ‘/, ~> ( A glance at the map (fig. 1) will show istribution of the igneous rocks, and at the same time serve to indicate how the coast owes its configuration to the presence of the resistant masses of granite. The coastline has a general N.E.-S.W. trend, with two prominent projections at Port Elliot and Rosetta Head respectively. Not quite midway between these Granite Island lies, just off Port Victor, separated from the _ blunted point of land by a very shallow expanse of water, and evidently but recently severed from the mainland. On the’ other side of Rosetta Head the coastline curves round to another minor projection, King Point, off which lies West Island, which, like Granite Island, was at no distant geological date connected with the mainland. ‘9 The two main projections, as well as the two islands referred to, are composed of granitic rocks which have offered a stubborn resistance to the attacks of the sea, which has eroded those portions of the coast not so protected. This has resulted in the production of the long unbroken cuspate stretches of sandy beach with nodes at Port Elliot, Port Victor, and Rosetta Head, as well as the concave stretch of coastline between Rosetta Head and King Point. Prof. Howchin has inferred from the glacial evidences in the vicinity that a great granitic mountain mass formerly extended to the east and south of the present coastline in Permo-Carboniferous times, which has since foundered, and of which Granite Island, West Island, and a number of smaller islets off the coast, form a remnant. The original boundary of the granite outcrop was evi- dently not far inland from the present coastline. Ill. Genrat Fretp RELATIONS OF THE IGNEOUS Rocks. The igneous rocks are intrusive into mica-schists, which Prof. Howchin considers to be “‘probably Lower Cambrian,’’ (® and the contact can be studied at the north side of Rosetta Head, where a fine section is exposed. Lying unconformably on the schists are the practically level-bedded glacial deposits of the Permo-Carboniferous: these outcrop prominently just close to the granite on the south-west side of Port Elliot, at various points near sea level between Port Elliot and ‘Port Victor, and along the coast with little interruption round to Rosetta Head. On top of these there is in places a covering of nodular ‘travertine’ or kunkar, which is extensively (5) Howchin: Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. xxxiv., 1910, 44 (6) Geology of South Australia, p. 363. 4. developed, and is of comparatively recent geological age. It transgresses over the granite at Port Elliot, and patches of it are to be seen on the east and south of Granite Island as well as at Rosetta Head. 7 The igneous rocks form a complex of distinct but closely- related intrusions comprising granite of two different kinds, albite syenite, quartz mica diorite, soda granophyre and aplite, and potash aplite. A number of doleritic intrusions - are, as will be shown, possibly related to the more acid rocks.. As indicated above, the igneous rocks outcrop only at the © three prominent points—Port Elliot, Granite Island, and Rosetta Head—in addition to the small islets, which were not visited. (1) GRANITE ISLAND. Porphyritic Grante.—The island is composed for the most part of porphyritic granite, which is the normal or pre- ponderating type, and is found also at Port Elliot and Rosetta Head, as well as on West Island, and apparently on most of the other islets too. It is a coarse-grained biotite granite, very conspicuously porphyritic in felspar of a greyish-pink colour, and studded with bluish opalescent quartz crystals and grains up to nearly half an inch in length, which impart to the rock a very striking and characteristic appearance. The granite weathers in such a way that the felspar pheno- crysts, some of them upwards of 2 in. in length by about 1 in. in breadth, stand out from the rest of the rock, causing it to have, from a little distance, the appearance of a conglomer- ate or breccia (pl. 1., fig. 2). Jointing is very conspicuous, and is very noticeable near the breakwater, where the direction of the joints is a little east of north. Here the joint-faces exposed by quarrying show slickensides, as well as a skin of sericitic mica, resulting doubt- less from differential movement during the uplifts and subsidences to which the area has been subjected since the consolidation of the granite. Inclusions, both small and great, of the invaded schists are fairly numerous: one of these, on the west side of the island, is about 12 ft. long. As a rule the boundaries of these inclusions are quite sharp, no apparent assimilation having taken place. In a number of cases, however, small inclusions, about 3 or 4 in. long, appear to have been altered and partially assimilated. Quartz Mica Diorite.—The granite is traversed in a roughly meridional direction, from side to side of the island, by two broad dyke-like masses of dense bluish rock, in parts fairly thickly studded with large felspars and smaller quartz crystals similar to those of the porphyritic granite, but in Ree: other places quite even-grained and very dark and compact. As one goes round the northern margin of the island, walking eastwards from the end of the jetty, the first of these masses is to be seen commencing from behind the tramshed, while the other is encountered a little further along. The width of the two masses together is about 60 yards. The first mass may be traced for some distance up the slope in a southerly direction, but is soon lost; the other passes up behind the harbour-master’s house, and appears again in a good strong section on the south side of the island. Another section on the cliffs of the south side, but more to the west, may be the continuation of the first mass, but the ' capping of ‘‘travertine’’ and soil which covers the higher parts of the island makes it difficult to trace the outcrops. Of the two sections seen on the north side of the island the first, or more westerly, is the denser and finer in grain; the other is rather more coarsely crystalline and richer in the large felspar and quartz crystals. On the whole there is a gradual increase from west to east in grainsize and in propor- tion of large crystals. This is not maintained on the cliff- sections on the south side of the island, where the rock is moderately studded with phenocrysts, which are rather more numerous near the contact with the granite and decrease towards the centre of the mass. The field relations between the granite and the jiner- grained rock are such that the determination of relative age is difficult. On the one hand, inclusions of the diorite are found in the granite, like basic secretions; but on the other hand, at the contact tongues of diorite are seen to penetrate the granite and wice versd, so that at one time the diorite, at another the granite, seems to be the intrusive rock. The boundaries of the two rocks are not sharply defined, and this is best seen on the south side of the island. The junction lines are frequently curved and twisted, and there is a suggestion of blending, as if at the time of intrusion both rocks had not been wholly solidified. No chilled contacts were observed. At all events, whichever of the two was injected first, it is certain that no great time-interval separated the acts of intrusion, and the precise order is of no great moment. Both the granite and the quartz mica diorite are diver- sified in places by veins and veinlets of pink aplitic rock. (2) ROSETTA HEAD. Porphyritic Granite.—This is similar to that of Granite Island. 6 Albite Syemte.—The porphyritic granite has associated with it a mass of albite mica syenite. This is a coarse-grained rock, typically containing large phenocrysts, up to 2 in. long by about 14 in. broad, and simply twinned. The remainder of the rock is composed, megascopically, of smaller felspars, with a varying amount of silvery-grey chloritic mica. The porphyritic character is sometimes lacking, and in these cir- cumstances mica is usually very abundant. The white colour and the absence of megascopic quartz clearly differentiate this rock in the field from the porphyritic granite. Probably owing to the presence of chlorite the rock is extremely tough, and good specimens are rather difficult to procure. On the northern side of the headland, near the old wharf, the syenite is in contact with the invaded schists, which it has altered considerably and into which it has thrust long tongues of non-porphyritic material, as well as numbers of veins, large and small, composed of quartz and mica. Following the shore-line round to the east and south one finds the syenite continuing for some distance, but it is soon replaced by granite, the boundary of the two rocks sloping upward towards the south. On the southern side of Rosetta Head the syenite is again seen, and for a considerable distance on the landward side it is the rock in contact with the schists. In spite of all the exposures, however, a junction.showing clearly the relations of granite and syenite was not found. Enclosures of the country rock, sometimes several yards in diameter, are found in both the syenite and the granite, and occasional pipes of potash aplite cut through the coarser- grained rocks. Uralitie Dolerite.—A number of altered basic dykes are to be seen in the neighbourhood of Rosetta Head. One of these runs in an approximately meridional direction behind the headland among the schists; another, following the strike of the schists, is encountered on the shore between the head- land and King Point, while a third, not more than 3 ft. wide, cuts the granite and can be seen outcropping on the top of the headland somewhat on the southern side. This is trace- able through the plutonic rock for a distance of about 40 yards. Prof. Howchin has recorded the existence of numerous other similar dykes at various points inland from Rosetta Head, and the present writer has observed one exactly com- parable with those at Rosetta Head, about 6 miles up the valley of the Inman. 7 (3) PORT ELLIOT. ’ At Port Elliot we get more variations in the igneous rocks than elsewhere. They form a fringe of rocky coast extending for about a mile and a half, notched by sandy bays of various sizes, the largest being about 600 yards wide. These are due in some measure to the jointing of the granite (fig. 2). LEGEND / ; : “ERS: f Porphyritic Granile Even-gr ained do eres Ry -_— AX KAR A son be A \ Red Aplite Peep pen : te) OF) | : . ary me. re Greisenised Granophyre [“-¢ S" Sal din, re Ab oo" v4 Z 3 Soda Aplite (rear GreenBay) \ Aes MMODORE PT. rah : ee ONC ei rine tae feo ih”) ver ( THY 1ac10! Sealing \ { Vee 4 ay sao ‘s > ~ er PULLENS I~ > . x* 3 ees iat Oe ae eat 7 CR lash eg x ae oui ue ba ida! CF bate mer “itinee ae Mes) an «SEN BAN ee a ee 0 8 = 2 chains ee ee eee | Fig. 2. Coastline at Port Elliot. The igneous rock never extends for more than 300 yards inland, and indeed in places does little more than form the face of a scarp sloping to the sea. The real landward extent of the outcrop cannot be determined, as it is overlain by a deposit of “‘travertine,” and at its western extremity disappears under the horizontally-stratified Permo-Carboniferous glacial beds. ede. ie | aimee 8 In addition to the porphyritic granite the rocks of Port Elliot include a more acid, even-grained granite, a relatively coarse-grained mass of red aplite, another mass of greisenised soda granophyre, and a dyke of soda aplite. The granites are intersected by pipes and narrow dykes of potash aplite and veinlets of coarse pegmatite, with frequent patches of quartz and tourmaline. Porphyritic Granite.—This constitutes the greater part of the igneous rock at Port Elliot. It extends from about Green Bay right around past Commodore Point, with one wide gap which is occupied by a sandy bay. In general appearance it bears a certain resemblance to the Granite Island rock, but on the more southerly parts of the outcrop the phenocrysts are smaller and the opalescent quartz crystals are perhaps more abundant and of a deeper blue. Sharply-bounded inclusions of schist are found, some of large dimensions, and in one place a rounded enclosure of porphyritic diorite, similar to that of Granite Island, was seen. The weathering of the granite is distinctive. Whereas the Granite Island rock has a rough and _breccia-like surface, that of Port Elhot is smooth, the felspar phenocrysts being by no means prominent. This is due, in part at least, to the fact that much of the rock is being constantly wetted by waves or spray, which protect it from the destructive influences, both mechanical and chemical, of the atmosphere ; at Granite Island, in the region of calm water, this protection is not available. ; Even-grained Gramte.—Megascopically this bears some slight resemblance to the porphyritic granite, but differs from it in the absence of large crystals of felspar and quartz, in the smaller proportion of ferro-magnesian constituents, and in the finer grain. This type of rock is first met as one approaches Port Elliot along the shore from the Victor Har- bour side. It weathers to a reddish-pink colour on the surface and for a little distance down, but at depth shows the blue- grey tint due mainly to the presence of opalescent quartz. As. one goes east this even-grained granite is seen to enclose masses of the porphyritic granite and to invade the latter in tortuous tongues. There has been a certain amount of contamination by the older rock, for at the contact the even-grained granite acquires sparingly phenocrysts of felspar and large blue quartz crystals, a feature which dies out with increasing distance from the contact. The junction between the two granites is not sharp, but of a ‘‘swirling’’ nature, somewhat like that between the granite + 9 and diorite of Granite Island, showing that here, too, the time-interval between intrusions was small. . At Green Bay the even-grained granite is definitely succeeded by the porphyritic type, but it reappears on the coast past Commodore Point and continues for some little distance. It is noteworthy that no inclusions of country rock have been found in this even-grained granite. Red (potash) Aplite—Past Commodore Point the even- grained granite is succeeded by a mass of brick-red coloured aplitic rock which fringes the coast for about 400 yards, round almost to Middleton Beach. This rock is readily distinguished by its characteristic weathering colour and by the close jointing by which the outcrop is intersected. The field relations of the mass could not be made out, but it is probably intrusive towards the even-grained granite. Landward its exten- sion is not very great, and it is soon succeeded by other rocks. The rock is finer grained than the granites but dis- tinctly coarser than the other aplites, and there is a notable absence of ferro-magnesian minerals. Greisenised Soda Granophyre.—At the back, or land- ward, side of the red aplite and even-grained oranite, and extending up to Middleton Beach, is an outcrop of fine-grained muscovitic rock which microscopical investigation has shown to be a pneumatolytically-altered soda granophyre. Its field relations with regard to the contiguous rocks could not -be determined, and inland it soon disappears under a cover of sand. Soda Bigs Beobably very closely related to the soda granophyre is a fine-grained soda aplite which occurs as a dyke cutting the granite a little east of Green Bay..-The dyke is only a few feet wide and runs seawards in a more or less meridional direction. Associated with it is a rim of biotite similar to those described below in connection with aplite pipes. The rock is of a cream colour, and towards the edges of the dyke has been contaminated by the granite, acquiring a little biotite and opalescent quartz. Minor Potash Aplites, etc.—Other aplites, characterized by fineness of grain and by the presence of subordinate biotite, are found pretty abundantly at Port Elliot as veins or pipes cutting through the porphyritic and even-grained granites. As a rule the boundaries of the intrusions are quite sharp, but sometimes they are accompanied by a curious segregation rim of biotite. Fig. 3 shows diagrammatically such an occur- rence. There is an aplitic pipe (a) with nests of quartz and tourmaline (4); this is surrounded by a zone of the coarser granite (c) with less than the normal proportion of biotite, 10 and varying in width from 1 in. up to 18 in. This zone is separated from the normal granite (¢) by a narrow band or rim (d) 1 in. to 14 in. wide, very rich in biotite. Along this biotitic rim differential erosion has often produced a little depression or gutter. The small nests of quartz and tourmaline are fairly common among the aplites, and appear occasionally in the granites, and even in the syenite of Rosetta Head. Megascopically one of these nests appears as a dense mat of tourmaline needles with a little interstitial felspar, the whole surrounded by a selvage of quartz. Viewed microscopically the tourmaline, strongly pleochroic from light brown to ‘indigo blue, is seen to be replacing felspar, the replacement ere | ~ 5 \ 7 ie PE USS epee Pale pcos \_ filtltilaytittonnupy 6 ~~ po 7 _— Wty oe aa a: \ CYC iti ~ y \ — Y 4 fe = ts \ \ — _ Sa? y Z,- ~ Pi Z \ Gl ZB Z Zire aS Z " Onn 7 ) P ii Y Ss Chay, ad A Ut te eee ete a / RN M rryygerillill re st NT ae A oh \ -s ne = 7 / SS ‘ \ \ i NS am Fig. 3. starting along cleavage planes, and the whole apparently represents an alteration of aplite by magmatic emanations. Of the same general type, though on a larger scale, is a pipe about 4 ft. across, the outer rim being of quartz and biotite with some large felspars, forming a kind of pegmatite. Within this is a zone of quartz, and the centre is occupied by tourmaline. UVralitie Dolerite.zThe uralitic diabase described by Dr. Chewings is?) from a small pipe cutting through the granites on the eastern side of Green Bay. ‘The outcrop is visible only at low tide, and the author was never fortunate enough to find it uncovered. Nn (7) Vide Prof. Howchin. we : 7 << mr at ee. oT, 11 TV. PETROGRAPHY. (1) PORPHYRITIC GRANITE. The type specimen was collected on Granite Island. The author is indebted to Mr. Rumbelow, of Encounter Bay, for a specimen from West Island, and this is identical in all respects with the type. The minerals visible megascopically comprise potash felspar phenocrysts, rather tabular in habit, and usually showing irregular carlsbad twinning ; quartz, bluish opalescent, the opalescence being occasionally interrupted and at times zonally disposed; bzotite and small felspar, occasionally striated, in the interspaces, and at times a little pyrites. Under the microscope are seen quartz, plagioclase, micro- cline, and biotite, with subordinate muscovite, apatite, and magnetite, and a little zircon and pyrites. The first three of these, and possibly biotite as well, occur in two generations. The rock texture is dominated by the larger crystals of micro- cline, quartz, and plagioclase, with an interstitial filling of the same- minerals and biotite. Microcline.—This mineral has been described in some detail by H. W. Gartrell,‘®) who refers it to the anorthoclase group, but a re-examination of some of the optical and other physical properties points to the mineral being rather a microperthitic microcline. A section parallel to (010) gives an extinction of 6°, and shows streaks of another felspar, in roughly parallel orientation, with a R.I. higher than that of the host but lower than Canada Balsam. The D.R. of these streaks is slightly stronger than that of the host, and an extinction angle of 19° is found. The direction of the streaks makes an angle of 64° with the basal cleavage, which would make them parallel to (100). Sections of the pheno- erysts cut normal to (010) show the usual microcline twin- ning, spindle-shaped rather than cross-hatched, and in addi- tion have small discontinuous lenticular inclusions of plagioclase arranged roughly normal to the _ pinacoidal cleavage. There is* no doubt then that there is a micro- perthitic intergrowth of albite with microcline. Mr. L. A. Cotton, M.A., B.Sc., kindly made some rough measurements of the optic axial angle of the mineral, with the result that the approximate value of 76° was found for 2V. This is much closer to the value for microcline than to that for anorthoclase. Gartrell’s analysis of the felspar as given in his paper shows nothing unusual in the way of soda percentage for a (8) Loc. cit. sup. 12 perthite, but it must be admitted that the lime is rather high, d Be ; 1i] Be Tig: IV. B10, 7 3: epee * 65°00 64°96 65°05 ALO. (2 loa 19°50 18°91.5 219 Pe,O) ace er. "35 "43 °28 Minty: tr, ir. Hed try MgO we cr: "05 = e CaO ree ee "30 39 | Sa meet Na.O ee 3°03 Bae En: 3°57 KOON eee 12°36 12°09 ee 119 ce EO a eas "26 "18° a ae i Total 100°42 100°85 100°20 99°84 Sper. 2 5Gat) - obese” ae —2°564 I. Phenocryst from Port Victor granite. H. W. Gartrell, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. XXWii, 1903, p. 257. . II. Perthitic felspar, Westfield, Mass, U.S A. W. H. Warren, Proc. Amer. Acad. of Arts and Sci., vol. Ol 19155 p: 439: III. andIV. Perthitic felspars, Finland. Anal. Makinen. Quoted by W. H. Warren, loc. cit. as is indicated by comparison of the analyses given above. Some of the lime would be accounted for by the inclusions of apatite and of andesine which are present, but even making allowance for these it is difficult to explain the figures. The proportions of the various felspar molecules cal- culated from the analyses for the Victor Harbour and one of the Finland occurrences are :— I: Iv. Or i: 65°7 67"2: Ab Aye 22°99): ej An 0 aay a The felspar then is to be regarded as a microperthitic microcline. " The phenocrysts contain inclusions of biotite in good crystals up to about 2°5 mm.; this appears exactly of the same kind as that found elsewhere in the rock, but of smaller size and idiomorphic form. Occasionally the biotite is accom- panied by muscovite either well crystallized or very ragged. Zoned plagioclase crystals up to 2 mm. in length and of the composition of andesine or oligoclase are also included. Quartz (9) A re-determination gave this result. Gartrell’s original figure was 2°582. 13 inclusions in ragged or rounded grains are irregularly dis- tributed, at times forming a narrow rim or frame surrounding the inclusions of plagioclase or mica. A little apatite is also seen, in needles and short stout prisms. All of these are primary inclusions, of earlier date than the felspar, but other apparent inclusions of quartz and sericitic muscovite are strung out in irregular lines and evidently fill cracks or solution cavities. A fairly constant characteristic of these felspar phenocrysts is the presence of a rim of variable width composed of quartz granules graphic- ally intergrown with the felspar and optically continuous with each other over small areas, or at other times optically independent. The inner edge of the rim is as a rule straight. There are outgrowths of the felspar beyond the rim, the phenocrysts having as a result irregular boundaries against the other minerals of the rock. These outgrowths are usually notably free from perthitic intergrowths of albite. The whole appearance suggests that the felspar originally separated out from a fluid magma in idiomorphic crystals, and afterwards, under changed conditions, resumed growth, the additions consolidating during the crystallization of the ground-mass (see pl..i., fig. 1). It is this characteristic of the phenocrysts that produces the deceptive effect, megascopically, of rounding and resorption. The microcline of the second generation is not in great amount, and is free from inclusions, and for the most part also from perthitic oer though traces of this are occasion- ally seen. Quartz.—The quartz of the earlier generation is sub- idiomorphic at times, in crystals ‘up to 1 cm. in length, and preserving under the microscope their hexagonal appearance, but with very ragged boundaries. Minute liquid and glass inclusions are extremely abundant everywhere throughout the crystals, occasionally aggregating into bands or strings and often containing fixed or mobile gas bubbles. In addition extremely slender dark rods, up rr about ‘01 mm. long, are very thickly distributed in places ; these may be rutile. The quartz crystals show undulose extinction and are invariably traversed by irregular cracks which break up the area covered by any one section of quartz into a number of. smaller areas, each in different orientation from its neighbours, as if frac- turing had been in some way accompanied by rotation of the fragments. And yet strings of glass inclusions are often continuous over two adjacent areas. The cracks when cut diagonally polarize in bright colours. A curious feature in connection with this irregular cracking is that in thin section the quartz when viewed in 14 reflected light with the naked eye or under the microscope ex- hibits the opalescence in some of the irregular patches bounded — by cracks, while other areas are dark. In transmitted light under the microscope the areas which showed opalescence exhibit a very faint but quite distinct yellowish tinge, while the other areas are quite colourless. No connection could be traced between the optical orientation of any fragment and the presence or absence of opalescence in it. The quartz of the ground-mass is thoroughly allotio- morphic and is clear and free from cracks, but is not otherwise noteworthy. Plagioclase. — This is in subidiomorphic crystals and irregular grains up to about 6 mm. in length, strongly zoned and twinned on the albite and pericline laws. Optical measure- ments were hard to get, but extinctions on a section parallel to (010) indicate a composition ranging between andesine (Ab,,) and oligoclase (Ab,.). In other crystals the outer margins are as acid as Ab,,. The composition does not vary continuously, but oscillates somewhat, in some crystals at all events. The felspar is spangled with secondary mica which develops mainly along cleavage planes. There are a few small grains of plagioclase in the ground mass, having the composi- tion Ab,,, or in other words, the same as the outer zones of the larger crystals. The latter dovetail into the minerals of the ground-mass, and the inference is that, in the plagioclase as in the microcline, after the crystallization of the pheno- crysts some of the felspar of the residual magma crystallized in optical continuity with the phenocrysts, while the rest went to form separate crystals. Biotite.—Apart from + the idiomorphic inclusions in microcline this mineral forms, with the second generation of quartz and felspar, a filling between the larger crystals. It varies considerably in size, the largest individuals being about 3 mm. in length, while the smallest are mere specks. The former may possibly belong to an earlier generation; they are very ragged and corroded and contain fairly abundant inclusions of apatite, ilmenite rods, and zircon. / Much of the smaller biotite is fairly idiomorphic, but | quite irregular flakes are found intergrown with and wrapping round the quartz and felspar of the ground-mass; this biotite is much less marked by inclusions than the larger corroded material. Other Minerals.—A little muscovite is intergrown with the biotite. Apatite in small stoutish prisms, zircon as tiny crystals in biotite surrounded by dense pleochroic haloes, ilmenite always included in biotite, and a little pyrites com- plete the mineral constitution. \io ia 15 A specimen of the granite from Granite Island was analysed, and the analysis is given below, along with that of another South Australian microcline granite, for com- parison :— . II. — Sr Ste 68°20 68°31 Al,O, da 15°99 15°21 Fe,O, ey, 0°89 — 0°53 FeO... et 2°58 3°73 | MgO ... it: 0°80 0°65 Garr... net 2°61 a NO... _ 2°85 3°14 Ke) a. oy 4°60 4°68 H,O+ ote 0°64 0°44 H,O- ase 0°21 0°08 COS... ae abs. abs. AAW) 8: oe 0°58 0°53 ed Pe iy 0°14 0°29 i ne 0:04 0°04 BaO. ... en 0°04 abs. BeOs 82. hee pd: — Mess, %.'. AE O11 0°09 Cl ita ve — 0°10 Peete yf) i's LOORS 99°31 (0) Sp. gr. at 19°C 2°673 I. Porphyritic granite from Granite Island. Anal. W. R. Browne. II. Granite, Hundred of Moody, Co. Jervois, Eyre Pen. Anal. W. S. Chapman.) An approximate mode calculated from the analysis gave the following weight-percentage composition :— Quartz ae bys ae ae eee Microcline ne ye - ee ieee 5 be ' Plagioclase (Ab,,) pe ns eb Aor the’ Biotite af a “5 kta 6s Ilmenite “et a, te hae 1°2 Apatite me avi “a Sf "3 Other minerals he ue vn ‘2 Certain assumptions had to be made in arriving at this result. All the MgO and FeO were allotted to biotite, and (10) The standard of comparison is water at 4°C, (11) Geol. Surv. of S. Austr., Bull. No. 3. ae of the Co. of Jervois, by R. L. Jack, B.E., F.G.8.5 pte. 16 all the microcline was assumed to be perthitic and to have / the composition found by Gartrell for the phenocrysts. The mineral constitution and the chemical composition alike indicate that the rock belongs to the Adamellite division of the granite family. (2) QUARTZ MICA DIORITE. _ A number of specimens of this rock, chosen to illustrate the variation in characters, have been sectioned. No. 1 repre- sents the quartz mica diorite proper, without any large crystals. It is a dense dark-blue rock, and under the microscope is seen to be holocrystalline, of fine variable grain size, and hypidiomorphic granular. A Rosiwal measurement gave the following percentage mineral constitution by weight :— Quartz he ve sae o> aan Plagiolcase ... a Sg (Lae Biotite ne ins eZ i S208 Ilmenite Me) ete re af 133 One or two sections of potash felspar were also noticed, and a little sphene and apatite occur. ; Plagioclase is in short idiomorphic prisms, averaging about ‘4 mm., and is slightly dusted with alteration products. Some sections are zoned, and the composition PP to range from about Ab., to Ab,,. Biotite is quite eae with a strong, rather greenish- brown colour; it inclines to idiomorphism at times. Included in it there are commonly very tiny granules of sphene bunched together or in strings, and often clustering round the edges of the mica. The biotite appears to have crystallized partly before and partly after the felspar. Quartz is granular and interstitial, wrapping round and sometimes including the felspar and other minerals. It is notably free from cracks and inclusions, in contrast to the opalescent quartz of the porphyritic granite. Ilmenite is not very abundant. It is sometimes altered to secondary sphene. How far the sphene in the rock is primary is uncertain; a little does certainly occur in sub- idiomorphic sections, but much of the minutely granular material associated with the biotite is probably secondary. Microlitic needles of apatite are fairly abundant, but strangely enough very little of it is included in the biotite. A certain amount of strain is indicated in the rock. The absence of zircon in the biotite is noteworthy, likewise the virtual absence of the potash felspar from the rock. 17 I am indebted to Mr. C. T. Tilley, B.Sc., for the following analysis of the rock :— eel pseu coi a Ge kOME RED nS oe ib ye ie fi 14°30 Fe,O, ... ys iM Pe BAe OED yO aaa 4. is ee Pare a TO MgO _.... ie ae fat Ph Ss CaO... > AY Bis ee toe Na,O... 4% Ars as ety 3°40 5 ee ey Ls oe 2°28 H,O+ 0°87 H,0— 0°24 Te. 0°59 Co, abs P,9, sl. tr Total oy im jet OPS Se Sp. gr. at 20°C ... 2°716 The approximate mode, calculated from the analysis, is : — Quartz O63: sige “as 1 feat GAO Plagioclase ... iS Fee ... 43°67 -Biotite At oni Dis ae! BOO Ilmenite ; bes 1°23 In this calculation all the K,O was taken to form biotite, potash felspar being practically absent from the rock. The agreement between the measured and calculated modes is very close. No. 2 represents another portion of the rock-mass which | is practically free from large crystals. Like the previous specimen it appears fairly evengrained megascopically. It differs from No. 1 only in being not quite so fine grained, and in the presence of potash felspar. This mineral is in relatively large allotriomorphic plates enwrapping all the other minerals, including even quartz at times. There are obscure traces of gridiron twinning, indicating microcline. The plagioclase prisms are about ‘6 mm. long. No. 3 is of somewhat different fabric from Nos. 1 and 2. It is perhaps in the average slightly finer than No. 1, and the grainsize for the individual grains is very variable. Plagio- clase is in ‘tiny subidiomorphic laths, but also occurs in larger more equidimensional sections. Quartz while mostly granular very often forms irregular micrographic intergrowths with felspar. Some of the felspar is microcline, but this is very subordinate. The plagioclase is altering zonally to carbonates. The rock is noteworthy as containing a little hornblende intergrown with the biotite. Sphene and ilmenite are as in ae j 18 No. 1, and there-is a little pyrites. Apatite is in tiny needles and in stout prisms about ‘°25 mm. long. A few of the crystals are partially coloured, and pleochroic in blue and brown tints. Occasional large crystals of microcline, opaline quartz, and plagioclase are scattered through the rock. No. 4 is slightly coarser than the preceding type, but similar to it in fabric and mineral constitution, except for the absence of hornblende. The variation in grainsize is between wider limits, particularly in the plagioclase. Irregular patches of an opaque mineral with a dirty buff colour and chalky appearance in reflected light, often associated with ilmenite, may be leucoxene. Small grains of microcline are sparingly present, but more numerous than in No. 3. In Nos. 5 and 6 a progressive increase in the grainsize of the body of the rock is shown, as well as in the proportion of larger crystals; these latter also increase in size, the microcline in No. 5 attaining a length of 4cm. Apart from these larger ~ crystals the rock is medium to fine grained. Biotite now occurs in relatively large flakes about 6 mm. in diameter. - The ground-mass consists mainly of plagioclase, quartz, and biotite, with subordinate microcline. Apatite, ilmenite, and zircon are minor accessories, and appear to be confined princi- pally to the larger flakes of biotite. The rock might well be termed an Adamellite porphyry (Colt wits, vfige Ml ). In slides 3 and 4 there is evidence of corrosion in the opalescent quartz; the contours are rounded and, as it were, mitred and surrounded with a ring of tiny quartz granules ‘forming part of the ground-mass, but optically continuous with the large grain (pl. 1., fig. 3). The plagioclase crystals, too, have been cracked and faulted, and the edges “nibbled” by the ground-mass. Pl. 11., fig. 1, represents well the rounded con- tours of a large microcline crystal in slide No. 6, evidently due to corrosion. Microscopic examination shows that this very crystal along part of its margin has been altered into plagio- clase of about the same R.I. as quartz, and so probably oligoclase or andesine. Apart from these superimposed characters the large crystals are similar in every respect to those of the porphyritic granite. These circumstances, together with the fact noted above, that in the inclusions of diorite in the granite the proportion of large crystals increases towards the margin, indicate that these large crystals have been derived in some way from the magma of the porphyritic granite. One is reminded, on examining the diorite and these transitional rocks, of the basic segregations described by 19 Harker and Marr as occurring in the Shap Fell granite,“ but in the present instance the dark fine-grained rock, though of higher specific gravity, has actually a slightly higher per- centage of silica than the main granite. (3) EVEN-GRAINED GRANITE. This rock is everywhere uniform in type. Microscopically it is of medium variable grainsize, and for the most part typically allotriomorphic granular, though a little graphic intergrowth is noticed. The mineral constitution is difficult to determine quantitatively, owing to the very uneven distribu- tion of the minerals through the rock mass. The following results were obtained from measurements on three different slides : — of (o) C¥gerts).:. Oye ee Be aan oe Microcline ote ‘Sy + Ui eee Plagioclase va pi ae tp 86 Biotite eb si “it “e 671 There are also a few granules of sphene and apatite and some tiny zircons. A little muscovite is intergrown with the biotite, and a small amount of secondary pyrites fills cracks between quartz grains. The rock shows evidence of strain, slight granulation and wavy extinction being present. Alter- ation is fairly marked: the felspars are cloudy and the biotite is changing to chlorite. | ‘ Quartz is granular and is» much cracked. It contains strings of tiny inclusions, many of which are glass-cavities in the form of negative crystals. A few liquid inclusions were also observed, but the peculiarities noted in the blue quartz of the normal granite are absent. Microcline is distinguished by its characteristic twinning ; traces of cryptoperthitic inter- growth were detected. The mineral is very much kaolinized. The plagioclase is zoned, but owing to alteration the composi- tion was hard to determine. It appears, however, to grade from oligoclase at the centre to albite (Ab,,) at the periphery. Alteration is very marked to calcite and sericite. The crystals often exhibit a highly altered kernel sur- rounded by a shell of clear fresh material. One felspar crystal consists of plagioclase surrounded by a broad con- tinuous zone of fresh potash felspar. A single very tiny crystal of tourmaline was detected among some granulated quartz, Primary iron ores are virtually absent, but a little secondary haematite is present. The biotite does not call for remark, (12)Q.J.G.S., vol. 47 (1891), pp. 280-282. 20 The order of crystallization is obscure. There are traces of graphic intergrowth of quartz with plagioclase and with microcline. Quartz is mostly wrapped round by both the felspars; occasionally plagioclase is idiomorphic against it but never microcline. The latter appears to have been the last mineral to cease crystallizing. The chemical composition of the rock is given in column r. below: II. Sa say saa ve 75°48 750 ALO; >: ee 12°99 13°14 Fe,O, - Se O25.» 0°63 FeO oo... sian 0°85 1°04 MeO)... en Orbe 0°14 (OC aaa ray! 0-74 abs. Wa0 *:... af Dat 2°96 TO ee sae 6°06 6°06 H,O+ as 0°60 0°46 H,O—- aS 0°17 0°12 TOE exon 3 net O12 0°08 COs ie ea, Le — abs. POs — 0°06 Other Condes = 0°10 Total “agi 99°70 100°36 Sp. gr. at 18°C 2°615 I. Even-grained granite, Port Hlliot. Anal. W. R. Browne. J. Granite, Midgee, Hundred of Charleston, Eyre Pen. Anal. W.S. Chapman. Geol. Surv. S. Austr., Bull. 3, p. 14. An approximate mode was calculated from this analysis, giving for the main constituents the following weight percentages : — Quartz as i oe «=», ya Microcline aoe an as a Plagioclase (Ab,,) 5a ys . 2 a Biotite: ... ir 4 fe ae Ilmenite we oe sa sy "2 Kaolin, iy if A 1°5 The discrepancy bsatecees aes snd the result of the Rosiwal measurement is due doubtless to the uneven distribu- tion of the minerals through the rock. It is interesting to note that this mode calculated from the analysis justifies the assumption of a sensibly constant composition for the microcline. The transfer to plagioclase 21 of the albite and anorthite molecules included in the micro- cline would have the effect of altering the percentages to :— Microcline 7 + af Wa, Bort Plagioclase (Ab,,)_ ... wh Jnl 88 These figures are obviously at variance with the Rosiwal result, and the composition of the plagioclase is less likely than that obtained by assuming Gartrell’s figures for the microcline. ito The rock is a strongly potassic biotite granite approaching aplite. (4) ALBITE MICA SYENITE. Although this rock does not outcrop anywhere else than at Rosetta Head, the relative proportions of the main con- stituents vary considerably from place to place, and there are likewise textural variations. Sometimes the rock is porphy- . ritic and at other, times phenocrysts are absent. For the most part mica is subordinate, but near the contact with the schists it increases in amount until it predominates over the felspar, and in places the syenite actually appears to merge gradually into the country rock. Microscopically the typical rock is coarse grained and porphyritic and composed predominantly of albite. Sections parallel to (010) give extinctions of 19° from the basal cleav- age, indicating a practically pure soda-felspar, and the pheno- erysts and ground-mass felspars are apparently of identical composition. Very perfect twinning after albite and pericline laws is shown, in addition to simple twinning of very irregular type. A good deal.of the felspar is of the variety known as chequer albite; in this the twin lamellae instead of being continuous are interrupted, the general effect being a kind of chequer pattern between crossed nicols when the lamellae are broad and the interruptions frequent, but often approaching the grating or spindle structure of the microcline twinning when the lamellae are long and thin. Chequer albite has been found by Flett{5) and Hughes 4) in soda rhyolites or quartz keratophyres, and the present writer has found it in similar rocks from Currabubula, New South Wales, but there does not seem to be any record of its occurrence’ in rocks similar to those now being described.(5) The chequer structure is apparently peculiar to the albite of very sodic rocks. In the (14) Geol. Mag., 1917, p. 18. (15) Except, of course, in the albitites of Cape Willoughby described by Tilley in Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1919. aeey § 22 kind of interpenetration multiple twinning, and sometimes to an actual intimate parallel intergrowth of two multiple- twinned individuals. While traces of biotite are occasionally visible in the slide, the original mineral has been almost entirely converted into a very pale green, faintly pleochroic chloritic mineral with a double refraction a shade stronger than that of quartz. It is uniaxial and positive. These optical characters do not agree with those of any of the usual rock-forming chlorites. The mineral is found both as inclusions in the phenoe ay and squeezed in between the felspar crystals. Abundant minute red-brown pleochoric prisms of rutile are either enclosed in the chlorite or strung out and aggre- gated along the boundaries of felspars. Indeed this abund- ance of rutile is one of the characteristic features of the rock. A few crystals of zircon with green pleochroic haloes are . embedded in the chlorite, also a little apatite. Quartz is present very sparingly as irregular inclusions in the pheno- crysts, but does not occur otherwise. The rock mass has been subjected to considerable pressure, resulting in undulose extinction, bending of the chlorite, and in fracture and dislocation of the felspars, with considerable granulation, many patches of the rock being rendered quite microgranular. It is interesting to note how much more this essentially felspathic rock has suffered than the granites. It might be thought that the collapse of the rock took place as a result of the decrease in vohime consequent on the change from biotite to chlorite, but that this has not been so is proved by the fact that the altered country rock, in which the biotite has been chloritized, is extremely compact and free from all traces of cataclasis. A slide cut from a non-porphyritic specimen of the rock shows a much greater proportion of mica (chlorite), and among this there is some muscovite. The chlorite is sometimes so arranged as to give a rosette or fan-shaped effect. Quartz is more abundant than in the previous specimen; it is quite clear, is interstitially disposed, and though showing some undulose extinction is not granulated. Rutile is very abund- ant, though rather sporadically distributed. Apatite and zircon are distinctly more abundant than in the previous slide. Fresh specimens of the rock were very hard to get, but one which was fairly fresh was analysed. This particular specimen was somewhat porphyritic and the ferro-magnesian constituents were subordinate. Microscopically chlorite was often seen to be associated with quartz in the little stringers 23 or veins, sometimes evidently filling cracks in the felspar; in other cases the vein-filling was of chlorite alone. Here pos- sibly the albite was of intratelluric crystallization, and had been dislocated during injection of the magma, and before the final consolidation of the rock. The chlorite was often crowded with rutile prisms to such an extent as to negative the supposition that these had been formed by the decomposition of a titaniferous biotite. Although it is evident from the chloritization of the mica that this rock has been somewhat altered, still the effects of this alteration have been reduced to a minimum since ferro- magnesian constituents are so subordinate, and the analysis is of interest and of some value: — i. II. Tis Si0, 64°60 66°13 66°09 Al,O, 20°37 19°92 18°85 Fe,O, 0°31 0°60 0°91 FeO 0°67 0°19 -- MgO 1°15 0°12 1°53 CaO 0°41 0°57 1°09 Na,O dis wee Oe 10°83 10°84 K,O A 2 e 1°02 0°48 H,O+ 3 0°85 0°30) 117 H,O-— 0°15 0°14 f TiO, an Rite OS 0°31 0°23 CO, oF: tr. 0°40 -- ALR sat: vy NO doce 0°09 — FeS, abs. 0°05 ~~ ZrO, 0°03 — — BaO rotaag gents, _ —- Cl ase ~~ 0°03 — Total 99°90 100°70 101°19 Sp. gr. at 23°C 2°635 -I. Albite mica syenite, Rosetta Head. Anal. W. R. Browne. II. Albitite, Sec. 40, Hundred of Roberts, Eyre Pen. Anal. W.S. Chapman. Geol. Surv. of S. Austr., Bull. 3, p. 16. III. Albitite. Koswinsky Kamen. Quoted in Rosen- busch’s ‘‘Elemente der Gesteinslehre,”’ p. 263. The analysis shows that the felspar is a pure albite, all of the lime belonging to apatite, and the small percentage of potash being quite probably contained in muscovite and in 24 unaltered biotite. The approximate mode calculated from the analysis is :— Albite ... at rel Lit 2. Bae Chlorite oh a7 oe Sheet OE Muscovite us ath any PRU et i. Rutile... ey es s ci Att Aa (Quartz: 2... gts ie a. hh? i Apatite — D By allotting to chlorite, as has been done here, all the oxides left over after satisfying the minerals of fixed consti- tution, the following chemical composition is deduced for that mineral :— Si0, dig ast eh es ... 408 U2 Mauna: ath ae san ae Hest: M54 ia ae el ea FeO +u ae ia ue ie 6°2 MgO ye vi ah fen 42 aS H,O sp Re noe is. (2 i It may be that the S10, ee Sige 1S undue high owing to insufficient having been allowed for quartz in the rock, but. even so the relative proportions of the other constituent oxides show the mineral to have a very unusual composition, MgO in particular being very low when compared with A1,O,. The abundance of rutile in the rock is reflected in the relatively high percentage of TiO,, a percentage which appears to be rather exceptional for such rocks.26 The figures for this oxide make it abundantly clear that the rutile could not have been derived from the breaking down of biotite, a conclusion which is in accord with the micro- scopical evidence. This syenite is of a rather rare type, judging by the small number of published analyses of similar rocks. Many of the recorded occurrences are associated with basic or ultra- basic rocks, and, apart from the Cape Willoughby rock recorded by C. E. Tilley, only three exceptions to this rule have so far come under the author’s notice. The first of these is the soda granite of Croghan Kinshela, Co. Wexford, Ireland, described by Haughton,“ which Harker “®) correlates (16) The association of TiO, with sodic rocks has been noted and commented on by various writers, although Smyth (A.J.S., vol. 31, 1916, p. 37), following Washington, represents Ti as con- centrating in subalkaline rather than alkaline magmas, (17) Haughton: Q.J.G.S., vol. 12 (1865), p. 188. (18) Anniv. Address to Geol. Soc. of London, Q.J.G.S., vol. 73, CIOL Ie a, Ixxxiii. 25 with the potash granites of south-eastern Ireland. The second is the rock recorded from Moolyella, Pilbarra Goldfield, Western Australia, a tin-bearing albite pegmatite which cuts across a mass of granite. Mr. Gibb Maitland apparently assigns this albite rock to the pneumatolytic stage of the crystallization of the granite. The third instance is recorded by Emmons and Calkins (0) as occurring in connection with a grano-diorite at Cable, in the Philipsburg Quadrangle, Montana. ‘‘The essential con- stituents are nearly pure albite and biotite; the accessories are zircon, rutile, and apatite; . . . chlorite is present in small amount.’’ ‘‘A small exposure of pegmatite occurs ; It is essentially an aggregate of snow-white albite erystals . . . small polygonal interstices between which are filled with green chlorite. Quartz and potash felspar are absent. The accessories are zircon and rutile. This occurrence seems analogous to that of Rosetta Head. R. L. Jack) records albitite in the Hundreds of Roberts and Miltalie, Co. Jervois, Eyre Peninsula, the analysis of the former being given above, but there is nothing in his description of the occurrences to tell definitely whether they are associated or connected with the more potassic granites. (5) RED (POTASH) APLITE. The main outcrop of this rock occurs near Middleton Beach, and its field characters have already been described. A small dyke, to be presently described, is very similar both in appearance and in mineralogical characters, and may quite probably be genetically connected. Microscopically the habit of the red aplite is fairly typically aplitic, the constituents being mostly allotriomorphic to subidiomorphic, and there has been a certain amount of strain, resulting in undulose extinction and in slight peri- pheral granulation. The minerals present are quartz and felspar, with a few flakes of muscovite and a little limonite after magnetite; ferro-magnesian constituents are absent. The felspar comprises microcline and’ albite, both heavily kaolinized and stained with iron oxide, which gives the rock its red appearance. Microcline predominates, but owing to alteration the relative proportions of the two felspars are impossible of measurement. Microcline occasionally shows a slight tendency to pris- matic habit, and traces of microperthitic structure are seen. (19) Geol. Surv. of W. Austr., Bull. No. 15, pp. 12 and 25. (20) U.S. Geol. Surv., Prof. Paper 78, p. 97. (21) Jack: Op. cit. 26 Albite is slightly zoned, but its precise constitution could not be ascertained. Quartz and microcline are at times inter- - grown in rude graphic fashion. The chemical composition of the rock, as determined by the author, is :— SHOE SS A oe ear BEOR eT to T rg a RE Ae ee Bowe? 2° He a aie CP Heo 89, 5: hE tae Ae 2. &) Oe MeO" vee. ti an si So ese CaO Srlod oi ghee Bee Mag wait. 5) ase, Lae eae ee Besucher ae H,O+ se, doaiing elas ea H,O— AER: aR Oth aii aia TOs, (Caetiny Bie, og: bi Eye aaa a ieee Total St ee: hoy Ere eae Sp. gr. at. 27$°C ... 2°590 From this analysis an approximate mode was cal- culated : — . Quartz ae te er ons) ee Microcline ... are AY ‘eee Albite an ney ad Se 9°96 Kaolin ne mee ae isa’. 4 Magnetite ... ee ay i “46 Ilmenite a unt ke ee *30 Water : ae “09 or, distributing the kaolin’ proportionately between the felspars, neglecting the water and recalculating to 100:— Quartz ae ae oe 2 SSGREe Microcline Bi a a !, JU SGiae Albite ry Fi a’ . (Oe Magnetite ny mr eee sap "46 Ilmenite _.... ta ad ie: 30 In calculating this mode there was found to be insuffi- cient lime available to satisfy the proportion required by Gartrell’s analysis; this would indicate that the microcline is of different composition from that in the granite, and that the albite is practically if not absolutely a pure soda felspar. The same conclusion is indicated by the low specific gravity of the rock, which points to a strong preponderance of the potash felspar. A Rosiwal measurement was made of the rock, but as it was found impossible to differentiate the two felspars owing td Saale 27 to decomposition, the whole was measured as felspar and the relative proportions computed from the mode given above. Quartz yd fe re Hos 369 Microcline Le re ye: PHP EH2S Albite Me Pe ‘2 ale CLD t Muscovite an a Po sige "2 Iron ore ah Eps: ae ee ‘7 There is thus a satisfactory agreement between the calculated and measured constitutions. (6) MINOR POTASH APLITES, ETC. These are the rocks occurring as pipes and narrow. veins through the granite. Most of the examples to be described were collected at Port Elliot. Mineralogically the rocks exhibit a general similarity, consisting mainly of quartz and felspars, microcline predomin- ating. There is usually subordinate biotite present, but one dyke (No. 1) cutting through the porphyritic and even- grained granites near the Victor Harbour end of Port Elliot is quite free from biotite and resembles very closely the red aplite. It differs in being a little finer grained and in having a larger proportion of albite among its felspar. A partial analysis is as follows :— mo. ft re et aS Co Oe a0... tes ess ms 3 Oy K,O fr a OS and as the albite is dthieants pure this would imply a probable approximate percentage composition by weight of :— Quartz le “ate e's ese Microcline AR ye Hs PA EH ANO Albite ... us a ant secs bed Oo The specific gravity is 2°607, which reflects the increase in soda felspar as compared with the red aplite. It seems quite probable indeed that these two rock- -types are closely connected genetically. Some distance round from this dyke towards Middleton Beach there is another dyke (No. 2) which is interesting in that it contains very little albite and that it is characterized by the presence of a fair amount of micrographic fabric, in contrast to the allotriomorphic fabric of the other aplites. When intergrown with felspar (either microcline or albite) the quartz assumes the skeletal habit found in regular graphic granite, otherwise it occurs in small, rather angular but PRR Ra) | ae BM - ! ey” i ey 28. equidimensional grains to which the irregular grains of micro- cline (averaging about °8 mm.) act as a kind of mosaic back- ground. The rock is speckled with little flakes of biotite and granules of magnetite, and patches of secondary muscovite are developing from the felspar. The rock may be termed a granophyric potash aplite. Specimen No. 3 is from a “pipe” in the porphyritic granite at Port Elliot, on the Victor Harbour side; with this ' pipe there is a quartz-tourmaline “nest.” Under the microscope the rock is seen to have a curiously uneven grain; the greater part has an average grainsize of about ‘2 mm., but there are irregularly distributed patches, composed mostly of a few quartz grains surrounded by felspar, and in these patches the grainsize may reach 15 mm. The dominant felspar is potassic, but lacks the characteristic twinning of microcline; a good deal of albite is also present. Very subordinate biotite and muscovite, and a little magnetite and apatite form the remainder of the rock. Felspar is alter- ing into muscovite in a manner which suggests some other process than mere surface weathering. A pipe of biotite-bearing microcline aplite cuts through the coarser granite at Rosetta Head on its western side. It is comparable in grainsize with the coarser of the Port Elliot aplites, and is very poor in albite. (7) SODA APLITE. Contrasting with the strongly potassic aplites just described there are to be found at Port Elliot another series of very acid minor intrusions in which the predominant alkali is, or was originally, soda, this being expressed mineralogically by the almost complete absence of potash felspar. The microscopic description of the soda aplite is as fol- lows : — The grainsize is about 1 mm. and fairly even, although some of the felspar attains a length of 2°55 mm. A Rosiwal measurement showed 32°5 per cent. by weight of quartz and 67°5 per cent. of albite, neglecting very small amounts of apatite | and iron ore, mostly altered to haematite. Both of the main con- stituents are thoroughly allotriomorphic as a rule, showing the usual aplitic type of simultaneous crystallization, but in one part of the slide examined there is a tendency to columnar habit in the plagioclase, to which the quartz plays in part an interstitial rdle. No traces of granophyric intergrowth are visible. Quartz is fairly free from inclusions but is markedly strained. Albite is twinned according to the ordinary albite and occasionally to the carlsbad and pericline laws, but occurs 29 for the greater part as the variety called chequer albite (pl. i., fig. 2). In composition it approaches a pure soda felspar. The mineral is somewhat kaolinized and spangled with sericitic mica. The presence of this secondary mineral in a soda felspar may be explained in three possible ways : — (1) It may be formed from the soda felspar by the intro- duction of potash from without, as suggested by F. W. Clarke. (22) (2) As most albites contain a small proportion of the orthoclase molecule in solid solution the sericite may represent the separation and alteration of this latent orthoclase. (3) The sericite may really be a soda mica, and bear the same relation to albite as the ordinary potash sericite bears to orthoclase. No data, however, appear to be available as to whether some sericite may be sodic. The chemical characters of the soda aplite are shown by No. 1 of the following analyses :— I. II. III. IV. pias” ft. 76°02 76°26 71°18 78°28 Al,O, ... 14°60 12°40 14°89 12°00 free torr. AP2T 1°64 2°11 _ Pete: 92.2) «008 2°60 1°21 jah MgO... 0°04 tr. 0°14 0°37 ee... OBA 0°28 0°82 0°29 OS 8 es ft: 6°27 6°85 6°89 eM, De he Crees f : 37 The red aplite is possibly to be regarded as a step in the differentiation of the granitic magma. It does not, however, fit very well into the variation diagram, and it differs from the other rocks (except the soda aplite) in containing no ferro-magnesian minerals. This fact rather negatives the idea of the rock being one of a differentiation series, of which the biotite-bearing syenite is an end member; it suggests, indeed, that the red aplite originated by some process distinct from that which operated to produce the diorite-granite-syenite serles.- It is to be noted that the red aplite and the dolerite appear to stand in a complementary relationship towards the granite. A combination of the analyses of the two rocks in the proportions of 9 of aplite to 4 of dolerite gives a mean result very comparable on the whole with that of the porphy- ritic granite when we consider the rather peculiar composition of the dolerite : — Weighted mean of red aplite Porphyritic granite. and dolerite. SiO, coe ... 68°24 68°20 3 8 8 a Soa Uk 16°99 Fe,O, Fi Prenat h | te 0°89 FeO Dae Seat it 2°65 MgO a toh ie | yg 0°80 CaO yet ty S| See tae 2°61 Na,O we me 2°74 2°85 K,O ‘bf est) aoe 4°60 TiO, aye) sax (OB 0°58 Furthermore, the association of dolerites and quartz dolerites with soda aplites and granophyres has been noticed in different parts of the world, as for example at St. David Head in Wales,(%) in the Gowganda District of Ontario, Canada, 2%) and elsewhere. As can be seen by the list of analyses (vide supra) these soda aplites are quite comparable with that of Port Elliot, and it is here suggested that the red aplite, the soda aplite and granophyres, and the dolerites should be regarded as being closely related to each other and to the granite. This suggestion of a connection between the dolerites and the aplites, both sodic and potassic, is not without support from other parts of South Australia. From various localities dykes of uralitic dolerite have been described cutting Cambrian (28) J. V. Elsden: Q.J.G.S., vol. Ixiv., 1908, p. 273. (29) W. H, Collins: Geol. Surv. of Canada, Memoir 33, 1913. 38 rocks, all very similar in general characters and all presumably coeval. In two localities the presence of associated acid in- trusives has been proved. In his paper on the Mount Re- markable area Prof. Howchin mentions aplites and porphyritic acid dyke rocks in close relationship with the basic intrusives. In an appendix to the paper Thiele describes the porphyritic rock as a quartz keratophyre and the aplite as a microcline-bearing type. The former is very similar chemically to the Port Elliot soda aplite, while the latter, though not analysed or described in detail, is clearly potassic. ~ Through the courtesy of Prof.. Howchin the present writer was able to examine microscopically a dyke rock from Blinman, evidently co-magmatic with the diabases and granophyric diabases described by Benson.@) The rock is fine grained and pink coloured, non-porphyritic and much carbonated, but composed largely of albite, with a consider- able proportion of interstitial quartz. It would be placed with the quartz keratophyres. These instances seem to the writer to lend some weight to the supposition of a genetic relation between the dolerites and certain of the aplites of Encounter Bay. (2) MINERALOGICAL VARIATIONS IN THE PRINCIPAL ROCK TYPES. The following table indicates at a glance the variation of the principal constituents : — Quartz Porphy- Even- Albite mica ritic grained mica diorite. granite. granite. syenite. Owarin We. os Ase 29 37 2 Microcline % 2... 0 23 47 0 Plagioclase ... 44 30 9 85 Binpipe ce en 16 Sy 9 (chlorite) Sp. gr. of rock 2°716 2°673 2°615 2°635 Considering the first three rocks, we find some notable features. There is very little variation in the quartz content, in spite of the range of Si0, percentage. Plagioclase and biotite, the minerals of highest specific gravity, decrease in — amount towards the acid end of the series, while microcline, the lightest mineral, shows a very marked rise, plagioclase the while becoming more acid. All this is another way of express- ing the fact that the order of commencement of crystallization for this particular magma has been one of decreasing specific gravity, and this is reflected in the decreasing specific gravity of the rocks. (30) Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. xl., 1916, p. 545. (31) Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol xxxiii., 1909, p. 226. aoe ee ‘=, ve 39 The constitution of the albite syenite shows how power- fully the presence of mineralizers has affected the order of precipitation of the minerals, holding albite in solution until microcline disappeared and free quartz was almost gone. (3) DISCUSSION OF THE VARIATION DIAGRAM. The foregoing observations have an important bearing on the construction of the variation diagram (fig. 4) and on the limitations of variation diagrams generally. The use of SiO, percentages as abscissae was obviously out of the question in the present instance, and the specific gravity of the rocks was indicated as the most characteristic and consistent reference- variable, as indeed it should be if the heavier minerals crystallized first. The regularity of the curves, particularly those for. FeO + Fe,O,, MgO, and Na,O, justifies the choice of abscissae. [The experiment of making specific gravity variation diagrams for a number of recorded occurrences of related plutonic rocks was tried by the writer with a considerable amount of success, which is after all only natural, seeing that for the most part the order of crystallization of a magma, that is the order in which rocks are formed by fractionation, happens to be one of decreasing specific gravity. | As the latest stages of crystallization were entirely con- trolled by mineralizers, and albite as a consequence was not precipitated till the very end, the order of decreasing specific gravity was destroyed and the end product (albite syenite) will not fit along with the other rocks into any diagram that can be constructed. The present rock series illustrates the limitations of the usefulness of SiO, percentages as abscissae for a variation diagram. Their employment really presupposes that on the whole the sequence of crystallization under the given circum- stances was that of lower silicates first with progressively higher silicates following, and ending with quartz, if the composition of the magma permitted. The ultimate product of such a sequence would be an aplite or even a pure quartz rock. Now while experience has shown this to be a common case it must be recognized that the rule is by no means uni- versal. The order of crystallization of minerals from a magma is essentially one of increasing solubility under the conditions obtaining, and this is not necessarily or always that of decreas- ing SiO, percentage. For example, microcline usually follows quartz in granites, as in the present instance, and here the successive products of fractionation will be richer not merely in quartz, but also, to a greater degree, in microcline. 40 Again, it has been shown that after the granitic stage of a magma is reached differentiation may be prolonged so as to produce soda granites and syenites through the impovyerish- ment of the magma in potash and silica,(2) and possibly through the concomitant concentration of mineralizers. Here, as there is an actual decrease in silica with advancing differ- entiation, the sequence could not be represented in its entirety on the ordinary variation diagram, and it really seems as if there is no convenient method, under these circumstances, of giving graphical expression to the complete differentiation- history of the magma. (4) SHAPE AND NATURE OF THE INTRUSION. Only very scanty data are obtainable as regards the formal relationships of the rock mass. It is to be remem- ' bered that the few outcrops available at the present day probably represent, only a small marginal remnant of a once very extensive intrusion, and that the only place where the actual junction with the country rock may be observed is at - Rosetta Head.. It is therefore evident that there can be little certainty as to the original shape and the exact nature of the mass. The boundary between granite and schist is interesting. From the photograph of Rosetta Head it will be seen that the junction, which has been sharply defined through differential erosion, makes an angle with the horizontal vary- ing from about 13° to 45°, and that the bounding surface dips in towards the granite instead of off it, as is the usual case. The invaded schists dip. about S. 10° W. at angles varying from 35° up to 60°. The local variations in direction and amount of dip are doubtless an effect of the intrusion. The evidence points to the series of rocks having been formed almost entirely by differentiation of a deep- seated or intratelluric magma and its subsequent eruption, in a partly crystallized condition, to a higher level in the litho- sphere. The different rock types show genetic relationships towards each other; successive injections of magma at short intervals are indicated by ‘‘swirling’’ contacts, as between diorite and porphyritic granite, or between porphyritic and even-grained granites; while the presence of ‘‘rifted blocks” of schist gives evidence of the force with which the magma thrust itself up through the older rocks. The intrusion then, whatever its shape, is a multiple one, and the whole assemblage of rocks may be regarded as a plutonic complex in Harker’s sense, the component members of which have (32) Vide Bowen: Jour. Geol., vol. 33, 1915, Supplement, p. 55, et seq. 4] been successively and more or less independently injected into their present positions from an underlying magma reservoir. The intrusion is clearly transgressive, and it-is difficult to know what term should be applied to it. It is not a true laccolite, inasmuch as it is not concordant; the term ‘““chonolite’’ proposed by Daly, though rather comprehensive in its defined significance to be of much practical value, comes nearest to describing the form of the intrusion. (5) MECHANICS OF DIFFERENTIATION. To establish the sequence of events by which the assemblage of rocks was produced from the original magma is by no means easy, in view of the paucity of exposures and the possibility that some of the members of the series do not outcrop or have never been erupted from the intratelluric reservoir. In the author’s opinion the facts of intrusion, as we see them, can best be explained as due to two different types of differentiation: (1) fractionation with sinking of crystals, and (2) complementary differentiation, or the splitting of a portion of the original magma into an acid and a basic frac- tion. Differentiation 7m situ has also operated, but to a very minor extent. (1) The possibility of some degree of differentiation by the sinking of crystals in a fluid magma has long been recog- nized by geologists, and the idea has been elaborated by Bowen, 5) who would assign to it a first place in the production of rock species. There are certain facts in connection with the Encounter Bay rocks which point to subsidence differenti- ation as a factor in their evolution. Attention has already been drawn to the linear relationship between the specific gravities and the variation in. iron, magnesia, and soda which exists in the case of the quartz mica diorite and the two granites. Other facts which seem to be significant are :— (1) The decrease in specific gravity from diorite to even-grained granite. (2) The progressive decrease in biotite and increase in the felspars and quartz. (3) The progressive acidity of the plagioclase. (4) The very fine grain of the quartz mica diorite, increasing in the porphyritic varieties, and the increase in size and abundance of phenocrysts corresponding with the increasing grainsize of the ground-mass. (33) Supplement to Journ. Geol., vol. 33, 1915. 42 (5) The absence of microcline from the very fine-grained diorite and its advent and increase in the coarser varieties. | (6) The existence of the albite syenite which, with its unusually high soda content, its richness in Ti0, and P,O;, and the intensity of its contact effects, is clearly marked out as an end product of differentiation. These facts surely point to differentiation of a granitic magma by settling out of crystals as pictured by Bowen, and as observed by him in laboratory experiments. The first shower of crystals to reach the bottom of the reservoir would be those of least solubility, chiefly biotite, and plagioclase as basic as the temperature and the composition of the magma would permit. These crystals, owing to the short distance through which they had to fall, and the consequent small chance of growth by accretion of material, were of fine grain, 4) but as precipitation continued and crystals from higher levels sank the grainsize gradually increased. Microcline was the last mineral to start crystallizing, and when it did commence, possibly owing to slow cooling in the upper parts of the magma, the centres of crystallization were few and the crystals grew relatively large. In the upper parts of the magma, owing to the con- centration of mineralizers, the freezing points of the minerals were lowered, and one can conceive of a temperature gradient existing, the temperature being higher at the bottom than at the top, and yet at the same time the bottom portion being -rauch farther advanced than the top towards complete consolidation. 5 . The mineralizers exercised a selective solvent power over the albite molecules in the magma, and to a great extent prevented them from being precipitated; consequently the proportion of potash in the rocks was increased, and instead of the usual sympathetic variation of the two alkalies in the variation diagram there is an actual antipathy. With increasing precipitation of minerals, the concentration of © mineralizers became greater and greater, and as this con- centration took place towards the top of the magma reservoir, in time there resulted a marked difference in the composition of the residual liquor in different parts of the magma. In the lower parts it was (as regards felspathic constituents) a mixture of albite and microcline molecules, but at the top almost if not quite entirely albitic. (34) Of. Bowen, Amer, Jour. Sci., vol. 39, 1915, pil 43 Before crystallization was completed the tranquillity of the intratelluric magma was violently disturbed by earth movements, and injection took place. In the course of these events portions of the solidified—or almost solidified—quartz mica diorite came to be engulfed in the partially crystallized granite, and so now the granite contains fragments, both small and great, of the diorite, including the two great masses on Granite Island; these fragments really play the part of “‘basic secretions’ in the granite, though indeed the term is somewhat of a misnomer, seeing that the included rock has actually a greater percentage of SiO, and more free quartz than its host. (9) The intercrustal magma must have been tapped near its base, seeing that we find the porphyritic granite invaded by the more acid and lighter even-grained granite. These magma fractions then, having been injected into the secondary magma chamber (their present position), con- tinued to crystallize under the new conditions. Hence in the granite we get the second generation of crystals forming a groundymass or matrix to the first-formed phenocrysts. The residual liquid from this last crystallization was later squeezed out into cracks, forming the narrow aplitic dykes cutting the granites and diorite, so that these are the only products of in situ differentiation. The even-grained granite may have scarcely started to crystallize before injection (it has been noted above that the constitution of this rock is similar to that of the matrix of the porphyritic granite), and the new conditions caused it to solidify in even-grained fashion. It is a far cry from this highly potassic rock to the . highly sodic albite syenite, and possibly one or more of the intermediate stages are missing, but at all events the residual syenite magma, perhaps partially crystallized and highly charged with mineralizers, was finally forced upwards, rifting off blocks of schist and sending apophyses into the country rocks, at the same time impreenating these with magmatic solutions and producing marked alteration in them. (2) A minor fraction became separated from the main magma and pursued a different course of differentiation, pro- ducing complementary types in the dolerites and the red aplite, as well ag the soda aplites and soda granophyres by further differentiation of the dolerite sub-magma. The (35) An alternative reading of the evidence would place the porphyritic granite first in order of injection, carrying with it small included fragments of diorite, the main mass of semi- crystallized diorite being erupted through the granite very shortly afterwards. With ‘“‘swirling’’ contacts it is difficult at times to tell which rock came first. 44 mechanism of complementary differentiation has never been satisfactorily explained, and it seems as if some sort of separ- ation in the fluid magma must be postulated, perhaps by the formation of two immiscible fractions, or perhaps by sinking of earlier-formed crystals and their refusion at the base of a magma column with a very steep temperature gradient. (0) This might produce a basic fluid magma underneath and an acid one on top. Whatever the mechanism in the present instance, the separation was very complete, seeing that the lighter differentiates—the potash and soda aplites—are quite free from ferro-magnesian constituents. (6) COMPARISONS WITH SIMILAR ROCKS ELSEWHERE IN THE STATE. Rocks of very similar type to those described above are found in other parts of South Australia. The assemblage recently described by Mr. C. E. Tilley from Cape Willoughby, Kangaroo Island, are in many respects identical with the Encounter Bay rocks, and are unquestionably derived from the same magma, although the development of distinctive characteristics would show that they did not form part of the same original intrusion. The igneous rocks—microcline-bearing granites and albitites—reported by Jack from Eyre Peninsula, analyses of which are quoted in this paper, are very similar chemically and mineralogically to the series under discussion, and Mr. Tilley informs me that in the Tate Museum of the University of Adelaide there are two specimens from Alford, near ' Kadina, one a granite and the other a porphyritic aplite, which are hardly distinguishable from the rocks of Encounter Bay and Cape Willoughby. , Again, there are at numerous localities dykes of epidiorite or uralitic dolerite similar to those of Rosetta Head and Port Elliot, some of which have been already referred to, and these are in some cases accompanied by intrusions of sodic, and in one case potassic, dyke rocks; the rock associations, as well as the chemical and mineralogical characteristics, are quite analogous to those of the Encounter Bav occurrence. | Mention may also be made to the very similar rocks described by Mawson occurring as dykes at Broken Hill. It is probable that further investigation will show that these two rock series, the granite-syenite and the dolerite- aplite series, are of much wider distribution in South Aus- tralia than is at present known, and if the suggestion connect- ing the dolerites with the granite magma is correct it appears (36) Of. Iddings, Igneous Rocks, vol. i., p. 269. 45 that a large area of South Australia was, during the epoch of the Encounter Bay intrusions, underlain by a magma, differentiation of which was expressed both by plutonic rocks of granitic and syenite types, and by doleritic and aplitic dyke intrusions perhaps representing complement- ary differentiates. These dykes may well be satellitic to larger plutonic masses in every case, the latter being not always visible at the surface. VI. AGE OF THE INTRUSIONS. To the geological age of the Encounter Bay rocks only very wide limits can be assigned on the local evidence. After the close of the Cambrian this part of South Australia appears to have become a land mass, remaining as such during Palaeozoic times. There is no existing record of any further deposition of sediment until the Permo-Carboniferous glaciers passed over the region and the older rocks were mostly buried under morainic material and till. The igneous rocks are definitely intrusive into the Cambrian sediments, and by Permo-Carboniferous times had already been laid bare by denudation. Indeed, the old granitic range, of which the present outcrops form the northern remnant, may have formed the gathering ground for the glaciers.(*7) The intrusions then are to be assigned to the Palaeozoic, somewhere between the Cambrian and the Permo-Carbon- iferous. It appears that at the close of the Cambrian, when the great basin had filled with sediment, tangential earth move- ments converted the geosyncline into a geanticline (or anticlinorium rather) and caused the beds to be to some extent metamorphosed, especially on the eastern side of the axis. In his paper on the Cape Willoughby intrusion Tilley argues that it is to be assigned to a late period of this folding, and it is true that, if the injection of igneous magma was con- nected with earth movements at all, then it was probably a concomitant of these post-Cambrian disturbances, for there is no evidence of any subsequent Palaeozoic movements. The records of other granitic intrusions in South Australia, which probably synchronized with those of Encounter Bay, do not help in fixing the age; they are just intrusive into Cam- brian or pre-Cambrian rocks. But the occurrence of the dolerite dyke intrusions following the axis of folding of the Cambrian beds through the Mount Lofty and Flinders Ranges, and as far away as Broken Hill, would lend support to Mr. Tilley’s contention. (37) Howchin: Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., vol. xxxiv., 1910. 46 The internal evidence—that afforded by the rock masses themselves—appears somewhat conflicting. ‘The intrusions are clearly and violently transgressive, and as such might well be connected.with orogenic movements; but, on the other hand, the physical conditions were such that differentiatio of the magma, was able to proceed as far as the albite syenit stage, a state of things pointing to a prolonged period of profound tranquillity before intrusion. In his presidential address to the Geological Society/ of London in 1917 Harker assigns the potash and soda granites of Leinster to a late phase of the Caledonian folding, but here the differentiation of the soda-rich rocks was effected by the tangential pressure, with the result that they were injected as entirely separate units distinct and away from the main granites. | At Encounter Bay, on the contrary, the sodic rocks are in the most intimate association with the normal granite. In the absence then of decisive internal evidence it is best tentatively to consider the intrusions as having accom- panied diastrophic movements which put an end to the Cam- brian sedimentation. In his paper on the “Basic Rocks of Blinman’’ Benson inclines to the view that the dolerites are Palaeozoic; the present investigation confirms that opinion of their age. VII. Contract METAMORPHISM. The metamorphism to be seen in the neighbourhood of the igneous rocks is partly anterior to and partly a result of the intrusions. About six or seven miles up the Inman River the sediments have plainly been altered and to some extent recrystallized, and this can only be attributed to metamorphic forces of a regional character. Owing to the overburden of glacial material it is difficult to trace zones of metamorphism continuously for any considerable distance inland from the contact, and as a great deal of time was not spent in exam- ining the schists the author is not in a position to present a complete account of the metamorphism. The following notes of observations made and specimens collected will, however, indicate the interesting nature of the contact effects, and may serve as an introduction to more detailed work, should oppor- tunity for further investigation arise at a future date. The contact metamorphism is best studied in the neigh- bourhood of Rosetta Head, since nowhere else is a section exposed of the junction between the invading and invaded rocks. Still a certain amount of information can be gained from the. included blocks of country rocks in the granite of # Granite Island and Port Elliot, and a few Specimens of these are described below. The rocks in the neighbourhood of the contact often exhibit well-marked schistosity. Whether this was developed as a result of magmatic pressure or by dynamic metamorphism before the intrusion is not quite clear. The micaceous quartz- ites some distance inland, although partially recrystallized, show no signs of schistosity ; but this may be due to the quartzite being a ‘‘competent’’ rock, and successfully resisting the stresses of the regional metamorphism, which was able to convert the more aluminous sediments into schistose rocks. On the whole it is probable that the schistosity as we see it now was produced originally by regional forces, and that the force of intrusion of the magma accentuated the effect to some extent. The inclusions of country rock in the granite comprise massive types, sometimes showing well- marked lamination, and distinctly schistose types as well, one in particular from Rosetta Head possessing strong schistosity at an angle of about 37° to the original bedding. (1) MICACEOUS QUARTZITES AWAY FROM THE INTRUSIONS. About two miles in from the coast at the back of Rosetta Head the prevailing rock is massive, micaceous looking, and almost black in colour, with uneven fracture and with no traces of schistosity. In thin section it is seen to be blasto- psammitic in structure and of fine but very uneven grainsize. Quartz and felspar together constitute about 85 per cent. of the rock, the former somewhat in excess, the remainder of the rock being mainly biotite, with subordinate muscovite and a little ilmenite, apatite, and zircon. Irregular and angular grains of quartz and of kaolinized plagioclase (with a refraction exceeding that of Canada Balsam) up to ‘6 mm. are set in a much finer-grained paste of quartz, felspar, and mica. While the larger quartz and felspar are clearly relict, there are traces of incipient alteration in some of the plagioclase, and a certain amount of recrystal- lization .of the light-coloured minerals of the paste has occurred, the mica, too, being of course autogenic. The rock was originally a highly impure grit, and may be called a micaceous felspathic quartzite. Another specimen, collected about one mile inland, shows very similar characters in thin section, though in hand specimen it is of a lighter-grey colour. A third example, collected from half a mile along the east-west road running inland from just north of Rosetta Head, is likewise a dense dark-grey rock with little or no trace of schistosity, except that on a certain fracture flakes 48 of muscovite are seen to flash against the dark background here and there, recalling the appearance of a dark micaceous shale broken along the lamination. | Under the microscope no traces of schistosity are to be’ seen. The rock consists for the most part of angular grains of quartz with much fine-grained biotite, a fair sprinkling of tiny muscovite crystals, grains of. dusty plagioclase, and a little magnetite and apatite. The grainsize is very fine, that of quartz being not more than ‘2 mm. The only definitely autogenic minerals are the micas, and the structure is blastopsammitic. (2) INCLUSIONS IN THE PORPHYRITIC GRANITE. The metamorphism effected by the granite is not revealed in many places; at Rosetta Head the dominant alterations have evidently been due to the syenite, and it is only in the inclusions of country rock that one can see what transform- ations have been produced by the granite. A specimen from — one of these inclusions on the east side of Granite. Island is a fine-textured and fairly even-grained mosaic of quartz, felspar, and biotite, with a little residual apatite and iron ore. Some of the felspar is probably relict, but for the most part it is recrystallized, and a noteworthy feature is the presence of quite a considerable amount of clear untwinned orthoclase. This mineral has not been noted in any of the rocks away from the intrusions, and while in the present instance it may represent the recrystallization of an original constituent, it is more likely to have been introduced from the igneous magma, especially as it appears to bear an inter- stitial relationship to the other minerals of the rock. A specimen obtained from another inclusion in the granite forming the breakwater at Granite Island shows faint ‘traces of the original lamination in hand specimen. Micro- scopically it is composed of autogenic quartz and biotite (with a little muscovite) with a good deal of relict plagioclase and a little apatite and zircon. This rock, like. the previous one, contains a certain amount of clear untwinned orthoclase, evidently autogenic. There is a large dark-coloured mass of country rock em- — bedded in the granite on the coast at Port Elliot near the dyke of soda aplite. It is, like the others, massive, and in its degree _of metamorphism is only a stage farther advanced than the micaceous quartzites some distance inland. The grainsize is fairly fine but very uneven, and the rock contains much angular relict quartz and plagioclase. Autogenic biotite and subordinate muscovite occur, and a fair sprinkling of iron ore with some apatite. A good deal of recrystallization has ‘ 49 taken place in the paste, but no orthoclase could be detected. _ It seems as though advancing metamorphism has tended to produce evenness of grainsize along with recrystallization in the rocks affected. The absence of orthoclase in this rock may possibly be due to its having become embedded in the granite at a late stage in the cooling history of the latter, when little or no exchange of material was possible. (3) CONTACT METAMORPHISM AT ROSETTA HEAD. It is impossible wholly to differentiate the effects of the granite from those of the syenite, but in certain respects the special influence of the latter can be clearly discerned. The approach to the igneous rock from the landward side is across the strike of the schists, and as the origi1al sediments probably varied somewhat both in texture an] in chemical composition the study of the progressive metamorphism is to some extent interfered with. In some cases special metamorphic minerals have been produced, such as andalusite and cordierite, while the emanation of magmatic solutions, connected particularly with the syenite, has resulted in the introduction into the invaded rocks of such minerals as albite, rutile, apatite, and zircon, and in the alteration of biotite and chlorite. The impregnation appears to have been selective, or rather the solutions have not spread out uniformly from the con- tact, but have perhaps followed the beds of greatest permea- bility, and consequently one finds occasionally among the impregnated rocks some which have simply been recrystallized without noticeable addition of material. (a) Andalusite Mica Schists-—A specimen from near the contact on the western side of Rosetta Head is seen to be micaceous and to have a definite schistosity, very slightly waved, and roughened by knots. In thin sections the minerals present comprise quartz, | biotite, andalusite, chlorite, muscovite, and iron ore, with fairly plentiful little zircons showing pleochroic haloes, and sometimes coronae as well, embedded in the biotite and chlor- ite; felspar appears to be absent. Chlorite is associated and intergrown with biotite and evidently derived from it, but its distribution seems purely haphazard. The mineral has the peculiar characters of the chlorite in the albite syenite; its R.I. is a trifle high for ordinary chlorite, and it is uniaxial and positive. The colour is a very pale green with slight pleochroism. Birefringence is distinctly weaker than that of quartz and extinction from the basal cleavage is slightly oblique revealing multiple twinning parallel to the base. The 00 characters are not those of any known variety of chlorite, nor yet of chloritoid, but they agree more closely with those of _ the former mineral. | The mode of occurrence of andalusite is noteworthy ; it is — ‘in ovoid to irregular porphyroblasts up to 3 mm. in diameter and exhibits well the sieve structure of Becke and Gruben- mann, being crowded with inclusions chiefly of quartz and iron ore. These are arranged along definite lines, generally curved, in the host, but the directions apparently do not bear any definite or constant relationship to the cleavage planes or to the schistosity of the rock, to which, indeed, they are in- differently parallel and perpendicular. The appearance in places _ reminds one of helicitic relict texture, but it is plain that the two things have nothing in common. The phenomenon may possibly be attributed to some deorientating force pos- sessed by the growing andalusite and exerted against the minerals which remained undigested in the process of forma- tion of the andalusite itself, a process which occurred subse- quently to the schistose recrystallization of the rock and as a result of the igneous intrusion. The andalusite in its growth has made room for itself partly by mechanical and partly by chemical means, the schistose laminae being sometimes pushed out, and at other times cut across and corroded. Both effects are well seen in the microphotograph (pl. u., fig. 2). There is no reason to belive that rotation of the andalusite under pressure has occurred. Indeed, the evidence is all against this. It has been noted that, whereas tiny inclusions of iron ore (?ilmenite) are quite a feature of the andalusite, they are by no means so abundant elsewhere in the rock, which suggests that they represent the iron rejected from the biotite used up in forming the andalusite. In another schist from close to the syenite contact the development of andalusite with sieve structure, of a very similar type to that just described, has very plainly followed the former lamination of the rock, and is possibly due to the presence of strongly aluminous layers at intervals in the original sediment. Though the schistosity is here at 40° to the bedding planes it is not distorted in the neighbourhood of the andalusite, and likewise there is no sinuous arrange- ment of inclusions. There is a tendency for the development of little knots or segregations of sericite in parts of the slide, which in shape and general arrangement are very similar to the andalusite. Biotite is slightly bleached and tiny zircon inclusions are fairly numerous. Some chlorite in crystals of quite distinctive blade-like habit is found, generally associated with the 51 andalusite and sericite. It appears to be of quite different origin from the ordinary biotite of the rock. (b) Cordierite Mica Schist.—There is a _ considerable development of knotted schists at intervals to the west of Rosetta Head. The knots are often very abundant, and may be upwards of half an inch in diameter. The schists, too, may be corrugated, and the transition from smooth to knotted or corrugated schists is often quite sharp. Some of the knotted varieties are, as shown above, andalusite-bearing, but in a specimen collected about half-way round towards King Point the knots prove to be cordierite. On the weathered face they show up of a brownish-yellow colour in roughly elliptical sections, with slight traces of an orientation parallel to the schistosity. The knots are very numerous, occupying about half the surface on a face cut perpendicular to the schistosity. In thin section the ground fabric of the rock is seen to be of the usual type; there is well-marked schistosity indicated by parallel layers of biotite separated by finely granular quartz. The knots are really individuals and aggregates of medium to large xenoblasts of cordierite, the aggregates com- prising anything up to half a dozen intergrown or interlocking grains, and measuring up to about 12 mm. in greatest length. The external boundaries of the minerals are as a rule indistinct, being frayed out into the ground fabric and indented by biotite. Sometimes the schistosity folds round the cordierite, and in one case it is much dented by the porphyroblast; here the enfolding biotite is thickly studded with pleochroic haloes and has an unusual concentration of iron ore. The grains of cordierite are crammed with inclusions, most of them colourless, and so extremely tiny that their identification is generally impossible. They seem to be mostly quartz, but zircon is recognized by the characteristic yellow pleochroic haloes; in addition there are inclusions of muscovite, biotite (often bleached), and iron ore, and these larger grains occasionally carry the schistosity direction through the porphyroblast. The cordierite is stained yellow in places, but strangely enough shows no trace of the very usual alteration to pinite. As regards the ground fabric, in addition to biotite and quartz it contains muscovite and chlorite, both of which are in crystals larger than the biotite. They are mostly found round about the cordierite, and sometimes associated with the little veinlets of quartz containing small prisms of apatite. Granules and tiny crystals of iron ore are fairly plentiful, but are most abundant in the cordierite, suggesting their deriva- tion by the dissociation of biotite. The rock is also 52 characterized by quite an unsually large proportion of zircon inclusions in biotite, each surrounded by a halo. ‘There is often local concentration of these along schistosity directions without any apparent reason. Andalusite and cordierite are the only two of the heavier metamorphic minerals found by the author in the schists. Prof. Howchin 8) has noted the occurrence of garnetiferous sands at Rosetta Head and Port Elliot, which are probably derived from the metamorphic rocks of the vicinity. (c) Cliff Section at Rosetta Head.—A number of speci- mens were obtained showing the variations to be observed along the track from Victor Harbour to the old jetty at Rosetta Head. As the track cuts across the strike of the rocks there are slight variations of composition and texture. No. 1 was obtained about 100 yards past the old barn situated where the coastline bends round to the east, or roughly about 1,200 yards from the contact. It is a very compact rock of a grey colour with a micaceous sheen. Slight schistosity is visible and the laminae are curved, possibly due to the intrusion of a vein of quartz and biotite. Microscopic- ally the rock is an exceedingly fine-textured aggregate, mainly of quartz and biotite with subordinate iron ore. Many of the grains are not greater than ‘01 mm, in diameter, so that the identification of the colourless constituents is very difficult and the presence or absence of felspar could not be determined. A slightly coarse layer in the rock does show plagioclase with a higher refractive index than Canada Balsam. The rock is distinctly schistose. | No. 2 is likewise somewhat schistose, of a dull-grey colour, very compact, and with a hardness of 5. A _ sprinkle of brownish mica flakes serves to reveal the schistosity. In thin section the rock is very fine grained, averaging about ‘(08 mm. -Schistosity is distinct, and the following minerals were identified :—Quartz, chlorite, biotite, albite, rutile, and a little iron ore. Chlorite is a very pale green, almost colourless, with a faint pleochroism. Rutile is fairly plentiful in httle prisms and granules. Biotite flakes up to ‘5 mm. in length give a ~ pseudoporphyritic character to the rock; they are somewhat bleached. The rock might be termed a very fine schistose hornfels. No. 3, about 480 yards distant from the contact, shows very different characters from Nos. 1 and 2. It has a kind of pepper-and-salt colour, due to the presence of biotite and chlorite, and a micaceous lustre, and is much roughened by knots. (38) Geology of South Australia, p. 45. ia Pi -_. 53 Under the microscope this rock is seen to have a coarser grain than the others, and a strongly marked feature is its ‘crystallization schistosity, produced by folia of biotite separ- ated by quartz granules; the biotite is rather greenish and bleached looking, and there is local development of muscovite. There is a sprinkling of iron ore, and little zircons occur in places. Felspar could not be detected. The knots are found to be irregular rounded patches of very fine sericite, resembling very closely in shape and general appearance the andalusite of some of the other knotted schists. At the edges the patches fray out into the ground fabric of the rock, little tongues of sericite dovetailing in with the biotite (pl. ii., fig. 1). Round the knots the schistosity becomes curved, and strings of inclusions, mostly of quartz and iron ore, run through the sericite, usually in curved lines, and continuing the schistosity just as in the andalusite. Where biotite is included it has been altered to chlorite. Iron ore is far more abundant in the sericite areas than elsewhere in the rock. In the immediate neighbourhood of the knots there are occasional crystals of chlorite; these are set in all directions, and often contain inclusions of the other minerals as well as of zircon. Muscovite occurs in similar circumstances. The distribution of the sericite knots in the rock is quite irregular, as far as could be made out. Except that the knots disappear, the rocks maintain their general characters for some distance along the track. No. 4 shows a ground fabric a little finer than that of No. 3, but otherwise identical. The rock is slightly porphyroblastic, a few crystals of chlorite cutting across the schistosity and con- taining numerous inclusions. One section cut parallel to the vertical axis shows boundaries sharp parallel to (001) but frayed out at the ends. Basal twinning is shown. The mineral has rather a high refractive index for chlorite, and resembles chloritoid in many characters, but differs from it in being of a very light-green colour, in having maximum absorption parallel to ae base, and in being uniaxial (pl. i., fig. 5). At the old tunnel, Faw into the cliff about 150 to 200 yards from the contact, the rock (No. 5) is black and perfectly massive, with very irregular fracture. It is seen under the microscope to be a fine-textured mosaic of quartz and biotite with some plagioclase, and a little apatite and zircon. The rock has been entirely recrystallized, and resembles some of the inclusions in the granite of Granite Island and Port Elliot. There are no traces of lamination or schistosity. 54 There is a hiatus in the cliff section owing to a deep depression having been carved out of the schists by the Permo-Carboniferous glaciers, this trough being now filled with glacial débris. (d) Impregnation near the Syenite Contact.—Close to the contact the country rock is again seen, and the most intense metamorphic effects of the syenite are to be observed near the old jetty. The syenite itself, as well as the country rock, becomes very micaceous, and the increase in this silvery- grey-looking mica is so great at times that it is hard to tell where the actual contact is. Tongues of non-porphyritic syenite are thrust into the schists, whose folia are curved and contorted, while veins of quartz and veinlets of quartz and mica are also sent out into the invaded rocks. In places the schistosity is largely destroyed, and a very compact, somewhat dull, ight-grey rock is developed, streaked with what appear to be tiny parallel veinlets of mica, The rock is really a kind of hornfels. In regard to the inclusions in the syenite it is noted that whereas the smaller masses of schist have been changed in colour from black to grey, in the larger masses this alteration has only been marginal. The change in colour, as will be seen presently, indicates a change in composition due to transfer of material, and apparently this can be effected without any appreciable loss in the sharpness of the bound- aries of the xenolith. Microscopically the altered rocks vary a good deal in texture and in the relative abundance of the constituent minerals, but they are all characteristically composed of a fine-grained mosaic aggregate of quartz, albite, and .chlorite, producing a tpyical hornfels structure, fine and even in grain (pl 12, te, 6). ' Veins of chlorite or of quartz and chlorite, with rarely a little albite and an occasional little apatite prism, traverse the hornfels, often with parallel arrangement. These have sometimes forced open a space for themselves and appear as true veins, or the quartz and chlorite may be found as medium- sized grains poikilitically enclosing the other constituents of the rock. Some of the rocks show more or less frequent flakes of pale-brown biotite intergrown with or passing into chlorite. In addition to the minerals already mentioned all the rocks are characterized by quite an unusual development of rutile in very tiny crystals, generally simple, but rarely show- ing geniculate twins. In some of the slides traversed by quartz-chlorite veinlets there are strings of rutile running parallel to the veins; 55 apart from this the mineral is well distributed through the rock as a rule, and included in all the other constituents, both of the hornfels proper and of the quartz-chlorite veins. Zircon, too is fairly abundant, and in some cases apatite. The former shows up well in biotite and chlorite by reason of the haloes and coronae which envelop it. One effect of the zircon on its host is to cause the part of it covered by the halo to have a slightly weaker birefringence than the rest. As regards chlorite, that in the veinlets is identical with what is found in the albite syenite, and in addition to the bladed forms appears as broader somewhat irregular grains, while the fine-grained material of the hornfels proper is very pale, almost colourless, and often crystallized, vertical sections giving lath-like shapes. The derivation of this chlorite from biotite is proved by the occurrence of occasional crystals of biotite of exactly the same habit, which is in striking con- trast with the entirely irregular forms characterizing the micaceous quartzites, and resembles most the biotite of the strongly schistose rocks. : From the prevalence of albite and rutile in all these rocks it is evident that there has been an important transfer of material from the syenite magma, especially of soda and titania, producing a rutile-bearing albitic hornfels as a result of metasomatic metamorphism. It seems as if one must pos- tulate two stages of alteration to account for all the effects produced. The albite syenite was first injected, with accom- panying veins and veinlets, the country rock being impreg- nated with albite, and to a less degree, with rutile, zircon, and apatite. Subsequently circulating solutions, still magmatic in character, attacked the biotite of both ‘igneous rock and schists, converting it into chlorite. The presence of chlorite in the knotted schists closely associated with the porphyroblasts suggests that the circulat- ing solutions had probably something to do with the production of the minerals forming the “knots,” while the peculiar feat- ures mentioned in connection with the sericite aggregates suggest that these may possibly represent an intermediate stage in the production of the andalusite. VIII. Summary. (1) A group of igneous rocks at Encounter Bay is described, comprising two related series: (a) A plutonic series consisting of quartz mica diorite, porphyritic granite, even-grained granite, and albite mica syenite; and (b) a series of minor intrusions consisting of uralitic dolerites, potash aplite, and soda aplite and granophyre. 56 (2) The genetic relationships of the rocks are discussed, and the conclusion is drawn that the first series was derived by fractionation and sinking of crystals in an intercrustal magma with subsequent intrusion at a higher level, while the second series may have resulted from complementary differentiation of a separate portion of the original magma. (3) The pneumatolytic phase of the intrusion is mani- fested in :— (a) Quartz tourmaline nests in granites, aplites, etc. (b) The greisenisation of the soda granophyres. (c) The impregnation of the country rock in the neigh- bourhood of the albite syenite. (4) From comparison with similar occurrences elsewhere in the State it is considered probable that a magma underlay much of South Australia, as well as the Barrier region of New South Wales, in paulo-post-Cambrian times, intrusion of which was expressed either by granites and allied rocks or by dyke intrusions of both basic and acid types. (5) The age of the intrusions is discussed, and Tilley’s view of their connection with the folding of the Cambrian rocks is upheld. . (6) The contact metamorphism produced by the intru- sions is dealt with and a number of rock types are described. IX. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS. The author is much indebted to Professor Howchin, of Adelaide University, for having in the first instance directed his attention to this interesting problem and suggested its investigation ; and also to Professor David, of Sydney Univer- sity, for kind discussion and criticism of the paper while in manuscript form. | By kind permission of the Government Geologist of South Australia determinations of the alkalies in the greisenised granophyres were made by Mr. W. 8. Chapman, Analyst to the Department of Mines, who also kindly made check deter- minations of the alkalies of a number of other rocks. The author would specially mention his obligation to his friend and colleague, Mr. C. E. Tilley, B.Sc., for assistance in the field and in the laboratory, for many references to litera- ture, and for much helpful discussion and criticism. The microphotographs were made by Mr. H. G. Gooch, of the Geology Department of Sydney University, as were also the excellent series of specially large rock slides on which the petrological investigations were carried out. ) Geology Department, University of Sydney. Fig. 9 3? 57 EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PuateE I, Microcline from porphyritic granite, with rim of quartz granules in graphic intergrowth with the felspar (x 163). Chequer albite from soda aplite, Port Elliot (x28). Quartz in adamellite porphyry showing ‘‘nibbled’’ out- line, surrounded by a ring of optically continuous quartz granules (x 16%). Uralitic dolerite from dyke on landward side of Rosetta Head. Ordinary light (x15). Mica schist with porphyroblast of chlorite cutting across the schistosity, Cliff section, Rosetta Head. Note quartz inclusions carrying schistosity through the chlorite. Ordinary light (x33). Albitic hornfels from near contact of albite syenite, Rosetta Head. Portion of a chlorite veinlet is visible (x 44), PuateE IT. Mica schist with ‘‘knots’’ of sericite, cliff section, Rosetta Head. Ordinary light (x 163). Andalusite porphyroblast in mica schist, Rosetta Head. Note the biotite folia partly pushed aside and partly -eut across by the andalusite. Ordinary light (x11). Prate III, Adamellite porphyry from Granite Island, showing a simply-twinned, well-rounded phenocryst of microcline. Boulder of porphyritic granite on Granite Island showing the characteristic weathering. Puate IV. Contorted schists at contact with albite syenite, Rosetta Head. Rosetta Head from King Point. The seaward side of the headland is of granite and syenite; the sloping ground at the back is composed of schists, which also form the outcrops close to the sea level in the fore- ' ground and middle distance. The low cliffs are of ' Permo-Carboniferous glacial deposits. Mite oO | . ee 58 NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA. By Oswatp B. Lower, F.ES., F.Z.S., ete. [Read April 8, 1920. ] TORTRICIDAE. MICTONEURA EURYPELTA, 0. sp. 36, 14 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax dull ochreous, palpi infuscated above, except base. Abdomen greyish-ochreous. Legs dull ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, termen hardly oblique; ochreous-grey, suffusedly irrorated with pale fuscous; a large well-marked, fuscous, triangular patch on costa at one-third, its apex obtuse, reaching about one-third across wing; two fine fuscous dots on costa, between base and patch; a row of fine fuscous dots along costa, from middle to apex, continued along termen to tornus; cilia dull ochreous. Hindwings and cilia grey. - Known at once by the triangular costal patch. Hab.—Cairns district, North Queensland; two specimens received from Mr. F. P. Dodd, taken in October. ARGYROPLOCE DRYMOPTILA, 0. sp. gd, 16mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax fuscous, mixed with darker fuscous. Abdomen fuscous. Legs whitish- grey, banded with fuscous, posterior pair fuscous. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa gently arched, termen faintly sinuate beneath apex; fuscous; costa shortly strigulated with oblique darker fuscous marks, arranged in pairs, interspaces dull ochreous; all veins more or less outlined with dark fus- cous, interspaces more or less filled in with dull whitish; an obscure, dull-ochreous, roundish blotch on middle of dorsum, more or less continued to tornus, its upper edge reaching about one-third across wing; cilia grey-whitish, becoming fuscous in middle, and with a whitish subapical line. Hind- wings with termen rather strongly sinuate in middle; white © or grey-whitish, apical half pale fuscous; sometimes dorsum with a few fuscous scales; cilia pale fuscous. Hab.—Cairns district, North Queensland; three speci- mens, in October, received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.: OECOPHORIDAE. HELIOCAUSTA CHARODES, N. Sp. 3, 24-26 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax ochreous-grey, palpi somewhat pinkish tinged. Abdomen 59 yellow-ochreous. Legs whitish, anterior pair tinged with carmine. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, termen obliquely rounded; ochreous-grey, somewhat pinkish-tinged ; costal edge carmine throughout; a reddish-fuscous dot on fold in middle; a second obliquely above and before; a third, much larger, at posterior end of cell; an indistinct row of fine reddish-fuscous dots from beneath costa at three-quarters, thence curved round and parallel to termen and ending on tornus; some indistinct fuscous dots along termen; cilia ochreous-white, basal half pink. Hindwings orange-yellow, darker around margins; cilia pale ochreous, darker at apex. In the neighbourhood of phylacopis, Meyr. Hab.—Warra, South Queensland; three specimens, in October, received from Mrs. F. H. Hobler. EULECHRIA XIPHOPEPLA, N. sp. @, 26 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and antennae dull greyish-white. Abdomen greyish-ochreous. Legs greyish- fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, termen obliquely rounded; dull greyish-fuscous, sometimes more or less obscurely irrorated with whitish; a moderately broad whitish longitudinal subcostal streak from base to costa at five-sixths, in one specimen the streak is costal on basal por- tion; a well-marked fuscous dot on lower edge of streak at one-third ; a similar spot at posterior end of cell; veins towards termen sometimes more or less outlined with whitish; cilia greyish. Hindwings light fuscous; cilia fuscous. A somewhat dull species, but the white longitudinal streak is characteristic. Hab.—Semaphore, South Australia; three specimens, probably in October. EULECHRIA PLAGIOSPILA, Nl. Sp. gd, 16 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax ochreous-white, palpi ringed with fuscous, thorax fuscous tinged anteriorly, patagia more ochreous. Antennae fuscous, annulated with white, ciliations 1. Abdomen ochreous, segmental margins silvery-grey. Legs greyish-ochreous, tibiae ringed with fus- cous, tarsi sometimes banded with fuscous. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa gently arched, termen obliquely rounded; ochreous-whitish, with dark-fuscous markings; a small quadrate costal spot, just before base; a small elongate dorsal spot, near base; a flattened spot on costa at about one- quarter, with a darker dot on lower edge; a small darker dot immediately below and beyond, just above dorsum; a similar flattened spot on costa at about three-quarters, with two similar dark-fuscous dots placed as before; a curved mark, Fla Lit ail oel 7 re 60 somewhat dot-like, near apex, reaching to just above tornus; cilia dull ochreous, mixed with fuscous. Hindwings fuscous; cilia fuscous, becoming ochreous-grey around tornus. Neatly marked and distinct. Hab.—Sydney and Hornsby, New South Wales; three specimens in October. | EULECHRIA CERATOCHROA, 0. sp. 3, 26 mm. Head and thorax pale greyish-fuscous. Antennae and palpi pale greyish, antennal ciliations 14, palpi tinted with pale fuscous internally, terminal joint paler. Abdomen and legs pale greyish-fuscous, three lower segments of abdomen with greyish-ochreous segmental bands. Fore- wings elongate, costa moderately arched, termen obliquely rounded; pale greyish-fuscous, sometimes minutely irrorated with fuscous on posterior half; a small fuscous dot in middle of wing at one-third from base; a second on fold below and beyond; a third at posterior end of cell, more conspicuous than others; a row of fine fuscous dots from beneath costa at about middle, thence continued parallel to costa near apex and along termen to tornus; cilia greyish, with a paler basal line throughout. Hindwings pale greyish-fuscous; cilia grey- whitish with a fuscous median line. Not unlike a large specimen of Philobota pulverea, Meyr. The form of the posterior line is unusual. Hab.—Gisborne, Victoria; three specimens in February. EULECHRIA RHODOLOMA, N. sp. g and 9, 25 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax grey, basal joint of palpi with a suffused fuscous subapical band. Abdomen fuscous, whitish-grey beneath. Legs greyish, anterior and middle tarsi banded with fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, termen gently rounded, oblique; grey, with a few scattered fuscous dots; costal edge pink throughout; a fuscous dot on fold in middle; a second obliquely above and before, and a third at posterior end of cell; a row of fine fuscous, more or less confluent dots, from beneath costa at about three-quarters, curved around and parallel to termen and ending above tornus; a row of fuscous dots along termen; cilia grey, faintly pinkish tinged. Hind- wings and cilia light fuscous, cilia with a paler greyish basal line. Reminds one of species of Machimia, especially sobriella, Wik. Hab.—Cairns, North Queensland; three specimens in October. I possess also a specimen from Toowoomba, Queens- land, sent by Mr. Walter Barnard. ii: ee 61 EULECHRIA NIPHOBOLA, 0. sp. S$ and Q, 24-26 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax ashy- grey-fuscous, second joint of palpi whitish with a blackish sub-basal ring. Antennae greyish, imperfectly spotted with whitish, ciliations nearly 3. Abdomen greyish. Legs greyish- fuscous, posterior pair greyish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa arched, termen obliquely rounded; ashy-grey-whitish, all veins more or less outlined with darker fuscous; a well- marked, narrow, longitudinal white streak in middle of wing, | containing a fuscous dot at each extremity (really one at each end of cell) ; a crenulate fuscous line just before termen, from near apex to tornus; cilia ashy-grey, somewhat sprinkled with fuscous. Hindwings grey-whitish, sprinkled with fuscous towards apex; cilia grey-whitish, terminal half sprinkled with fuscous. A winter species; not unlike some forms of Guestia. Hab.—Broken Hill, New South Wales; nine specimens in July. TRACHYPEPLA DASYLOPHA, DN. sp. 3,24mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish, collar dark fuscous, lower half of basal joint of palpi dark fuscous extern- ally, terminal joint with fuscous basal and apical bands. Antennae fuscous. Abdomen dull orange, segmental margins whitish, two basal segments wholly whitish. Legs greyish, anterior and middle pair infuscated. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa moderately arched, termen obliquely rounded ; whitish, more or less wholly suffused with light fuscous, except on an elongate patch reaching from base to about middle of dorsum, and with an acute projection on upper edge near base, indicating first tuft of scales ; second tuft at posterior extremity of patch, third and fourth obliquely: above; upper edge of patch edged with darker fuscous; a black dot just above posterior end of patch, edged posteriorly with a spot of white ; a suffused patch of dark fuscous on costa at about two-thirds ; a short, narrow, inwardly oblique black mark just below this, with a line of whitish beneath ; a curved series of fuscous dots, from costa to tornus, sometimes nearly absent; cilia ochreous- grey, with a fuscous subterminal line. Hindwings greyish, fuscous tinged; cilia greyish-fuscous, with an ochreous basal - line. Not unlike some species of Hulechria in general appear- ance. The whitish head and thorax, together with the orange abdomen, are prominent characteristics. Hab.—Cairns and Warra, Southern Queensland; four specimens in November and December. 62 OENOCHROA ENDOCHLORA, Meyr. I have bred this species freely from pupae found under the bark of Fucalyptus and Angophora in pheniiin and March, at Wayville, South Australia. OENOCHROA IOBAPHES, Meyr. Bred under similar circumstances as above, in March, at Wayville, South Australia. OENOCHROA DINOSEMA, Meyr. The same remarks apply to this species. PHILOBOTA GYPSOMERA, N. sp. 36, 16mm. Head, palpi, and thorax white, lower two- thirds of palpi tinged with fuscous. Antennae greyish, cili- ations 1. Abdomen dull ochreous. Legs ochreous-white, anterior and middle pair more or less infuscated. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex pointed, termen oblique; pale whitish-ochreous; veins more or less outlined with pale fuscous, coalescing beneath costa so as to form a more or less longitudinal streak from base to apex, leaving anterior two- thirds of costa whitish; a small dot in middle of wing at one- third from base; a second at posterior end of cell; cilia ochreous-white. Hindwings and cilia pale ochreous-white. Hab.—Hobart, Tasmania; two specimens in March. PHILOBOTA( ?) CAPNOCHROA, Nn. Sp. 3, 24 mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Antennae ochreous-fuscous, antennal ciliations 1, palpi ochreous-whitish, basal joint with sub-basal and subapical fuscous bands. Abdomen ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair ochreous. Forewings elongate, rather broad, costa hardly arched, termen oblique; dark fuscous; costal edge narrowly ochreous, from near base to near apex; a few obscure scat- tered blackish dots in disc; an obscure curved series of fine black dots from beneath costa at three-quarters to near tornus ; cilia dark fuscous, mixed with blackish. Hindwings fuscous ; cilia fuscous, becoming ochreous around termen and tornus. Doubtfully referable to Philobota, perhaps a Compso- tropha; the antennal ciliations would appear to place it in the latter genus, but I can see no sign of a pecten. Fresher spect- mens may decide the question. Hab.—Parkside, South Australia; two specimens 1 March. 63 PHILOBOTA PARASEMA, 0. sp. 3, 20-22 mm. Head, thorax, palpi, and antennae dull ereyish- fuscous, antennal ciliations i, palpi externally fuscous with a whitish subapical spot on basal joint. Abdomen silvery- grey. Legs grey, posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex hardly pointed, termen oblique; pale fuscous-grey, with fuscous markings; costal edge slenderly whitish from near base to near apex; some scattered fuscous marks in middle of wing, some of which coalesce to form an obscure mark on fold at one-third from | base, and another, larger, at posterior end of cell; a curved row of small dots, from costa at termination of whitish streak, obliquely outwards to beneath apex, thence direct .to tornus ; cilia greyish, with some fuscous scales. Hindwings and cilia whitish-grey. , Hab.—Highbury, South Australia; three specimens in October. PHILOBOTA DIPHRACTA, Nl. sp. 3,20mm. Head, palpi, and antennae ochreous-whitish, — basal joint of palpi strongly infuseated, antennal ciliations 1. Thorax fuscous, posterior half ochreous-white. Abdomen ochreous-white, segmental margins pale fuscous, anal tuft ochreous-white. Legs ochreous-white, posterior pair slightly infuscated. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, termen faintly sinuate beneath apex, thence obliquely rounded; ochreous-white, with light-fuscous markings; a small, some- what quadrate spot on costa at base; a transverse fascia from costa just beyond one-third to dorsum at about one-third, edges irregular, posterior edge indented above middle; a similar fascia, but somewhat broader, from costa near apex to tornus, broadest at apex, where it contains a few spots of ground-colour on costa ; a small dot in disc, just before anterior edge of second fascia; an elongate streak on middle of termen ; cilia ochreous-white. Hindwings pale ochreous-whitish, terminal half faintly tinged with fuscous; cilia ochreous- whitish. Hab.—Cairns district, North Queensland ; two specimens in October. PHILOBOTA PICRAULA, 0. sp. d and @, 20-22 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax pale whitish-ochreous, basal joint of palpi externally fuscous. Antennae and legs whitish-ochreous, antennal qailiations 1, posterior legs mixed with pale fuscous. Abdomen greyish- ochreous. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex pointed, termen oblique; pale ochreous-whitish ; a narrow longitudinal subcostal streak from base to apex, c 64 gradually dilated to apex; cilia ochreous-whitish. Hindwings pale greyish-fuscous, slightly darker around margins, cilia pale greyish-ochreous, with a faint fuscous sub-basal line. Allied to physaula, Meyr., but easily recognized by the distinct ochreous tinge and more pointed forewings, besides the single stripe running to apex. Hab.—Belair, South Australia; four specimens in November. EKUPHILTRA ORTHOZONA, Nl. sp. . Q, 14-16 mm. Head white. Thorax reddish-fuscous, with three white spots posteriorly, two lateral, one central. Palpi white. Antennae fuscous. Abdomen ochreous. Legs ochreous, anterior and middle pair mixed with fuscous. Fore- wings elongate, moderate, costa gently arched, termen oblique ; white, with deep reddish-fuscous markings; a moderately broad transverse fascia from costa at one-third to middle of dorsum, edges irregular, anterior curved outwards to costa where it is continued as a fine line to base; a similar fascia, somewhat curved inwards from costa at three-quarters to tornus, edges hardly irregular; a suffused patch below middle of wing, connecting the two fasciae below middle and leaving a small spot of ground-colour on dorsum; area along apex and termen similarly suffused, with indications of a short narrow white line along middle of termen; a somewhat obscure linear black mark touching anterior edge of second fascia in middle; cilia reddish-fuscous, median third white, becoming blackish at tornus. Hindwings ochreous-fuscous, paler towards base; cilia fuscous, with a lighter basal line. Near eroticella, Meyr., but broader winged and different coloured hindwings. Hab.—Warra, South Queensland; three specimens in October and November. CHEZALA OCHROBAPTA, 0. Sp. 3, 28-32 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, legs, and abdomen pale whitish-ochreous, second joint of palpi fuscous externally. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, termen. oblique, hardly: rounded; pale whitish-ochreous, without markings; cilia pale whitish-ochreous. Hindwings light ochreous; cilia as in forewings, but basal half ochreous. Hab. —Duaringa, Queensland; three specimens in January. CAESYRA LEPTADELPHA, Nl. Sp. 3, 10 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax pale ochreous. Abdomen and legs whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, termen obliquely rounded ; pale 4 65 whitish-ochreous; a dull purplish-reddish band, occupying posterior third of wing, anterior edge nearly straight, finely edged with fuscous; cilia dull fuscous-reddish. Hindwings and cilia erey-whitish. Hab.—Cairns district, North Queensland; three speci- mens in October. CHRYSONEMA ADELOSEMA, 0. sp. ¢, 16 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, abdomen, and legs pale ochreous, anterior edge of thorax and patagia fuscous, antennal ciliations nearly 1, both joints of palpi infuscated externally, anterior and middle legs infuscated. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa hardly arched, termen obliquely rounded; pale ochreous-whitish, with some scattered minute fuscous scales; costal edge slenderly fuscous through- out; an inwardly oblique irregular fuscous mark on costa at three-quarters, below which is a well-marked fuscous spot; a fuscous spot in middle of disc at one-third and another just below and beyond ; veins towards terminal half of wings some- what outlined with fuscous and appearing to form a curved line near termen; cilia ochreous-grey, with a few fuscous scales. _Hindwings greyish, tinged with fuscous; cilia ochreous-grey with a fuscous median line. Near maculifera, Low. Hab.—Cairns district, North Queensland ; two specimens in October. MACHAERITIS ENCRITA, N. sp. 2, 10mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax shining white , thorax tinged with ochreous posteriorly. Abdomen silvery-white, beneath white. Legs white. Forewings elongate, apex pointed; white, faintly tinged with ochreous ; markings ochreous-fuscous ; a narrow transverse fascia close to base; a moderately broad fascia, from just before middle of costa to about middle of dorsum, edges tolerably straight, anterior edge margined with dark fuscous; sometimes lower half of fascia mixed with fuscous; a second similar fascia from costa at two-thirds to dorsum before tornus, posterior edge rather irregular, anterior edge nearly straight; a short subapical streak; cilia fuscous, becoming darker at apex and tornus. Hindwings lanceolate; pale fuscous; cilia pale fus- cous, lighter at base. Hab.—Parkside, South Australia; two specimens in January. GELECHIADAE. CROCANTHES THERMOBAPTA, N. sp. 3 and 9, 12-14 mm. Head ochreous-white. Antennae, palpi, and thorax ochreous-white, strongly mixed with orange. 66 Abdomen yellow. Legs ochreous-orange, posterior pair paler. Forewings elongate, costa nearly straight, termen slightly sinuate, “oblique : pale yellow, strongly suffused and streaked with orange; a very broad dull purplish-fuscous oblique fascia, from middle of costa to middle of dorsum, anterior edge limited by a fine fuscous, nearly straight line, posterior edge dentate, lowest dentation continued for a short distance along fold; a fine fuscous line along termen; cilia yellow, becoming fuscous at apex. Huindwings and cilia pale yellowish-orange. Between zonodesma, Low., and halurga, Meyr. Hab.—Mackay, Queensland; nine specimens in October and November. CHELARIA BALIODES, 0. sp. 3, 16 mm. Head and thorax cinereous-grey. Palpi grey-whitish, terminal joint with three fuscous rings. Antennae grey, spotted with fuscous. Abdomen greyish-ochreous. Legs fuscous, suffusedly banded with fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, termen obliquely rounded; ashy-grey- whitish more or less mixed throughout with small fuscous blotches; about nine small fuscous spots on costa throughout; first basal, becoming obliquely fascia-like to base of dorsum ; third very distinct, continued obliquely inwards to fold, more or less broken beneath costa, broadest on lower two-thirds ; two or three short blackish: dashes between this and middle .of termen; one or two similar dashes on fold beneath; a fine row of fuscous dots.near and parallel to termen ; cilia cinereous- grey, with a median row of fuscous dots throughout. Hind- wings -greyish, becoming fuscous-tinged posteriorly; cilia whitish. Hab.—Warra, South Queensland; five specimens in Sep- tember and October, also a single abraded specimen from Broken Hill, New South Wales, in October. GELECHIA PLINTHODES, N. sp. 3, 12 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dull reddish- fuscous, terminal joint of palpi, with two fuscous rings. Antennae fuscous, basal joint darker. Abdomen fuscous, mixed with whitish laterally, and with ochreous beneath. Legs fuscous, banded with whitish, posterior pair ochreous. Fore- wings elong ate, moderate, costa hardly arched, termen oblique ; dull reddish- fuscous, somewhat finely irrorated with fuscous ; costal edge finely blackish from base to three-quarters; a fine black transverse mark near base, reaching half across wing; two well-defined black dots in middle of wing at one-third from base, transversely placed; indications of a small similar dot between these and sub-basal mark; a fine black dot at posterior \ 67 end of cell; costa from three-quarters to apex more reddish ; a series of irregular fuscous dots along termen and apical sixth of costa; cilia ochreous, with a dark fuscous median line. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish, cilia somewhat ochreous- tinged at base. Allied to dictyomorpha, Low.; best distinguished from that species by the oar: marked dots and clearer colouring of forewings. Hab.—Broken Hill, New South Wales; two specimens in August. DoRYCNOPA TRIPHERA, 0. Sp. ¢ and Q, 14-16 mm. Head and palpi ochreous-white, basal joint of palpi with two fuscous rings, terminal joint with one, median. Thorax, antennae, abdomen, and legs fuscous, thorax sometimes mixed with whitish, abdominal tuft ochreous, legs banded with ochreous-white. Forewings elongate, narrow ; dark fuscous, mixed with blackish; markings dull ochreous ; a moderately broad outwardly oblique fascia, anteriorly edged with fuscous, from just beneath costa at one-fifth to dorsum at about one-quarter continued along dorsum to middle; three or four apical spots, sometimes confluent into two; a small reddish-ochreous or ferruginous patch, beyond posterior end of cell, edged above and below with a small spot of ochreous- white; a sharply defined black dot in middle of patch, some- times edged with whitish; a black, white-edged dot on upper edge of dorsal streak, at about one-quarter from base of wing ; a similar dot in middle of wing, resting on anterior edge of ferruginous patch ; cilia grey-whitish, with some scattered black seales. Hindwings with apex pointed, produced; greyish- white; cilia greyish-white, with an ochreous basal line. Hab.—ULargs Bay, South Australia; seven specimens in March. XYLORYCTIDAE. XYLORYCTA SPODOPASTA, HN. sp. Q, 22 mm. Head, thorax, ean and antennae ashy- grey-whitish, palpi dark fuscous exteriorly, antennae obscurely annulated with white. Abdomen fuscous, segmental margins silvery-grey. Legs cinerous-grey, posterior pair greyish- white. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, termen obliquely rounded ; slaty-grey, with some fine blackish irrora- tion ; veins more or less outlined with black, interspaces dull whitish ; cilia greyish-fuscous, darker on basal half. Hind- wings light fuscous, lighter on basal half; cilia white, with a fuscous sub-basal line. A neatly-marked insect. In one specimen there appears to be a faint whitish anterior band on thorax. ‘ 68 Hab.—Broken Hill, New South Wales; three specimens in March. MIcROSTOLA, 0. g. Head smooth. Antennae dentate, thickened, ciliations one-half. Labial palpi short (imperfect). Abdomen moderate. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings with vein one furcate towards base, two from about middle, three and four stalked, five approximated towards three at base, seven and eight stalked, nine out of seven from about one-quarter, eleven from well before middle. Hindwings slightly broader than fore- wings, three and four stalked, seven and eight stalked, five absent, eight free. Mr. Meyrick, who suggested the above generic name, has referred it to the Xyloryctidae. It has peculiar neural char- acters, and as I possess but one male, further specimens may have the hindwings normal. MicROSTOLA AMMOSCIA, N. sp. g and Q, 15-18 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, legs, and abdomen pale ochreous-whitish, antennal ciliations of male one-half. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, termen gently and obliquely rounded; pale ochreous-whitish, slightly infuscated towards termen; a dark fuscous dot in middle of wing at one-third from base; two similar dots, trans- versely placed, at posterior end of cell; veins towards termen faintly outlined with fuscous; cilia greyish-ochreous, with a fuscous basal line. Hindwings pale greyish-ochreous, infus- cated at apex and along termen; cilia as in forewings. An obscure-looking insect. __ Hab.—Kuranda, near Cairns, North Queensland; four specimens from Mr. F. P. Dodd. AGRIOPHARA LEPTOSEMELA, Low. Several specimens bred during February and March. The pupae were enclosed in a loose cocoon beneath the bark of Eucalyptus at Wayville, South Australia. AGRIOPHARA CINEROSA, Rosen. Bred under similar circumstances to above. Not very common. TINEIDAE. NARYCIA STICTOPTERA, N. Sp. 3,25 mm. Head whitish. Thorax whitish, mixed with fuscous. Palpi and antennae grey. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs whitish, mixed with fuscous. Forewings elongate, 4 69 moderate, costa slightly arched, termen obliquely rounded ; 7 and 8 stalked; white, suffusedly irrorated throughout with small round fuscous dots, arranged in transverse rows, these coalesce to form 3 more or less transverse fasciae; first indis- tinct, from costa at one-sixth to dorsum at one-quarter ; second, curved outwards, from costa at about one-quarter to dorsum in middle, interrupted in middle, lower two-thirds more dis- tinct; third from costa in middle to tornus, sometimes not traceable ; cilia dull fuscous, spotted with whitish. Hindwings and cilia pale whitish-grey. Allied to euryptera, Meyr., but narrow winged. Hab.—Toowoomba and Warra, South Queensland; four specimens sent by Mrs. F. H. Hobler. ELACHISTIDAE. TRACHYDORA LEUCODELA, 0. sp. ¢, 12mm. Head, pafpi, antennae, and thorax greyish- white, apex of basal joint of palpi mixed with fuscous, antennae infuscated. Abdomen fuscous above, white beneath. Legs white or whitish. Forewings elongate-lanceolate; dark fuscous; a well-marked elongate white streak, from near base to one-third costa, not touching costa at termination; a fine whitish streak beneath this, from base to second tuft of scales ; scale-tufts blackish ; first just above dorsum in middle, second immediately above and beyond, third larger, just above tornus ; fourth, similar, obliquely beyond, on middle of termen, surmounted on costa by a small flattened mark; fifth small, at about two-thirds from base, obliquely above third; a fine whitish line between second and fourth; a fine fuscous line along termen, preceded on upper portion by a whitish line; cilia dark fuscous, with a whitish subapical patch. Hab.—Parkside, South Australia; three specimens on trunks of Lucalyptus in December. TRACHYDORA PAUXILLA, N. sp. ¢ and 9, 8-10 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax greyish- white, basal joint of palpi with suffused subapical ring, patagia fuscous. Abdomen greyish-fuscous above, grey - whitish beneath. Legs whitish. Forewings elongate-lanceolate; dark fuscous ; markings white; an oblique costal streak from base to one-quarter; a similar, but shorter one beyond, from costa at about two-fifths; a rather broad dorsal streak, from base to one-third, thence curved upwards and reaching termination of second costal streak; a moderately thick streak, from apex along termen and continued along fold and almost reaching dorsal streak, attenuated on terminal half; a small costal spot 70 at five-sixths; a fine line from costa from between this and second costal streak, somewhat metallic and reaching to tornus, sometimes interrupted in middle; tufts small, rather obscure, ‘ whitish-metallic; a fine black line along termen ; cilia fuscous, with a distinct white line at base. Hindwings and cilia greyish-fuscous. Probably allied to oxyzona, Meyr., but quite distinct by the white dorsal stripe. It is the smallest* species yet dis- covered, and is extremely active when disturbed. Hab.—Parkside, South Australia; several specimens on trunks of Fucalyptus in November and December. LIMNOECIA TRIXANTHA, 0. Sp. g, 10 mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Palpi and antennae ochreous. Abdomen fuscous. Legs ochreous-white, posterior pair strongly infuscated. Forewings elongate, pointed; coppery-fuscous; a large triangular yellow blotch, resting on dorsum and reaching nearly to costa; a similar, but smaller spot on dorsum just before tornus, reaching half across wing; a small yellow spot from costa at about three-quarters, its apex nearly touching previous spot, but slightly beyond ; cilia fuscous. Hindwings and cilia fuscous. Distinct by the yellow triangular blotches. Hab.—Cairns district, North Queensland; three speci- mens in October received from Mr. F. P. Dodd. 71 CERTAIN DIOPHANTINE PROBLEMS. By J. R. Witton, M.A., D.Sc., Professor of Mathematics in the University of Adelaide. [Read April 8, 1920.] A rapid and obvious way of obtaining the solution in positive integers) of the equation i — y? — 22 is to put ; atry=(p+ig)?. Equating real and imaginary parts we have t=p’—q*, y=2pq, and z=p*+q?. More generally, if Oy 2,2,7 241.28 we put B= Peta : D+ ty=(P,+19,) (P2+G2)” - - - (Pat %Fn/® and equate real and imaginary parts. The solution of a+ y2=(a2+ b2)2n is obtained by putting atw=(a+rb) (p+ig), or, when »=2, by means of the identity (ax+ by)? + (bx —ay}?=(a2+b%) (p+ 92). Exactly similar solutions may be obtained for the equation Gee oh Bye 22088 es Be v—ay +ty/b=Tl (p,+ig, Vf 6)" and Senate real and imaginary parts. (In this case it is pos- sible to obtain integer solutions if a and > are rational). And similarly the right-hand side may be multiplied by ce? + bd?, A solution of the equation Put ’ Z72+0,7+...4+0,7%=u? is readily derived from the trigonometric solution z.=sin 6,8 6, .. . sm 0, cos 0, (1) Every letter used will denote an integer (not necessarily positive), except that i, as usual, denotes ,/ —1. 72 (in which 6,=0) by putting tan } 6,=q,/p, We thus obtain (oe Peder wo 'h- ae aes Le ag = 20-*9,9 Vi P22 7 » Py-2Un—2 (Pra ~ ay Ls = 2n—* Pi V1 P2V2 ae - Pyo—sUn—s3 ( hs a 2) (Pp? Yn-1) oa =F (gee Fr . 9,7) (py? aie gx) (Pp, ris ed . (Dota t Ga) Ww ( Pot a) (PL aa) * (Py + UBS A particular case when n= 3 1s 5* + 64 = 65? — 48?. An evident solution of | a? + y%=22 + w?, 1s L=pr— qs, 2= ps — qr, —9r-+ ps, W=QS+ pr. And a similar solution of G+ 07+ U7 + EP HYP +e + Ys + Ia", derived from Euler’s expression of the product of two sums each of four squares as the sum of four squares, is t,=pp'+qq' +rr'+ss', Y,=pp'+qq' +71’ —ss, fg GT —O T+ PS —P 8, Ya=— 90 +0 Oe oe t,=Tp'—r'p+qs'—q's, Ys=—TP +1 p+ gs +@ 8, 2,=pg' —p'g+rs' —7's, Y= — pq' +pig+rs' +r's, When we pass to equations of degfee higher than the second, there are very few cases which admit an easy solution : perhaps the simplest is the equation e+y+e2—3ayz=unr, If w= 1, o + »?= —1, a solution is obtained by putting w=p(r?—Ts +58"), sia a Acar La LZ+wy+ w22=(7T+ws)D, In particular if n=2, e=p(3p+ Ir+2s)+7?, y=p (3p+ 2r+ 2s) + rs, z=p (3pt+ Qr+2s)+s?, w=3p (r?—7rs+s8?)4+7r3+58°, satisfy the equation e+y+e2—3aryz= wu. And when »=3, e=q+re+s’, y=q+3r's, z=G4+3rs?, w=3p (7r?—T7rs+s?)+7r3 + 8°, where q=3p{3p?+3p(r+s)+(r+s)*}h, satisfy e+y+2—3ryz=u'. An interesting particular case is 23° + 24° + 253 —3.23.24.25 = 68. 73 The general solution of the equation a+ y3 = 2? may be obtained by a similar method. The two factors 7+ y and (#+y/)*—32ay of 2*+y° can, if « and y are prime to one another, have no common factor but 3: hence we have either r+y=m?, or rt+y=3m?, In the first case we put ct+woy=(p+og/, 2.€., a=p—Q?, y=2py-9. We thus have m* =(p+q)? —39q?, the solution of which is p=sr* — 2rs+s?, q=2rs, m=3r? —s?. This type of solution of . 4 y= 2? is therefore 2x=(r—s) (3r—s) (3r? + s?), y =A4rs (3r? — 3rs + s?), 2=|3r?2—s?| (9r4— 187%s + 1872s? — 6rs$ + s#). Particular cases are 8° — 7? = 13?, 56° + 6b*= 6717, 106° —104°=1817, 57° +112°=1261?. Taking now the second case, in which : e+y= 3m?, we may put t+oy=(2+ 0) (pt wg); whence | c= dp’ —ipq—9q?, y= Pp? + 2pg — 29’, ” and therefore m? = p*? — g?, i so that p=? +s?, g=r?—s?, m=2rs, and the second type of solution of xz a y? — 22 is L= —7* + Gr2s? + B54, y=7* + 6r?s? — 354, z=6rs (r++ 3s*). Particular cases are 1? + 2? = 37, 11? +377 = 2287, 715 — 232 = 37) 14%. The solution of a + y> = 22? is required below. The only case which leads to a solution is r+ y=6m?, b+ wy=(2+w) (p+ og ?, 1.e., c=2p?—2pq—9°, y= Pp? + 2pg—29’, p? —g?=2m?, 74 Whence p=Tr? 428? > ig=r* —2s7 m= ores v= —7*+ 1277s? 4+ 1254, y=r* + 1272s? — 12s*,- z=6rs (r+ + 12s*) ; €.9., 23° 4-12 =2.787, 239° — 148° = 2 23796-. (A form of solution of #°+y*=az* is obvious: we write 6as?, 3a?s* instead of 12s’, 12s* in the above result.) The last result enables us to solve the equation mn? = ye — z*, If z, y, 2 are prime to one another, 27—# and 2*+2 have at - most a common factor 2. If they are both odd we put 2+ec=p*, 2-r=¢q%, : 2=$(p'—9*), y=PY, P+ ge =22?. Substituting for p, g, and z the values which satisfy the last equation, we obtain x =|12r4—s*| (1447° + 4087484 + 88), y = (12r4 + 12r2s? —~s*) (—12r4 + 121s? + st), z= 6rs (1274 + s*) ; €.9., 6083? + 23°= 784, 43374 143°= 424. The case in which z?+ 4 and z?—~ are both even appears not to lead to a solution. The equation hes — y4 — g3 also admits of solution. We put x+y? =(p—iq?)*, and therefore =p —3pq*, y= (q*—3p?), whence y=qm, provided that | m? + 3p? = q*. Put m+ ip 3=(7+18/3)4, and therefore p=Arss —12rs', m=r4 — 18r?s? + 9s*, g=r? + 3s?. Whence a=Ars |r? —3s?| (378 + 20r%s? + 2587484 + 180r?s® + 243°), y = (1? + 3s”) (r* — 18r?s? + 9s*), 2==78 + 287%s2 — 49 r4st +. 259r2s* + 8188. Putting 7=s we find 887+4*=20°. This, however, is not a satisfactory solution, as it is derived from 11?+2?=5° by multiplying through ‘by 2°. The solution obtained by putting r= 28 1s 57112? + 3294 = 24655. 75 Various solutions of the equation e+iy+z2=w have been given. The following appears to be rather more general than any I have seen : — Let (p?—pq+q9’) (z+y)=(1r? —78 + 8?) (w—z), (ut wv) (r+ ws) (a+ oy)=(Ut wv) (p+ og) (w—w*2). From these equations, observing that Z+Y¥+o(L+oy)+ w7? (4#+w*y)=0, we obtain the solution, o= (7? —rs+ s?)[u2(2Qpr — qs —gr—ps) + 2uv (2qgs — qr —ps—pr) + v? (2gr + 2ps — pr—gs)|+ (uw —uv + v?) (p? — pq + g?)?2, y = (7? —1rs+s*) [u?(pr+qs—2qr—2ps)+2uv (qs+aqr+ ps —2pr)+v? (gr + ps+ pr—2qs)|—(u? —uv + v?) (p? — + 9°)’, 2=(p?—pqa + q°) [wv (—pr— qs+2gqr+2ps)+ uv (—|gs— gr —ps + Ipr) + v? (—gr—ps— pr + 298) + (u? —uv + v?) (r? —rs+ 8?)?, w= (p? — pq + 9g?) [u? (2pr—qs— qr — ps) + 2uv (2gs — qr—ps —pr) + v? (2gr + 2ps—pr—gqs)| +(u?-—uv+v*) (r?—7rs + 8?)?. Particular cases are 3°+ 4° + 53=63, 1° + 69+ 8° =3°, 20° + 54% + 79° =87°, 34° + 39° + 65° = 72°, 86° + 95° + 97° = 134°, ae 4 12, 269 + 36° = 17° + 398. 76 @ VOCABULARIES OF FOUR SOUTH AUSTRALIAN LANGUAGES— ADELAIDE, NARRUNGA, KUKATA, AND NARRINYERI— WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THEIR SPEECH SOUNDS. By J. M. Buacx. [Read April 8, ,1920.] These small collections of words were made during a visit to Point Pearce Aboriginal Mission Station, on northern Yorke Peninsula, in October, 1919. Founded in the year 1867 for ‘‘the civilization and evangelization of the aborigines on Yorke Peninsula,’ the mission was managed for half a century by local trustees, but four years ago it was placed under Govern- ment control. The first missionary and superintendent was the Rev. W. J. Kiihn (1867-1880), and the present super- intendent is Mr. F. Garnett, who has held office since 1909, and who kindly gave me every assistance in my work. The natives at the mission number about 230, but of these only some 25 are full-blooded; the remainder are half-castes and quadroons. As in former papers on the same subject, the alphabet used is that of the International Phonetic Association, with a few modifications. [a] is the a in Scottish ‘“man”’ or German Mann” ; when long (which is rare) it 1s the English a in “‘father.’’ Before . any of the reflexed consonants [r, J, n], etc., it approaches the English w in “‘nut’’ or ‘‘fur’’ [a], as [mara] hand, almost [mera]; [bala, barla] woman, almost [be/a, baria]. [e] is the close French é in ‘‘répéter’’ [repete], or the first element in the ‘‘ey”’ of ‘‘they”’ [dei, de: i]. [ce] is the open English e in ‘‘bed’’ [bed]; when long, like e in ‘‘there’’ [8e: 9]. [1] 1s the short, open sound heard in ‘‘pity’’ [piti]; when long [1: ], it sounds as in ‘ ‘marine.”’ 0] is the English o in ‘“‘not’”’; when long it is almost like ain all” [0:1], but with a slight tendency towards [o:]. Both sounds are somewhat rare. [9] is the obscure sound heard in ‘‘wanderer’’ ['’wondera]. I have not used it much in this paper, because, although one may hear [wongono| or [bangere] in rapid enunciation, yet, if the native is pressed to pronounce clearly, one hears [won gana] and [bangara]. [u] when short=00 in ‘‘foot’’ ; when long=o00 in ‘‘boot.”’ 77 [ce] is the French ew or German 6, as heard in ‘‘peur, Kopfe’’ [poe:r, keepfo]. ai] and [au] are near English 7 in ‘‘fire’’ and ow in “how,” but the first element of the diphthong is distinctly heard and always bears the stress. The second element is almost consonantal, so that it might be more correct to write {aj, aw]. As [kawi], the term for ‘‘water’’ in some Tindo languages, corresponds to [kabi] in others, it seems to me preferable to write [kawi] rather than [kauwi], as has usually been done in the past. A long vowel is indicated by the sign [:] placed after it. [j]=English y in ‘‘young’’; [dj] must not be confused with English ). [y|=ng in ‘‘singer.’’ [@]=th in ‘‘thin.”’ [5]=¢th in ‘‘other.”’ [r] is the rolled or trilled 7, as heard in Scottish or Irish speech, or English of the concert room. [7] is the Somersetshire (reflexed or inverted) r, and is a marked peculiarity of Australian native speech. When dealing with this sound in a previous paper (these Trans., xli., 2), I called this the ‘‘cacuminal or Somersetshire 7,’’ and stated that it was also found in the Sanscritic and Dravidian languages of India. I should have said the Dravidian langu- ages only. The matter is explained by the following note received from Mr. David Jones, M.A., English secretary of the International Phonetic Association : —‘‘A couple of points strike me in connection with what you say about 7 on page 2. The retroflexed fricative (Somersetshire) 7 (a) occurs in Nor- wegian to my certain knowledge; I have heard it from Norwegians. I am almost certain it also occurs in Swedish, but cannot at the moment remember hearing it. As for Indian languages, the famous retroflex (cacuminal, cerebral) r of Northern India is quite a different sound. The tongue starts from retroflex position and is then shot forwards and downwards, so that the under-side of it hits against the teeth- ridge and makes a strong flap. The action is like that of flipping with the finger against the thumb. It is the flap which is the characteristic element of the sound. In Southern (Dravidian) India the true Somersetshire r is found. A variety of it occurs in Tamil; it is often described as some- thing intermediate between r and /. It is the final sound in the word ‘Tamil’ [t»mir]. Ordinary rolled r also occurs in this language, as in the Northern Indian languages.” These two forms of 7 (the trilled and the reflexed) were noticed by some of the early writers on Australian languages, although only one expressed the difference in type. Teichelmann 78 and Schtirmann, in dealing with ‘the Adelaide language (1840), say :—‘r sometimes sounds as 7 in English, some- times rather softer, as in birri (nail of fingers or toes), marra (hand), gurltendi (to cough), &c.’’ This ‘‘softer’’ sound is, of course, the Somersetshire 7, and the two first words are written in my vocabulary [biri, mara]. Schiirmann, in the introduction to his “Vocabulary of the Parnkalla language’’ (1844), says both sounds occur in that dialect (spoken near Port Lincoln), and points out that they distinguish the mean- ing of otherwise similar words, e.g., yurra, ‘‘man’’—yurra, “‘earth’’ (the latter written yura in the vocabulary); wirra, “‘scrub’’—wirra, “‘air, rain’’; karra, “‘high’’—karra, ‘“‘grass’” (the latter written kara in the vocabulary). In our system ‘these words would be written [jura—jura; wira—wira; kara, kara]. It will be noticed that there is the same difference in Narrunga between [wiri] club, and [wiri] shoulder, between [wara] language, and [wara] sea-beach, and between [mara] leaf, and [mara] hand. The distinction is also observed by G. F. Moore, Advocate- General of Western Australia, in his “‘Descriptive Vocabulary of the language in common use amongst the aborigines of Western Australia” (London, 1842). This work is based on a vocabulary compiled by Capt. G. Grey (afterwards Governor of South Australia) in 1838, and deals with the language of the natives living about the Swan River. Moore writes the word [mara] hand ‘‘marh-ra,’ and adds: ‘The first r is to be aspirated. This is an attempt to explain in letters a sound which hearing and practice alone can enable anyone to understand and acquire.’’ To show how closely allied the Swan River language is to our own dialects spoken from Adelaide to the Great Bight, it is only necessary to quote the following words from Moore’s work: ‘“‘marh-ra, hand; buyu, smoke; dta, mouth; dtallang, tongue; gabbi, water; kalla, fire; katta, head; kardo, husband or wife; mandigara, girl; mel, eye; wangon, speaking; warru, female kangaroo.”’ [2]. I believe this to bea peculiar sound, not hitherto recognized as single, and common to many of, perhaps all the languages of the Tindo family (the group which stretches along the coasts from Adelaide to Perth, and from the Great Bight northwards into Central Australia). The word for ‘‘fire’ in the Adelaide dialect is given by Teichelmann and Schiirman as ‘‘gadla’’ or ‘‘garla,’’ and was at first heard by me as [karla, korla] or even [krla], with a syllabic [7]. In Narrunga the same word was heard at first as [kadla], with a faint d, or as [kalla]; McEntire, in Taplin’s Folklore, p. 63, quotes it as “‘kudla.’’ In the Baroota dialect (these Trans., 79 xli., 12) I transcribed it [kadla]. In the same way the word for ‘“‘house’’ is heard as [worli], [warli], or [wadli], and is spelt ‘‘wodli, wurli,’’ by other observers, and the word for ‘man’? sounds as [{jerli], [jadli], or [jardli]. Such varied transcriptions seem to indicate, in these and many other words, that there is something wrong about the hearing and the method of representation, and this belief was strengthened when I found that Mrs. Newchurch rejected such pronunci- ations as [karla, kadla] or [kaéla] as incorrect. The sound in question appears to be a simple one—an / formed by press- ing the slightly reflexed point of the tongue against the front ‘part of the palate. The tongue is not so much reflexed as for {7], nor is it pushed so far back on the palate, but in both cases the preceding vowel is indistinct in quality, owing to the peculiarly elevated position of the tongue, so that one feels in doubt whether it should be represented by fa], fe]. [0], or even fe]. I therefore write these words [ka/a, wali]. In Wirrung I heard the word for ‘‘fire” as [kala] or [kola], with a very open vowel, but the / appeared fairly normal or only slightly reflexed. Whether [/] was originally [rl] is an open ° question, but very likely it was. The sound is quite distinct from Spanish //, Welsh voiceless //, or the thick, backward Russian 7, although nearest to the last-named. Then there are many words in which [7] is more or less heard before a palatal [m], [¢], or [¢Z], such as [marnguri] or |manguri, manguri], three; [marna] or [mava], big; [kartu] or {katu], wife. It is quite possible that here also we are dealing with simple reflexed-palatal sounds bearing the same relation to [n] and [t] that [7] does to [1] and [7] to |r]. There is this difference, however, that this strong, reflexed-palatal [¢] or [@], or a very similar sound, occurs at the beginning of some words, a position in which I have never heard [r] or [/]. Of course a reflexed-palatal sound such as [7] or [/] affects a following [n], [t], or [d] so that they become reflexed-palatal also. The same changes occur in other languages which possess the [7] sound. Paul Passy, in his ‘‘Changements phonétiques,’’ p. 179, when discussing assimilation of con- sonants, writes [ban] for the Swedish [barn], Barn, ‘‘child.’’ In the Swedish text given in the ‘‘Principles of the International Phonetic Association,’’ p. 25, Nordan, “the north wind,’’ is transcribed [no:dan], with the statement that [Z| is an inverted (reflexed) [d]. In the ‘‘Exposé des principes’’ of the same association, p. 19, is a Norwegian text, where it is stated that [7t, rd, rn, 7l, rs] may be reduced to [t, d, m, 1, s|, and in the text occur the words {tre:rno|, treerne, ‘‘the trees”; [’vakkert], vakkert, ‘‘beau- tiful’”’ ; [ko:rne], korne, ‘‘corn.’”” These words might therefore, 80 according to the above, be also transcribed [tre:na, vakket, ko:na]. The above examples go to prove that the same difficulty about the phonetic transcription of certain sounds exists wherever the reflexed or inverted [7] is found. I question, however, whether the Somersetshire ‘‘hurn’’ for “run,’’? or the American ‘‘purty’’ for ‘‘pretty,’’ would be correctly represented by [he:”] and [pa:ti]. Hither [horn] and {perti], or [h7n] and [prti], with a syllabic [r], would appear preferable. The following remarks by Teichelmann and Schiirmann show the difficulties they encountered in dealing with the question: ‘“‘r is changed with / or d; as kurlana, kullana (recent) ; garla, gadla (fire); murla, mulla (dry); 7 is omitted before n, as marnkutye, mankutye (three) ; marngandi, man- gandi (to request); nurnti, nunti (away); 7 before ¢ is changed into ¢, as ngartendi, ngattendi (to ask).” [v] 1s the bilabial v, the ordinary sound of German w (was, ewig), and of the Spanish 6 and v between vowels (cabo, ave). It is rare in Australian languages, but was distinctly heard (only in the middle of words), and is per- haps a variant of [w] or [b]. The stressed or accented syllable is indicated by the sign {’] placed before it, but as the great majority of native words are accented on the first syllable, the accent mark is omitted whenever such is the case. Thus the words |parkana] and {gamidi] are accented like the English words “‘perjury” and “company.” Where there are four syllables, as im [bindjanidja], [yariny jeri], and [jerabula], the main stress is still on the first syllable and there is a slight secondary stress on the third syllable, as in the English “‘tantalizing.” Why certain words, such as [tan’danja, ka’rawi, pu'lombi, ba'lardu] are accented on the second syllable, is a question whose solution would require a more thorough knowledge of native languages than we possess. Letters and words in the phonetic alphabet occurring in the ordinary text are placed within square brackets. | Voiced and voiceless consonants.—The sounds of p and b are alike to the native, and it is the same with ¢ and d, k and © g. He pronounces [kaka, kaga] or [gaga], “head,” in- differently ; so also [tidna] or [didna] for ‘‘foot,’’ and [papa] or [baba] for dog. It is impossible to imagine the Australian aboriginal taking an interest in his own language or reducing it to writing and using it for literary purposes (as has been done by one or two of the North American tribes), but, if such a thing were done, it is probable that only the voiceless consonants (p, t, and k) would be used, at least at the begin- ning of words; otherwise much confusion would occur. ae 81 One hears from the same individual such varying forms as [|karnada] and [garnara| for ‘‘north wind,” [jalkata] and [jelgada] for ‘‘three,’’ [ko:rni] and [kwo:rni] for ‘‘man.’’ Especially in unaccented syllables is there much licence: {maykata] and [mankara] for “girl.” These divergencies are not surprising when we remember that the natives are without letters or any standard of ‘“‘correct’’ speech. THE ADELAIDE LANGUAGE. An interesting and intelligent personality is Mrs. Amelia Taylor, who claims to be the last survivor of the Adelaide tribe. Born near Adelaide, and probably between 60 and 70 years of age, she now occupies a cottage at Point Pearce. _ Her native name is [ivariti], meaning ‘‘a gentle, misty rain.” Mr. M. Moorhouse, who was appointed Protector of Aborigines in 1839, estimated the number of natives near Adelaide in 1851 to be 220. Bishop Short, in giving evidence before a Parliamentary Select Committee on the aborigines, in 1860, said :—‘‘The Adelaide tribe is gone. They used to come down to Hindmarsh to bury. I remember 300 natives assembling in the heart of what is called Norwood now.’’ Dr. Wyatt, who was Protector of Aborigines from 1837 to 1839, gave evidence : —‘‘With regard to the Adelaide tribe, it has nearly died out. . . . The Adelaide tribe varied from 150 to 300 at one time, including the children—that is to say, the tribe called the Adelaide tribe was a group of smaller tribes of which the Adelaide tribe was the centre.’’ Thus it appears that in 24 years—from 1836 to 1860—the Adelaide tribe became almost extinct. In 1840 the Revs. C. G. Teichelmann and C. W. Schiir- mann, two Lutheran missionaries, published ‘‘Outlines of a Grammar, Vocabulary, and Phraseclogy of the aboriginal language of South Australia spoken by the natives in and for some distance around Adelaide.”’ In the following vocabulary, obtained from Mrs. Taylor, any notes taken from the above work are indicated by the initials ‘‘T. and S.’’ The Adelaide Public Library contains a pamphlet entitled ‘‘A Vocabulary of the language of the aborigines of the Adelaide district and other friendly tribes of the Province of South Australia, by William Williams, of the Colonial Store Department. Adelaide, 1839.‘‘ This little work is mentioned in Mr. T. Gill’s Bibliography of South Australia (1885), but has not, as far as I know, been noticed in any linguistic publication. It is interesting, because it is almost certainly the first attempt to describe any native language of this State, and precedes Teichelmann and Schiirmann’s larger and more complete work by one year. The spelling is 82 somewhat primitive, e.g., cur-la, ‘“‘fire,’’ [kala]; hunkey, “female,” [anki]; my-ie, ‘‘biscuit,’’ [mai] or [maji], really meaning ‘‘vegetable food.’? Some of the proper names are interesting : Turn-darn- -yung- gah, “land on the banks of the Torrens,’’ is [tan’ danjayka] * ‘at Adelaide”’ ; Ton-darn-ya-par- rey, “River Torrens,’ is [tan'danja pari] “Adelaide River,’’ and is evidently another native name for the Torrens, because T. and S. call it Karrauwirraparri, 7.e., the ‘“Redgum forest-river.’? War-rey par-rey, ‘‘the creek that runs from the hills into Holdfast Bay’’ (7.e., Sturt River), is the Warriparri [wari pari] of T. and 8. It means the ‘‘wind river,’’ or ‘‘river of the west wind.” Wee-tun-gar, “‘the Reedbeds,”’ is the Witongga [wi:toyga] of T. and S., from [wi:to] a reed. The word still exists in the same locality as . ‘“Wetunga,’’ the name Be Captain S. A. White’s estate, at Fulham. buljuna (puljuna), plas, of dark complexion. bulatji, two. (T. and S., purlaitye.) This word may be placed before the dual (at least this was done by Amelia), so that a double dual was produced: bulatji kadliila, two dogs; bulatji tappula, two flies ; bulatji mijula, two men; bulatji yankila, two women. Uraidla is properly [juriila], ‘‘two ears,” from [juri] ear, as Mount Lofty and the next hill to the north resemble, when seen from the plains, two ears rising from the head of an animal. T. and 8. give the dual suffix as ‘‘-la, -rla, -dla.’’ di: kanti (dikanti), sitting, living (T. and S., tikkand)i) ; wa inna di:kanti? where do you live? yaiji dikanti tan’danjayka, I live at Adelaide. ivariti, misty rain; the native name of my informant. A similar name is mentioned by Mrs. Daisy Bates, these Trans., xlu., 161. jaka, here; jaka manja, here is rain. T. and S. say: “vakka, int. expressing aversion, as, yakka manya.”’ jalaka, given as “‘yesterday.”” T. and 8S. translate it “‘at present, now, to-day.”’ janara, wife. jayadli, by and by; soon. jefina, husband (T. and S., yerlina). ka’ vaiji way kadli, let us come and talk. kadli, dog ; kadliila, two dogs; kadlina, dogs. kainka wira, North ‘Adelaide, and given as meaning ‘gum scrub.” T. and 8. give ‘‘karra wirra’’ for the same locality, with the meaning ‘‘forest of gum trees.’’ kala, fire (T. and S., gadla). kantara, basket made of reeds for carrying the baby. ot i at ee Pt as ‘ 83 kapi, tobacco (T. and.S., kappi). kawi, water (T. and S., kauwe). kunta (gunta), beating, thrashing (T. and S., kundandi, to strike, beat, kill). mabu, wild cat (T. and S., mabo). manja, rain (T. and 8., manya, cold, rain). mankudji, three (T. and S., marnkutye). maykata, girl (T. and 8., mangkarra). maykiti, finger. mara, hand (T. and S., marra, finger, hand). miju (meju), man (T. and S., meyu); miju’ayki, man and wife; miju puljuna, blackfellow. mi:na, eye (T. and S., mena, eye). mutjata, rug made of skins sewn with kangaroo sinews. a:, you (nom. pl.). nanto, kangaroo. ninna, those (nom.). nintu, by-thee (causative case) ; nintu yalsju kadli kunta, you beat my dog. ninku, thy; niyku kadli, thy (your) dog. noko, suffix meaning ‘‘from’’ (T. and §., nangko, nungko, unungko) ; tan’danjanoko, from Adelaide. nadlu, we (nom. case); yadlu buridji yanta’anti, we are all ill. naiji, I (nom. case); yaijj yanta’anti, 1 am ill. naitju, my (T. & S., ngaityo); yaitju jayara, my wife. nantu, by-whom ; nantu kadli yaitju palta? who struck my dog? lit., by-whom dog mine struck ? nattu, by-me (causative case); yattu pa/ta ninku kadli, I struck your dog; yattu ninna nakki, I see you; janadli attu inna nakko:ta, I will see you later, lit., by-me thee will-be-seeing. [attu] and [inna] are reduced forms of [yattu] and [ninna], often used in the middle of a sentence. nanki, often pronounced ayki, woman °(T. and §S., ngangki, female, generally). nanki, pari, River Onkaparinga. This name—the women’s river’’—was derived by Amelia from the fact that near the stream was a place of refuge for women and children during tribal wars. Teichelmann gives the name as ‘‘ngangki parri.’’ Our appellation represents the native name with the locative suffix [yanki'parinka], ‘at the women’s river.”’ yanpu, given as ‘‘Port Adelaide.” narkato, give; kawi yarkato, give (me) water. pa, he she (nom. case); pa yanta’anti, he or she is ill. padna (badna), they (T. and S. , parna). 84 © padni, see parni. pa/ta, to strike (T. and S., pallta). palu, by him or her (causative case; T. and S., padlo): pafu gunta kadli, he beat the dog (lit., by-him beating dog). pari, river (T. and S., parri). parkana, white (T. and S., perkanna). par’natatja, name of Amelia’s father. She did not know its meaning, but it is probably a relationship name, and connected with (perhaps an inversion of) “ngarpatyata,’’ given by T. and S. as meaning ‘‘son- in-law.” parni ka'vaiji, come here (T. and S., parni kauwai) ; naiji parni:ta jayadli, I will come by and by; nundi padni, go away; adlati ninna parni padnita? when will you come? parni and padni are perhaps only variants of the same word expressing movement. pata'wilja, Glenelg (T. and S., pattawilya). Teichelmann and Schiirmann do not explain this name (Amelia also could give no explanation), but in their vocabu- lary patta is given as “‘a species of gumtree’’ and wilya as ‘‘foliage; young branches; brushwood.’’ The name Patawalonga, now applied to the river which enters the sea at Glenelg, appears to be [patawilja] with the locative suffix [-yka], 2.e., |pata’wiljanka], meaning ‘‘at Glenelg.’’ pindjadu kala, make a fire! pinti, binti (T. and S., pindi, ‘‘the grave or habitation of souls before birth and after death’’); pinti’meju, white man (T. and 8., pindi meyu, European) ; bintiju wali, white man’s house. puljuna, black (T. and S., pulyonna); kadli buljuna, black dog. pu:lti, country towards the Semaphore; evidently the same as Teichelmann’s ‘‘yertabulti, Port Adelaide.” ‘“‘Yerta’’ [jerta] means “‘land’’ and ‘‘bulti,’’ in T. and S., means ‘“‘asleep.’’ tan'danja, site of ‘Adelaide south of the Torrens (T. and S., tandanya, site of South Adelaide). tay'kaira, given by Amelia as her mother’s name. She did not know its meaning, but there can be little doubt that it is the same word as “‘tangkaiira,’”’ given by T. and S. as ‘‘a species of fungus.” tappu, fly (T. and S., tappo) ; tappudna, flies. tidna, foot (T. and S., tidna). tinjara, boy (T. and S., tinyara). wa, where? 85 wadayko, whence (T. and S., wadangko) ; wadayko inna? where do you come from ? wakaku, child (T. and S., wakwakko). wali, house (T. and S., wodli). warayku, sick, ill (T. and §., warrangko). wara, language (T. and S., warra). NARRUNGA. This is the language spoken by the tribe ['naruya], which inhabited northern Yorke Peninsula. Like all the coastal languages east of the two gulfs, it is very closely allied to the Adelaide speech; in fact, the coastal tribes from Cape Jervis to north of Port Augusta can have had no difficulty in under- standing each other. Mrs. Sarah Newchurch was a most intelligent assistant, and Harry Richards, native name {'waywia], z.e., “fifth son,’’ also gave me a number of words. He is an old, full-blooded native, and blind. He claims to be the last representative of the Wallaroo blacks. adje, mother. adjeli, father. anki, woman (= yayk1). baitja, snake (in general). baka, tobacco, also black snake. bala (almost barla), woman (used contemptuously). balu (almost barlu), by him or her (causative case). baludja (balidja), died ; nanki baludja, the woman is dead ; naitju jeli balidja, my husband is dead. bamani, come or go (imperative). . bamatja (bamadja), going, coming; nini wanti bamadja? where are you going?; bamatjai, I am going (also nai bamatja); nadjeli barni bamaniy, my father is coming here; mu:ntanu bamaninu, you are going to Moonta. banda (barnta), stone; banda wali (stone house). bandala, back (of body). | bangara, country. This is the ‘‘pangkarra’’ of the Ade- laide tribe, which T. & S. describe as ‘‘the district belonging to an‘individual, which he inherits from his father.”’ bapi, father. balu (barlu), by him, her (causative). barna, iguana. barnu, his or her; barnu adje, his or her mother. barnugu, their; barnugu adje, their mother. bi: ku, forehead ; bi: ku buti, eye-brows. bilta, opossum ; bilta balta, opossum rug. bindara (bin'dirja), white man, European (=gudnju). 86 bindi’nanto (lit., white man’s kangaroo), horse; also bindara nantu. bindjanidia, making; kala yattu bindjanidja, I am making a fire; kala bindjaru! make a fire!; buju bindjaru ! make a smoke! These imperatives are in the singular; if addressed to several persons the phrase would be: kala (buju) bindjanidja ! bidia, eldest son in a family. Mrs. Newchurch gave me the following words, which are often applied as names to the children, and retained by them through life: bidia, first son; gadidu, first daughter; waria, second son; waridu, second daughter; munaija, third son; munadu, third daughter; milaija, fourth son; miladu, fourth daughter ; wanwia, fifth son; wayudu, fifth daughter. T. and S. give ‘‘munaitya”’ as the name of the 4th son, and ‘‘munato”’ of the 4th daughter; ‘‘midlaitya”’ and ‘‘midlato’’ as the 5th son and daughter in the Adelaide language. . binku, given as “‘rat’’ and said to=wara. T. and S. give ‘‘pingko’’ in the Adelaide language as ‘‘a small animal with a white tail which burrows in the earth’’ —probably a bandicoot. bira, moon. budjaka, stumpy-tailed lizard (=marawafi). budna, chest (of body). ; buju, smoke. bulai, two; bulai nippu, two blackfellows. buli, star. bundunja, deaf adder. buynegwidja, striking, hitting. burka, grey head, old man. ; burkiana, the country around Point Pearce Mission Station, so-called from the number of ‘‘oil-bushes’’). burko, the oil-bush (Gerjera parviflora). davara (da:bara), mouth. dalpa (talpa), lip. dalti, ear; dalti danpa, deaf. damuli, grandfather (mother’s father). dartu (tartu), hill. didnyi, elbow. di:ja, teeth, set of teeth, a single tooth being nurku. dintu, sun (=tindo). diyjara, young man. dudnja, sweetheart. gamidi, grandmother (mother’s mother). gardinja, fine, handsome; gardinja ma ygara, a fine girl. 87 gartu (kartu, gatu), wife. gawana, uncle (father’s or mother’s brother). gidja, little, small; appears always to follow the noun: gu: 7a ‘gidja, a little child; yayki gidja, a small woman. gudnju, white man. gu:na (guyanja), child. gurana, good; gurana nipu, a good blackfellow. jagana, sister or first cousin. jadi (jeli), man; gait jefi, my cee jali, gidja, a little man. jacku, leg. jambini, widower. jarta (jerta), land, soil. jerabula, four; jerabula ja/i, four men; _ jerabula nari jali, five men. ; jenka, beard. juko (ju: ku), boat. juya, brother or first cousin. jungwidja, giving; baka juyngo, give (me) tobacco. kadli (gadli), dog; gadli gidja, a little dog. kaka (gaga), head; kaka wi:lja iste wilja), hair of the head; gaga buno, hat. kala, fire. karnada (garnara), hot wind, north wind. kwi: ja, fish. maiji (maji), vegetable food. mailku'wata, cheek. In the Adelaide language ‘‘malta- worta’’ (T. and §., p. 18). a: maku, cloud. malabi, grandfather (father’s father). mandiku, net made of strips of opossum skin for carrying the baby. manja, rain. manjatu, cold. maygadi, grandmother (father’s mother). maygara, girl, young woman; manga Mangaridi, the Seven Sisters (Pleiades) ; maygaridi was said to mean ‘“‘the maids.’’ The same name occurs in the Adelaide language as ‘“‘mankamankarranna s.pl. (girls) the Pleiades’ (T. and S., p. 19). mayguri, three; maynguri ja/i, three men. mangwidja, carrying off; nippu maygwidja bala, the blackfellow carried off (another blackfellow’s) wife. mara, leaf. maruga, widow. mata, knee. 88 ‘mara, hand; mara biri, finger nail. mara'wati, the stumpy-tailed lizard. marnguri, three (also mayguri). marna (marni, me7na, mava), much, big; marna walta, very hot; marna gu: yanja, a big child: marna gadli, a big dog. mi:na (mina), eye; mina buti, eye-lashes. mi:naku (minagu), blind. mudla, nose. mulari, very well; all right. murgadja, crying, weeping. muru, sand; muru dartu, sandhill. muyari, the little island between Point Pearce and War- dang Island (native name of the latter, waralti). When crossing to Wardang Island the blacks waded out to [munari]'and swam the rest of the distance. Mrs. Newchurch’s grandfather and grandmother told her that while the swimmers were in the water the old men sat along the shore and sang an incantation to keep the sharks away. No one was allowed to move until the party landed on the island. When ready to return they made a signal across the water and the singing began again. The object of these visits was to get fish and penguins’ eggs. nagudja (nagwidja), seeing; baitja yattu nagudja, I see a snake; baitja naguru, look at the snake. nanto, kangaroo. naruna, the tribe formerly inhabiting the northern part ' of Yorke Peninsula; naruya wara, their language. ne, yes (pronounced with a short, close [e]; in fact equiva- lent to the French né); ne, yai wongani, yes, I am speaking. nini, thou; nini woygani, you are speaking ; nini warana, you are ill; nini tikadja, you are sitting down. nintu, by thee ‘(causative) ; nintu buygwidja gadli, you are striking the dog. ninku (ningu), thy; ninku adje, thy mother; ningu gatu, thy wife. nippu (nipu), blackfellow. naBara, aunt (father’s or mother’s seen nadje (naitje, yaite=yaitju adje), my mother. Or per- haps this word and yadjeli are merely different forms of adje and adjeli, like yaynki and ayki, a woman. nadjeli (naitjali=yaitju adjeli), my father. nadlu, we. nai (naj, naiji), I. (nom. case); nai bamatja mu:ntan, I am going to Moonta; yai tikadja, I am sitting down. y.< 89 naitju (yaitu), my; yaitju yuBa, my husband. qalugu, our. namaitja, mother. nami (yammi), woman’s breast; mother, mamma. Used by young children for ‘‘mother,’’ as bapi for ‘“‘father,’’ the words adje and adjeli being substi- tuted as they grow older. ynantu, “hand and arm up tg the shoulder.” nari, solitary, one. narigu, one; yarigu ja/i, one man, a soltary man. narka (narka), a crowd; yarka nippu, a crowd of blacks; narka wali, a lot of wurlies, a camp. ‘nattu, by me (causative case) ; gadli qittu buywidyja, I beat the dog. no: Ba (nuBa), husband. nu:njidja, laughing; 7u:nji mana inja, you make me laugh nunta, away; nunta bamani, go away. nurku, a tooth. parni (barni, porni), here; parni bamani, come here! paru, meat, game. _ pukara, south wind. tadni (dadni), sea; tadni waldu’nindjana (‘‘the rushing through of the sea’), native name of Point Pearce. talinja, tongue. tidna (didna), foot. tikadja, sitting down; digani, sit down! (speaking to one person) ; digadja, sit down! (to several people). tindo (dintu), sun; dintu garidja, the sun is rising; dintu digadja, the sun is setting. tu: gudja, small; tu:gudja guyanja, a small child. This word seems to be an intensive form of gidja. wadiwe, name of the beach near Point Pearce. wadna, boomerang. wajaga, shooting star. wa’ langwidja, covering; gaka wa’laygwidja, I cover (my) head. : wali, house, wurlie. walina, bad; wa/ina jali, a bad man. walta, hot. waltu, neck. wandidja, lying down. wanti, where? which way? wara, language; also rat. waralti, Wardang (or Wauraltee) Island. The name was given by Mrs. Newchurch as meaning ‘‘Rat Island,’’ but if [wara] is synonymous with [binku] it 90 probably means ‘‘Bandicoot Island.’’ This is the interpretation in R. Cockburn’s Nomenclature of South Australia, p. 140. warl, west wind. wara, sea beach. warana, sick, ill; yaji wavana, I am ill. warnku, brown snake. warno (wamo), chin. | wartu (watu), wombat. widna, fishing net made of reeds bound with sinews of kangaroo’s tail. winta, spear. wira (wirra), scrub. wirl, club, waddy. wirl, shoulder. witata, shark. wongana, speaking; ai wonygani, I am _ speaking; nal wongadja, I am speaking Narrunga. KUKATA. Kukata (Kookkata, with accent on the first syllable) is the name of a tribe inhabiting the country north of Lake Gairdner. Their language is very near the Wirrung or Wirongu, spoken further south, and already dealt with in two papers by Mrs. Bates and myself respectively (these Trans., xlii., 153; xli., 3), but differs entirely as regards several words which are shared with more northern dialects. Stanley Davis, a young native from Mount Eba Station, supplied the follow- ing vocabulary : — bagali, grandfather (see [bogali]in the list of relationship in Mrs. Bates’ paper, these Trans. xlii., 162-3). drini, big; drini baba, a big dog. : gudjuda, one; ku: ba gudjuda, one blackfellow. gutara, two; yarna gutara, two trees. jalkata (jelgada), three. kabi, water. kabu/i (kaburli), grandmother. kada (kata), head; kada uru, hair of the head; tjindo kata’rara, the sun is rising. This is evidently the same word as the Wirongu word kogarara, meaning “east.” kadidi, teeth. kalta, stumpy-tailed lizard. kamaru, uncle (mother’s brother). kanzaru, elder sister. kangu, house, camp. — ku:ba, white man. kuda, brother. kuga, meat. kukata (kukarta), one of the inland tribes living north of the Gawler Ranges. kundah, aunt (father’s sister). kuru, eye; a Central Australian word, given as ‘‘coo-roo’’ in Willshire’s Vocab., p. 44. maj (maij), vegetable food. mama, father. mara, ‘hand; mara biri, finger nail. marlu, kangaroo. This is another Conte Australian word, used by the natives round Lake Amadeus (Willshire). Miya, ant. mukadi, boot. mud/a, nose. mu :na, hat. mu:ra, camp. nanto, kangaroo; horse. nira, to you; nira yaila buju ju:a, I give you tobacco. nja:ni, sheep. njimi, lip; njimi gutara, two lips. nju:ra, by thee (causative case); nju:ra yaigu papa pumanda, you beat my dog. njurguda, bad. yaigu, My; yaigu mama, my father. naila, by me (causative case); yaila wonga kukata, I am speaking Kukata; yaila papa pumanda, I hit the dog; yaila bi’endula, I am shivering; yaila gudu nantu jayganduga, I am going after the horses. yandlu, by whom (causative iat ; nandlu papa pumanda ? who hit the dog ? ynanja, to me; buju yanja ju:a, give me tobacco. narna, tree; ‘arna tadi, scrub. padu, blackfellow; padu murka, a crowd of natives. pala (bala), good. papa (baba), a dog. puju (buju), tobacco; smoke. pu/ka, an old man. Evidently the same as burka, with the same meaning, in the Adelaide and Narrunga languages. ta:, mouth. ' ta:li, tongue. ta:njimi, the lips. tjina, foot. tjindo, sun; tjindo kata’rara, the sun is rising. 92 waru, fire. Given as the word for ‘“‘fire’’ (warroo) by W. W. Willshire in his vocabulary of the language spoken near Lake Amadeus (1891), p. 44. waru'jelta, cold (probably ‘‘fire-less’’). wl:a, mother. NARRINYERI. Frank Blackmoor, a member of this well-known riverine tribe, and who was living at Point Pearce at the time of my visit, gave me the following list of words, which approaches nearer to Taplin’s ‘‘standard Narrinyeri” than the vocabulary published in a former volume of these Transactions (xli., 8-12) :— ka'lallin, hot, being hot; ka‘lallin'ap, I am_ hot; ka'lallin'and, you are hot; ka’lallin’atj, he is hot; ka'lallin'ar, they are hot. ka:7, they, by them (nom. and caus. cases); shortened to ar when following an intransitive verb, as in the above example. ka'rawi, big; ka’rawi ko:rni, a big man. -ke:h, dog; ke:leng, two dogs; ke:lar, dogs. ki:h, by him (causative case); ki:li an taminjuan na'rakki, he is shooting a duck. The word an, ‘‘it,’’ is in apposition to ya’rakki, as the natives say in English, ‘‘he shoot. um duck.”’ ki'rinkari, white man. The origin of this word is fully explained by Taplin, Manners S.A. Aborigines, ee cated man; ko:rneng, two men; ko:rnar, men. ku:li, head; ku:li an wi:elan, (my) head aches. minj/indian taminjuil? what have you shot? The first part of this sentence sounds like one word, but is evidently composed of three words: minj or minji, what; indi, by you (causative case) ; an, it (accusative case). ee. nopinal, I am going out walking. The first part of this phrase can be decomposed into the ‘“‘moru el ap’’ of Taplin’s grammar, meaning “‘I will . go down,’’ lit., ‘‘down will I’; the second part represents Taplin’s ‘‘ngoppun,’’ walking, apparently with the verbal suffix al (el), meaning ‘‘will,” repeated. mu:ara (Muwara) windjeri, foot; muwara windjereng, two feet. muru’lappi, small; muru’lappi korni, a small man. ni'ne:padar, three; ni’ne:padar ke:lar, three dogs. nanini, pigface (Mesembryanthemum). narinjeri, the Narrinyeri or Ngarringyeri language. par ee ‘ > Wye ’ 93 _ na’rakki, teal, duck. pereyo:ki, River Murray. Taplin gives the name as “Murrundi.” The word yo:ki means water; what pere means I do not know. It may be the same as the Adelaide [pari] “river.’’ pi: li, eye. pingjali, emu. po:ti, horse. pu’lombi, ear. rangu'mi:lan, barking; ke:li raygu’mi:lan, the dog barks; ke: lar rangu’mi:lan, the dogs bark. toe: ji, hair of the head. toe :ni, hand. toe: ri, tooth. walkandi, north. wi:rin, being ill, sick; wi:rin ap, I am ill; wi:rin and, thou art ill; wi:rin atjs he is ill; wi:rin ayan, we are ill; wi:rin ayun, you are ill; wi:rin ar, they are ill. The verbal adjective and the pronoun, or pronominal suffix, are pronounced as one word, and might very well be written as such: wi:rinap, etc., as was done with ka’lallin. 94 ESSENTIAL OIL FROM THE FRUITS OF CALLITRIS VERRUCOSA, ; By H. H. Frntayson. (Communicated by Professor Rennie.) [Read May 13, 1920.] The tree yielding the fruits was found in fairly dense scrub about nine miles south-east of Tailem Bend, and its striking appearance at once attracted attention. The pines in the neighbourhood, although numerous, seem to be all either C. robusta or C. calcarata, and their foliage is a very dark green, and their fruits, which are rekatively sparsely distributed over the tree, are large and fairly smooth of surface; the pine in question, on the other hand, was about 15 ft. high, and the foliage, which was covered with a peculiar bloom, appeared almost white; the fruits were small, very numerous, and covered with wart-like protuberances from which, by simple pressure between the fingers, 011 could be expelled in consider- able amount. An examination of the cones by Miss Collins, of the Botanical Department, University of Adelaide, revealed a close correspondence with those of C’. verrucosa, a common species in New South Wales, and the identification of the tree as C’. verrucosa has been confirmed by Mr. Maiden, Curator of Botanic Gardens, Sydney, as a result of an examination of samples of both foliage and fruits which were submitted to him. Since, however, the oil-content of the fruits was obviously very much higher than the ‘44 per cent. which is the yield obtained by Baker and Smith from the cones of this species, it was resolved to steam-distill a small quantity, to determine the yield and to examine the oil in some detail. The fruits were picked from the one tree on August 29, 1919, in warm weather, and were steam-distilled seven days later, the steaming being continued for twelve hours, during which time 9 1. of distillate were collected. (The material was not completely exhausted of volatile matter, but the quantity coming over was sufficiently small to be neglected.) After standing for twenty-four hours the oil was run off from the milky aqueous layer and the latter redistilled, about 200 cc? being collected ; the small quantity of oil was separated from this second distillate, combined with the main bulk, and 95 the whole then dried over anhydrous Na,So, and filtered. 3,950 g. of fruits gave 98°3 g. of oil of a pale yellow colour and with a strong turpentine-like smell. The ester value obtained by two hours’ boiling with 4N alcoholic potash was 8'5, corresponding to 2°9 per cent. of bomyl or geranyl acetates, and after acetylation this figure rose to 12°14, indicating the presence of about 1 per cent. of free alcohols calculated as C,,H,,O. Determinations of density and specific rotation gave the values :— Di,=8674 and [x }p.3= —19°3°. These values are at variance with those attributed to the fruit oil of C. verrucosa by Baker and Smith, as the following comparisons show :— Baker and Smith Found. (Pines of Australia, p. 106). D2 = -8674 MD” = -8608 [Xx] ns =—19'3° [x ]o= +°3" Esters = 2:9 % Esters = 1:78 7 Alcohols = 1% Alcohols = (#) Yield = 2:49 % Yield = 44% A careful fractionation of 82 g. of the oil under 18 mm. pressure gave the following results :— | 58-55° 55-60° 60-70° 70-80° 80-90° 90-100° 100-135° Residue 1.623¢.104¢. 220. — Ee Tae 5°3 g. 2» 53-55° 55-60° 60-80° 80-110° 100-130° Residue 2.663¢. 689. 16g. Ile. 34g. oe eee sg. Leg. lig. 3°4¢. Slight resinous residue Fraction 1, 53°- 55° C., constituting 85 per cent. of the total oil, had Dj}='8574 and [XK ]pi.= —27°44°, and these constants, together with the boiling point, left little doubt that pinene was the chief ¢eonstituent of the oil; to confirm this the nitrosochloride and nitrol-benzylamide were prepared. 10 g. of the fraction with 10 g. of amy] nitrite were cooled to —5° and 3 cc. of concentrated hydrochloric acid slowly dropped in with continual stirring; separation of the nitroso- chioride began after the first few drops had been added and the addition occupied one-quarter hour. The freezing mixture and reaction product were allowed slowly to attain the atmospheric temperature (two hours), and the precipitate was then filtered at the pump and thoroughly washed with alcohol until snow white; after solution in chloro- form and precipitation with methyl alcohol, the compound melted sharply at 103° C. (1) Corresponding to the corrected value D” = ‘8672. 7 96 The yield was poor, 20 g. of the fraction giving only 38 g. of nitrosochloride. The benzylamide was prepared by digesting 3°7 g. of the nitrosochloride with 4 g. of benzylamide in 30 cc. of spirit for one hour on the water bath, the greater part of the spirit being then distilled off and the residue poured into water; the pre- cipitated oil slowly solidified, and when crystallization was complete 1t was recrystallized from somewhat dilute alcohol ; it then melted at 122°-123° C. To the extent of 85-90 per cent., therefore, the oil consists of pinene, the laero Perey predominating. The remaining fractions were too small for sean examination, but fraction 2 also seemed to consist largely of pinene; limonene, if not absent, was present in very small quantity only. Fraction 5 contained large amounts of esters, and an attempt was made to characterize the alcohols present after saponification, but without success; geronial was almost cer- tainly absent, and although the smell of borneol was prominent a specimen of that substance could not be isolated. In conclusion, I have to thank Miss Collins for the pre- liminary botanical exmination of the fruits, and Mr. Maiden for tle final identification of the tree as C. verrucosa. Chemical Department,, University of Adelaide. 97 STUDIES IN COMPARATIVE PHYSIOLOGY. 1.—OBSERVATIONS ON THE PHYSIOLOGY OF THE FLY’S INTESTINE. By T. BratisrorD Rosertson, Px.D., D.Sc. (From the Department of Physiology and Biochemistry, University of Adelaide). [Read May 13, 1920.] INTRODUCTION. The intestine of an insect represents a rhythmically con- tracting, automatic structure in which the contractile elements are striated muscle fibres (1). In the vertebrates those organs which display similar automaticity and rhythmicity are, with the exception of the heart, smooth-muscle organs. The insect intestine, therefore, affords an opportunity of ascertaining whether the characteristic reactions of smooth and striated muscle to various chemical agents are correlated primarily with their cytological structure or rather with the nature of their functional activity. The single exception afforded by the heart to the rule which prevails in the vertebrata, that automatically contractile organs are provided with smooth muscle, is too isolated and unique to afford a basis for generalization. The functions performed by the heart are peculiar and not paralleled by those performed by any other tissue. We are not surprised to find the striated muscle of the heart differing in many features of its behaviour from the striated skeletal muscles, the more especially since cytological details of its structure also differentiate it from the other striated muscles in the body. In the intestine of the insect, however, we» have an organ performing a strictly analogous function to that which is performed by the intestine of a verte- brate. In the one case the fibres are of the striated, in the other of the smooth type. We are led to inquire whether, in their reactions to muscle stimulants or depressants, the striated muscles of the insect intestine resemble the structurally similar striated muscles of the vertebrate, or whether they do not, on the contrary, resemble the funcitonally similar smooth muscles of the vertebrates. The experiments herein described were undertaken with a view to throwing some preliminary light upon this question. As I have pointed out in a previous communication to this Society (2, 3), if the last abdominal segment of a fly be grasped D2 98 with forceps and gently torn away from the others a consider- able length of intestine may, with a little practice, be with- drawn from the abdomen with very little stretching or injury. It is perhaps unnecessary to explain that the fly is killed, by compression of the thorax, before this operation is performed. If the traction which is exerted is too strong the intestine breaks, generally just below or just above the junction of the Malpighian tubes. It is difficult to withdraw any of the proximal intestine (proximal, that is, to the point of entry of the Malpighian tubes) without injurious traction and stretching or tearing of the intestine. It is preferable to draw out the entire rectum and a portion of the distal intestine and then separate this from the intestine which still remains in the abdomen by incision with a sharp scalpel. A camera lucida drawing of such a preparation is reproduced in the accompanying figure. The various parts of the preparation are named in accordance with the nomenclature adopted by Hewitt (4). The greater part of the distal intestine is not represented in the figure. The boundary between the proximal] and distal intestine is marked by the insertion of the Mal- pighian tubes. In the preparations used in these experiments the proximal intestine -was never employed, although the Malpighian tubes were occasionally included. Two species of flies were used in nearly all of the experi- ments. They were the common Australian ‘“‘blow fly,”’ Calliphora oceanicoe, and the ‘‘blue bottle,” Luezlia sericata.) In one or two experiments the grey-striped “flesh fly,’’ Sarcophaga aurifrons, was employed. The relative length of the different sections of the intestine and rectum varies greatly in different species, but in the two species employed in nearly all of the experiments the proportional lengths of the different sections of the lower alimentary canal are very simi- lar. The anterior rectum is somewhat longer in Lucilia sericata than in Calliphora oceanicoe, and the Malpighian tubes, which () I am indebted to Mr. A. M. Lea for his kindness in identifying these flies for me. 99 are not repesented in the figure, appear to be much shorter. The distal intestine in both species is five or six times the length of the rectum. No differences in physiological behaviour were noted in the different species employed. EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS. Effects of Sodium and Calcium Salts. In my previous communication I pointed out that if the preparation just descrjbed be laid upon a glass slide and wetted with saline solution (m/8 NaCl) waves of peristalsis may be seen passing along the intestine in the aboral direction. Powerful contractions of the rectum and rectal glands are usually evident, and may persist for some hours. If the pre- paration be touched at about its middle with the point of a camel hair brush soaked in pure m/8 calcium chloride solu- tion, the peristalsis instantly ceases in the area so treated, but the conduction of excitation is not inhibited. The wave of peristalsis disappears on entering the treated region, reappear- ing below it at the moment when it would have appeared had the wave been normally propagated. Potassium chloride, in like concentration, suppresses both contraction and conduction. In the present experiments I at first employed physio- logical saline (m/8 NaCl) made up in tap-water, assuming that the calcium and other salts present in the tap water would provide a solution approximating more nearly to a ‘‘physio- logically balanced’’ mixture than pure sodium chloride. To my surprise little or no movement was exhibited by the pre- parations immersed in these solutions. Peristalsis of the distal intestine was almost invariably absent, and a few twitches of the rectal glands and incoordinate contractions of individual fibres in the posterior rectum usually comprised all of the movement observed. On placing a crystal of sodium chloride in the drop of water containing the preparation, violent con- tractions of the rectum and rectal glands took place. It was inferred that the calcium chloride present in Adelaide tap water was possibly sufficient to inhibit contractions, and that its effect could be overcome by increasing the relative propor- tion of sodium chloride, or, in other words, decreasing the wd ratio to a favourable magnitude. I was subsequently informed by Dr.W.A. Hargreaves that the Adelaide tap water contains about 0°058 grammes of calcium per litre, correspond- ing, in a m/8 solution of sodium chloride, to only one molecule of calcium salt per 200 of sodium. Direct experiment showed that a much higher proportion, about 1 to 12°5 of calcium to sodium, is required to inhibit the movements of the intestine in the manner and degree in which they were inhibited by ‘ae? © 100 tap water. It must be assumed, therefore, that some other constituent of the tap water, possibly magnesium, added its effect to that of the calcium and was similarly antagonized by sodium. A number of experiments were next performed in which m/8 sodium chloride in distilled water was used as the bathing fluid. In this good contractions of the rectum and rectal glands were always observed, excepting in the case of nearly moribund flies which were just about to discharge larvae or had already done so. Peristalsis of the intestine, however, was almost invariably absent. Experiments were then per- formed in which varying proportions of calcium chloride were added to the sodium chloride solution, namely, one, two, three, or four molecules of calcium chloride per fifty molecules of sodium chloride. The remarkable result was then obtained . that an increase in the proportion of calcium favoured intestinal while actually inhibiting rectal contractions. ‘ Thus while the proportion of 50 mols. NaCl to 1 mol. CaCl, gener- ally permits simultaneous contraction of the intestine and of the various segments of the rectum, the proportion of 50 mols. NaCl to 4 mols. CaCl, either immobilises the entire prepara- tion or, more usually, induces powerful peristalsis of the distal intestine while absolutely inhibiting the contractions of the rectum and rectal glands. The following protocol of a typical experiment illustrates this fact, a + indicating contraction — and — absence of contraction. The period of exposure to each solution was five minutes.. The preceding solution was always drained off from the preparation by means of filter paper, ' taking care not to actually touch the preparation, before the new solution was applied :— TABLE 1. EXPERIMENT No. 382. : Scintson Post. Rect. Ant. Rect. Dist. : Rect. Gl. and Valve. Int. NaCl wh ib ert = ~ — ae 50 NaCl+1 CaCl, aa — _ a NaCl 638 ary “ + — soe’ 50 NaCl+1 CaCl,. — os = + NaCl Pe Re + + - a 50 NaCl+1 CaCl, _ — = Re NaCl ba me a — m9 50 NaCl+1 CaCl, _ — se 73 The optimal ratio of = for the maintenance of intestinal and rectal contractions, respectively, varied considerably in different preparations. In the instance cited, the proportion 101 of 1 mol. of calcium to 50 of sodium sufficed to entirely inhibit rectal contractions while constituting an optimum proportion for the maintenance of intestinal peristalsis. In such cases a further increase of calcium, for example to the proportion of 4 mols. of calcium chloride to 50 of sodium chloride, led also to the inhibition of the intestine, and the entire preparation was immobilized. In other instances the optimal proportion of calcium for intestinal peristalsis was much higher, even as high as 4 to 50. In every case, however, without any excep- tion, the optimal concentration of calcium for intestinal con- tractions was far above the optimum for rectal contractions, and generally sufficient to inhibit them altogether. Conversely, a proportion low enough to be optimal for the rectum and rectal glands was always below the optimum for the intestine, and generally so low as to inhibit contractions of the intestine altogether; in fact, in the great majority of instances, pure sodium chloride solution appeared to very nearly represent the optimum for the rectal contractions. We have in the fly’s intestine, therefore, a clear-cut instance of a phenomenon to which attention has but rarely been drawn, namely, the existence of a definite optimum ratio of calcium to sodium above or below which the muscular move- ments are inhibited. It has long been recognized that 4 reduction of the <= ratio increases the irritability of skeletal muscles in the vertebrata, but it has been supposed that this increase of irritability is merely the greater, the greater the reduction of the ratio. In the auricles and sinus of the heart the irritability is sufficient to permit rhythmic contractions even in the presence of the calcium salts in blood or in Ringer’s or Locke’s solutions, but the isolated ventricular strip requires a reduction of the ratio below the level obtaining in the blood before spontaneous rhythm is possible. Differences in the ‘‘threshold value’ of the <* ratio in different parts of the same muscular organ have therefore been recognized. Below this threshold, differing in different muscular tissues, spontaneous rhythm is possible; above this threshold it is not. But the existence of a lower as well as an upper threshold of the ratio, between which lies an optimum, has, so far as I am aware, only been hitherto observed by Bancroft, in the gal- vanotropic response of Paramoecium (5). It is possible that such a double threshold exists in other muscular tissues than the fly’s intestine, but the example which this tissue affords is of so striking a nature as to immediately compel attention, while the absence of comment upon such phenomena in other 102 muscular tissues bears witness either to their rarity or to the technical difficulty of making them evident. Magnesium chloride has a still more strongly inhibitory action upon rectal and intestinal movements than calcium chloride, and, so far as I have been able to observe its action, is wholly inhibitory and never stimulatory, thus agreeing with its action upon the mammalian -intestine, as established by Meltzer and Auer (6). The contrast between the action of magnesium chloride and that of caleiym chloride is displayed in the following protocol :— TABLE 2. EXPERIMENT No. 51. . Post. Rect. Ant. Rect. Dist. Solution. Rect. Gl. and Valve. Int. NaCl aoe dig it ee a2 ae — 50 NaCl+1 MgCl, Sei es _ — _— NaCl i RR OPRREE IOS a ae a se we 50 NaCl+1 CaCl, sani = - + 50 NaCl+1 MgCl, whl de _ _ _ A phenomenon which appears to be so unique invites an alternative explanation. It might be imagined, for example, that the contractions of the rectum inhibit those of the intes- tines and vice versa. This, indeed, was the explanation which first occurred to the author, but it is negatived by the fact that preparations are repeatedly obtained, especially when immersed in the mixture 50NaCl to 1CaCl,, in which active contraction of both the rectal and intestinal segments are simultaneously and synchronously occurring. In such preparations the rectal contractions can be inhibited by raising the proportion of calcium to sodium to a point which still permits active peristalsis of the intestine, while the intestinal contractions may be inhibited and the rectal contractions left unimpaired by immersing the preparation in pure sodium chloride solution. As will be seen from succeeding experiments, the effects of various drugs upon the intestine combine to support the view that there exists in the fly’s intestine (including the — rectum) a gradient of S* thresholds, increasing from below upwards, analogous to the gradients of metabolic activity, conduction and rhythmic activity which have been shown by Alvarez and his co-workers to exist in the mammalian intestine (7, 8, 9), and the question necessarily suggests itself whether this is not, after all, the fundamental gradient of which the others are the indirect expression. Certainly this view would explain the remarkable effect of the reduction of the-<* ratio by 103 saline cathartics in increasing the contractions of the colon, with evacuation of its contents, while the upper intestine remains unaffected or is actually inhibited (6, 7). Effects of Drugs which paralyse or stimulate Nervous Tissues. Curari paralyses the nerve-endings of striated skeletal muscles in the vertebrates, but it leaves the nerve-endings in the heart unaffected. The muscles of different species are, however, differently affected by curari, and certain species— for example, fishes and the tortoise—are almost immune to its effects (10). The muscles of worms are totally unaffected by curari (11). Im these experiments it was found that curari, even in such high dosage as 1:1000 solution, either in m/8 NaCl or in a mixture of 50 mols. m/8 NaCl to 1 mol. m/8 CaCl,, leaves the movements, both of the intestine and of the rectum, totally unaffected. Atropine, on the contrary, while leaving the nerve- terminations in the striated muscles of the vertebrates unaffected, nevertheless paralyses the nerve-terminals in a variety of smooth-muscle organs. The movements of the mammalian intestine are, however, unaffected by atropine (12), and in these experiments atropine sulphate in 1:1000 solu- tion was similarly found to be devoid of effect. 2) Nicotine first stimulates and then paralyses the peripheral ganglia of the autonomic nervous system of the vertebrates. In these experiments it exerted only a long-delayed toxic action. Solutions containing 1:1000 of the free base caused a gradual and progressive diminution of the frequency and amplitude of contractions, but the intestine (or rectum) was not brought to a standstill even after half an hour of exposure to this solution. Washing with fresh saline solution tmmedi- ately restored the original vigour of the contractions. Codeine, on the contrary, which has little or no effect upon striated muscles or their nerve supply in vertebrates, brings about almost instant cessation of all movements in the fly’s intestine. This corresponds to the usual action of small dosages upon the unstriated muscle of the mammalian intestine. The following protocol of a typical experiment illustrates this effect, a double plus sign being used to denote exceptionally vigorous (2) A solution is stated to be devoid of effect when no change in rhythm or frequency is observed after fifteen minutes. During longer periods spontaneous changes of rhythm or amplitude may occur which do not allow us to differentiate between the effects of drugs and spontaneous deterioration of the tissue due to prolonged exposure to abnormal conditions. 104 contractions. The solvent for the drugs employed was m/8 NaCl:— ‘ TABLE 3. EXPERIMENT No. 20. : Post. Rect. *~ Ant. Rect. - Dist: ee. Rect. Gl. and Valve. Int. NaCl oe ce ROD cg eae chet a Curari 1: 1000%... eae Se ats ude se Codeine phosphate 1:1000 — o- — 2 NaCl me ae dary = ee pat Pilocarpine, which stimulates the motor nerve-endings in various smooth-muscle organs, and particularly the intestine of the vertebrate, immobilises the fly’s intestine, but not nearly so quickly as codeine. The contractions in preparations immersed in 1:1000 solutions of pilocarpine in m/8 NaCl or 50 m/8 NaCl+1 m/8 CoCl, slowly diminish in frequency and amplitude, but may still persist after ten minutes. No trace of stimulation could ever be observed. Chloretone, which is a general anaesthetic, causes immediate cessation of movement when applied in 1:1000 solution. More dilute solutions, 1:4000, cause a slow decrease in amplitude and frequency, but decided contractions may still persist after six or eight minutes of exposure to the solution. In reviewing these results it is evident that the striated muscle fibres of the fly’s intestine differ in their reaction to nerve excitants and depressants from both the striated and the unstriated fibres which occur in the majority of mammalian tissues. The most striking reaction is the instant immobolisa- tion by codeine, in which respect of its behaviour the striated muscle ‘of the fly’s intestine approaches more closely to the smooth muscle of the mammalian intestine than to any other mammalian muscle-tissue. Effects of Drugs which affect Muscle Tissue or Myoneural Junctions. Veratrine, which paralyses the relaxation of vertebrate striated muscle, and hence induces sustained contracture, promptly, in 1:2000 solution, immobilises the fly’s intestine. It cannot be said, however, that the intestine is immobilised in a condition of sustained contraction. No definite changes of muscular tone were observed. Great increase of muscular tone does occur when the fly’s intestine is treated with adrena- line. In such cases the increase in tone is evidenced by short- ening and coiling up of the intestine. No such changes are 105 evidenced after teatment by veratrine. It must be recollected, however, that veratrine, besides its action upon vertebrate striated muscle, also paralyses nerve fibres. It is possible that its action upon the fly’s intestine, therefore, is due to paralysis of nervous conduction rather than to direct action upon the muscle fibres. Of the drugs which affect myoneural junctions, adrena- line, as is well known, stimulates the junctions of the postganglionic fibres of the autonomic system. Where sympa- thetic stimulation causes muscular contractions or increase of tone, adrenaline will give rise to like effects, as in the blood vessels and the heart, the muscularis mucosoe and the spleen (13, 14). Where sympathetic stimulation causes loss of tone . and inhibition of contractions adrenaline elicits similar responses, as in the muscles of the bronchi and the external muscular coats of the intestine. Ergotoxine stimulates cer- tain motor myoneural junctions, particularly those of the blood vessels, heart, and uterus. It has little action upon the mammalian intestine. Ergotinine is the anhydride of ergo- toxine, and has comparatively little action upon mammalian myoneural junctions. -Ergamine acts directly upon the muscle cells themselves, causing loss of tone in some (blood vessels) and increase of tone in others (uterus and bronchi), while it gives rise to energetic peristalsis of the mammalian intestine (‘peristaltic rush’’). Digitaline stimulates the inhibitory myoneural junctions in the heart and also stimulates (increases the tone of) the muscle cells themselves. In their effects upon the fly’s intestine these drugs fall into two groups which are sharply opposed to one another. The first, represented by adrenaline, inhibits rectal and stimu- lates intestinal contractions; the second, comprising ergotinine, ergotoxine, ergamine, and digitaline, inhibits both rectal and intestinal contractions. The ‘action of adrenaline upon this preparation is most characteristic and invariable. It exactly reproduces the effect of increasing the pas ratio; in other words, the preparation sub- jected to the action of adrenaline behaves as if the <* thresholds had been lowered. A mixture in which theS*ratio had formerly been insufficiently high to permit intestinal peristalsis now not only facilitates peristalsis but also inhibits rectal contractions. This action of adrenaline is illustrated by the following pro- tocols, which are typical of many experiments. In each case 106 the solvent for the adrenaline was the saline solution employed for comparison :— TABLE 4, EXPERIMENT No. 12. : Post. Rect. Ant. Rect. ist. Solution. Rect. Gl and Valeallnaae NaCl bi me =s ae -— ae Adrenaline 1 : 1000 + + + ++ NaCl ah Re a5 ot ee ia Adrenaline 1: 1000 + nye + ++ NaCl te ay + <8 - _ Adrenaline 1: 1000 + + + +++ Ergotinine 1: 1000 — = — _ Adrenaline 1: 1000 + + + _ NaCl ae Lae at ig 5 eae mh Ergotinine 1:1000 _ _ _ _ TABLE 5. EXPERIMENT No. 42. : Post. Rect. Ant. Rect. ist. Solution. Rect. Gl. and Valve. pa 50 NaCi+1 CaCl, San Mtns at — a us Adrenaline 1:10000 = — -- ++ 50 NaCl+1 CaCl, -- = = = Adrenaline 1:10000 ... — _ — ++ Adrenaline 1: 1000 ees, Whee — — = 50 NaCl+1 CaCl, cee — ~ + The adrenaline employed in these experiments was the free base prepared from suprarenal glands by the method of Abel (15). The dosage required to elicit these effects is high compared with the dosages required to elicit responses in “mammalian tissue, nevertheless the effects are definite. The optimum dosage varies in different preparations, just as the = optima vary. In some preparations 1:1000 adrenaline is requisite to elicit intestinal peristalsis; in others this is an excessive concentration, and leads to total immobilisation of the intestine. If a preparation which has been thus immob- | ilised, however, be returned to the solution originally bathing it and employed as solvent for the adrenaline, stimulation is observed of such a pronounced character as to indicate an after-effect, or possibly the effect of adrenaline imbibed by the tissue and subsequently diluted by the adrenaline—free solution. Adrenaline was, in fact, found to be a very useful means of stimulating sluggish preparations to prolonged activity. If the bathing solution was favourable to rectal contractions, ¢.g., pure NaCl, this after-stimulation extended y Ve 107 to the rectum and rectal glands as well as to the intestine. Previously immobile preparations, by several brief exposures to adrenaline followed by a return to NaCl solution, could be converted into preparations which were notably active in every part, displaying simultaneously intestinal peristalsis, rectal contractions, and asigaguien and rapid contractions of the rectal glands. The second group of substances—ergotinine, ergamine, ergotoxine (Burroughs, Wellcome), and digitaline (Merck)— all alike produced complete inhibition of intestinal and rectal movements in concentrations of 1:1000. In more dilute solu- tions (1:10000) intestinal peristalsis was inhibited immedi- ately, and at a much later period the rectal contractions were also inhibited. In a number of instances, however, very dilute ergotoxine or ergamine (1:100000) definitely stimulated the contractions of the rectum and rectal glands, either increasing their amplitude or initiating them when they were otherwise absent; in other words, the action of these drugs was in every way the opposite of that of 2a Their action resembled the effect of reducing the $* ratio, or, in other words, of raising the“ thresholds of iL tissue. Pituitrine, in dosages of one or one-tenth mil. Parke Davis ‘‘O’’ pituitrine per 20 cc. of solvent produced a dual effect, as, indeed, it usually does in mammalian tissues. The first effect was-definite stimulation, especially of the rectum and rectal glands, this being followed, usually within a minute, by complete immobilisation of the preparation. This diphasic action of pituitrine, which is characteristic of its action upon mammalian blood pressure (fall followed by a rise), is attri- buted by the majority of authors to an admixture of two or more principles of diverse action. It should be noted that the secondary inhibition could not: have been due to the admixture of chloretone contained in this solution, since a like » concentration of chloretone, without pituitrine, failed to exert a like effect. DISCUSSION. In general, it may be stated*from the foregoing results that the fly’s intestine is comparatively indifferent to those agencies which, in the vertebrate, act primarily upon nervous tissues or upon striated skeletal muscles. On the other hand, those. agencies which, in the vertebrate, act powerfully upon the myoneural junctions of smooth muscle, or upon smooth- muscle fibres themselves, also exert characteristic actions upon the muscle of the fly’s intestine. The muscle fibres of the fly’s 108 intestine, therefore, react to these drugs in a manner corre- sponding to their function rather than to their structure. The geri of these drugs may be classified in relation to the gradient which has been shown to exist in this pre- at and a polation hitherto unobserved, has been’ shown to exist between the thresholds of these mtscular tissues and the effects of adrenaline, ergamine, and so forth upon them. Whether this relationship has more general application, or is limited to the tissues employed in these experiments, is a question which awaits further investigation. : CONCLUSIONS. 1. There exists, in the fly’s intestine, a gradient aa a thresholds, above and below which contractions or peristalsis cannot occur, and between which lies an optimum ratio. The threshold and optimal ratios increase from below upwards, being least in the posterior rectum and highest in the distal intestine. 2. Curari and atropine in 1:1000 solutions are saga of effect upon the contractions of the excised fly’s imtestine. Nicotine and pilocarpine exert long-delayed inhibitory action. Codeine and chloretone in 1:1000 solutions immobilise the preparation immediately. 3. Veratrine immobilises the fly’s intestine, but without evidence of prolonged contracture or increase of tone. 4. Adrenaline stimulates the preparation in such a way as to suggest that the-* thresholds have been lowered. 5. Ergotoxine, ergotinine, ergamine, and digitaline inhibit the preparation. In very dilute solutions they may stimulate the rectal movements. Their effect is such as to suggest that they" thresholds have been raised. 6. Pituitrine exerts a dual action, the initial effect being stimulation, the later effect inhibition. 7. In its reactions to the above-mentioned drugs the muscle of the fly’s intestine resembles its functional similar (the verte- brate smooth-muscle fibre) rather than its structural similar (the vertebrate striated muscle fibre). REFERENCES. (1) Lowne, B. T.: “The Anatomy, Physiology, Morphology, and Development of the Blow Fly,’’ London, 1890- 1892, vol. 1., p. 283. 109 (2) Engelmann, T. W.: Arch. f. ges. Physiol., 1871, iv., p. 44, cited after Biedermann, W., ‘‘Electrophysiology,’’ translated by Welby, F. A., London, 1896, vol. i., p. 164. (3) Robertson, T. Brailsford: Trans. Roy. Soc. 8S. Austr., 1905, xxix., p. 1. (4) Hewitt, C. G.: ‘‘The House Fly,’’ Cambridge Univ. Press, 1914. (5) Bancroft, F. W.: Journ. Physiol., 1906, xxxiv., p. 444. (6) Meltzer, S. J., and Auer, J.: Amer. Journ. Physiol., 1906, xvii., p. 313. (7) Alvarez, W. C.: Amer. Journ. Physiol., 1914, xxxv., p- 117; 1918, xlv., p. 342; xlvi., p. 554. (8) Alvarez, W. C., and Starkweather, E.: Amer. Journ. Physiol., 1918, xlvi., pp. 186 and 563. (9) Taylor, F. B., and Alvarez, W. C.: Amer. Journ. , Physiol., 1917, xliv., p. 344. (10) de Tarchanoff, J.: Richet’s Dictionaire de Physiol., 1900, iv., p. 616. (11) Straub, W.: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., 1900, Ixxix., p. 379. | (12) Bayliss, W. M., and Starling, E. H.: Journ. Physiol., beady saxte: op.) 99. (13) Schafer, E. S., and Moore, B.: Journ. Physiol., 1896, cE « Ta (14) Gunn, J. A., and Underhill, S. W. F.: Quart. Journ. Exper. Physiol., 1914, viii., p. 275. (15) Abel, J. J.: Ber. deutsch. chem. Ges., 1993, xxxvi., p. 1839. 110 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE ORCHIDACEOUS FLORA OF PAPUA (BRITISH NEW GUINEA). By R. S. Rocers, M.A., M.D. and C. T. Wurtz, F.L:S. [Read June 10, 1920. ] Puates V. To VIII. During July and August, 1918, one of us (C. T. W. = through the kind invitation of H. ‘E. the Hon. J. H. Murray, spent five weeks botanizing in the territory of oe Owing to the pressure of other matters the work of identify- ing and describing the material gathered has been somewhat delayed, but is now nearing completion and the examination ~ of several families has been kindly undertaken by various specialists in England and Australia. Only a few orchids were collected; as a general rule this family is very strongly represented in Papuan collections, but the trip undertaken was of a very hurried nature and the localities visited did not seem particularly rich in orchids; as the area, however, from which the material was obtained has not to our knowledge been previously collected over, most of the specimens represent what appear to us previously undescribed forms. All were gathered in the mountainous country between Dilava and Mafula at an elevation of 3 to 4,000 ft. and about sixty miles inland from Yule Island on the Southern coast. PHYSURUS BICALCARATUS, 0. sp. Pry. Planta + 34 cm. alta; foliis prope a basi, 3 vel 4, ellipticis vel oblongo- ellipticis, acuminatus, integris, glabris, 3-4 nervosis, lamina 3 cm.-9°5 cm. longa et 1°5-3°3 cm. lata, petiolis ‘(cum vaginis) 2°3 cm.-3 cm. longis basi vagini- formibus dilatatis; caule fere glabro leviter pubescenti, bracteis circiter 2 acuminatis pilosis; spica + 14 em. alta, floribus circiter 12 sessilibus remotis, rhache bracteis et floribus extus hispidulis ; ovario subgracili, + mm. longo, tortissimo ; sepalo dorsali anguste cucullato, erecto, 3-ner- voso, + 7 mm. longo; sepalis lateralibus liberis, labello obliqui suppositis, falco-lanceolatis, 3-nervosis, + 8 mm. longis; petalis lateralibus sepalo dorsali aequantibus et. cum eo in galeam conniventibus, apicibus cohaerentibus, membranaceis, lineari-falcatis, 1-nervosis ; labello inferne, sessile, a basi columnae breviter adnato, ab apice calcaris Aa oO 111 ad extremam laminam + 7 mm. longo, calcari conico in mediano bifido inter sepalos laterales exserto, in inferior- ibus duo-trientibus ventricoso et erecto ad columnam deinde abrupte contracto lamina terminali ovali vel obovata integra et recurva, laciniis lateralibus parvis et erectis; columna (rostello excepto) + 2°5 mm. longa; rostello profunde bipartito, erecto, circa (cum glandula). 2 mm. longo, membranaceo; stigmate prope a basi columnae, cavo, erecto, cum alis subgrandibus lunatis. Habitat—Deva Deva (C. T. White, No. 605). Root a creeping rhizome. Leaves near the base, 3 or 4, elliptical or oblong-elliptical, acuminate, entire, glabrous, 3-4 main parallel nerves with many subsidiary ones and trans- verse reticulations; lamina 3 to 9°5 cm. long and 1°5 to 3°3 em. wide; petioles 2°3 to 3 cm. long with dilated scarious sheathing bases. Stem almost glabrous, slightly pubescent, with 2 acute hairy bracts. Total height of plant about 34 cm. Spike + 14 em. of about a dozen sessile distant flowers, each subtended by an acuminate ovate-lanceolate bract which is usually shorter than the ovary. » Rhachis, bracts, and outside of the flowers beset by minute glandular hairs. Ovay sessile, rather slender, hairy, much twisted, + 11 mm. long. Dorsal sepal narrow-cucullate, erect, 3-nerved, + 7 mm. long, tip rather obtuse. Lateral sepals free, inserted obliquely below the labellum, falco-lanceolate, 3-nerved, total length (from lowest point of insertion) about 8mm. Lateral petals same length as dorsal sepal and connivent with it to form a hood, membranous, 1 nerved, connate at the extreme tips, narrower in the lower than upper half, linear-falcate, much narrower than the sepals. Labellum inferior, shortly adnate to the base of the column, sessile, + 7 mm. (including the spur) when fully extended; spur conical, short, bifid antero-posteriorly, exserted between the lateral sepals; lower two-thirds ventricose, erect against column, suddenly con- tracted into a short neck then dilated into an entire oval or obovate membranous recurved terminal lobe; lateral lobes small erect ; lamina glabrous throughout, traversed by several prominent longitudinal nerves. - Column proper short + 2°5 mm. long, or including ros- tellum and gland + 45 mm.; anther posterior erect; rostellum erect, membranous, deeply bipartite, gland oval or elliptical (the division of the rostellum is only evident after removal of the gland); stigma situated on lower face of column near the base, erect with rather large crescentic wings. A species, P. chinensis, Rolfe, has been recorded (under the name of P. Henryi) from New Guinea by Schlechter, and 112 Hayata in his “Icones Plantarum Formosanarum’’ (iv., 99) figures what he believes to be Rolfe’s plant. His illustrations appear to be identical with the specimens from Deva Deva, but in the absence of measurements of the Formosan Orchid it is impossible to say whether Hayata’s interpretation is correct, as he acknowledges that he has not seen the type and has been guided entirely by the original description. Rolfe’s measure- ments (as shown below) indicate a plant with flowers only about half the size of those of the orchid under review and (unless there has been a printer’s error) one with a remark- ably short scape. He does not, moreover, refer to the coherent tips of the petals (constantly present in Mr. White’s speci- mens) an unusual little feature which is not likely to have escaped the notice of this acute observer had it occurred in his type. There are other points which certainly raise doubts as to the identity of the Deva Deva specimens with Mr. Rolfe’s species and for this reason it is deemed advisable to describe it under a new name, leaving the adjustment to be made later should this become necessary. TABLE OF COMPARATIVE MEASUREMENTS. P. CHINENSIS. P. BICALCARATUS. Leaves .. «. 38-10 cm, long and 3-95 cm. long and 1°5- 13-45 cm, wide ... 3°3 cm. wide Petioles...) 1) '13-2'5 em. long ...° ..) °° 2'3-8 cme jong Scape ea. 2-45 \em. long... .../ 4 34 emiione Bracts ut 6-10 mm. long ..._ ... 10-25 mm. long Sepals and petals a mm. long ... «. Dorsal sepal and lat: petals= + 7 mm. long; lat. sepals (from low- est point of insertion) =8 mm. long SPUE) Mata > eavpre my Lome .. ... Average length, about | 3 mm. The genus Physurus comprises about 74 recorded species, the vast majority of which are natives of the New World, only 10 being found in Asia and in certain of the islands lying to the south and east of that continent. These islands include Japan, Formosa, Java, Sumatra, and New Guinea. © The flowers are inconspicuous, but some of the plants are prized for their beautiful leaves, resembling in this respect the genus Anoectochilus, to which, indeed, Physurus is closely related. GooDYERA HISPIDULA, DN. sp. Plevis Foliis circa sex, petiolatis, ovato-ellipticis, acuminatis; lamina 9-13 cm. longa, 3-5 cm.-5°5 cm. lata (maxine ae 113 diametro), longitudiner nervosa, transverse reticulata ; petiolis (cum vaginis) + 5 cm., basi vaginiformibus dilatatis; caula . . .; spica + 24 cm. longa, mediocriter dense floriferi; floribus sessilibus; bracteis subulatis + 15 mm. longis flores superantibus; rhache ovario et flori- bus extus hispidulis; ovario gracili + 11 mm.; flore + 75 mm.; sepalis lateralibus liberis, late falcatis, 3-5 nervosis, +7 ‘5 mm.; sepalo dorsali + 75 mm., anguste cucullato, basi leviter contracto, 3-nervoso; petalis later- alibus + 65 mm., spathulo-falcatis, l-nervosis, cum sepalo dorsali in galeam cohaerentibus; labello sessile, inferne, ad basin ventricoso, ovato, apice in processus ligulatum producto, in toto + 65 mm. longo, margine membranacea indivisa, lamina longitudiner multi-nervosa in ventriculo pilosa, extus glabro; columna (excepto ros- tello) + 4 mm. longa, rostello (cum glancula) erecto, circa + 2 mm., anthera erecta postica, testa angustata stigmate in altitudine aequali, pollinia 2 sectilia, caudi- cula aliquanto longa; stigmate prominente quadrato- ovato. Habitat—Dilava (C. T. White, No. 603). Leaves about 6, on definite petioles with dilated sheathing scarious bases, ovate-elliptical, accuminate, with marked longitudinal veins and much intermediate reticulation ; lamina 9-13 em. long and 3°5-5°5 cm. broad in widest part, petioles +5 cm. Stem incomplete in specimen under examination. Spike + 24 cm. (+ 94 inches) long, moderately dense. Flowers sessile, each subtended by a characteristic narrow subulate bract about 15 mm. long exceeding in length the summit of the flower; axis of spike, bracts, ovary, and outside of flowers densely beset with short glandular hairs. Ovary rather slender + 11 mm.; flower + 7°5 mm. Lateral sepals + 7°5 mm., free, broadly falcate with rather blunt tips, 3-5-nerved;. dorsal sepal of equal length, - narrowly cucullate, erect, slightly contracted at base, 3-nerved, partly connate with lateral petals to.form a hood. Lateral petals rather shorter and more membranous than the other segments, not hairy, narrower at base than in upper half, spathulo-falcate, l-nerved. Labellum sessile, inferior, not adnate to column, with ventricose base projecting between lateral sepals, ovate with ligulate apical projection 2°5 mm. long, total length + 65 mm.; margins entire membranous slightly crenulate; lamina hairy in the concave portion of upper surface, multi-nerved. Column (excluding rostellum) about 4 mm. long, ros- tellum and gland slightly exceeding 2 mm., vertical; anther posticous, anther-case narrow reaching to about level of upper a a 7 114 border of stigma; pollen sectile, pollinia 2, large, lying at back of and extending below the stigma in a posterior sac formed by a membranous connection between the margins of stigma and the anther, connected by the rather long caudicle to a large elliptical gland on apex of the rostellum ; stigma rather prominent, quadrate-ovate. This plant approaches very closely Goodyera longi- bracteata, Hayata, with which species it may ultimately be deemed identical (vide ‘‘Icones Plantarum Formosanarum’”’ iv., 114, t. 61, a...h) but in the Formosan species the numer-— ous prominent longitudinal nerves in the labellum do not appear to be present. In the bud the apical projection of the labellum in the Papuan plant is closely approximated to the front of the rostellum and rostellar gland, which it exactly covers and protects. DENDROCHILUM MURRayYI, 0. sp. Pl. vii. Pseudobulbi subfusiformes, subangusti, monophylli, + 7°5 em. longi, 12°5 mm. lati. Folia apicalia, lineari-lanceo- lata, petiolata; lamina glabra, nervo solo medio valdior prominenti, 5-nervosa, + 20-27 cm. longa, 15-35 mm. lata; petioli +5 cm. longi. Scapi erecti, terminales, eraciles, foliis longiores; racemus 6-9 cm. longus, laxi- florus. Bracteae oblongo-ovatae, glumaceae, valde multi- nervosae, basibus contractae, fere reflexae, + 8 mm. longae. Pedicelli ovaria aequantes. Flores mediocres. Sepala lateralia libera, patentia, lanceolata, 3-nervosa, + 7 mm. longa, 1°6 mm. lata; sepalum dorsale erectum, 3-nervosum, sepalis lateralibus paulo breviore angus- tioreque, circiter 65° mm. longum. Petala lateralia patentia, 3-nervosa, sepalis breviora et angustiora, + 5°75 mm. longa, + 1 mm. lata. Labellum sessile, tri- lobum, + 4 mm. longum, hypochilium rectilineare; lobi laterales parvi, recurvi, anguste triangulares; lobus in- termedius ovato-rhomboideus, apice acutus, margine integro; in basi laminae 3 carinae crassae elevatae. Col- umna subgracilis, + 2°75 longa, apice incurvata galeata ; stelidia conspicua, sub-falcata, acuminata, prope medium gynostemii, galea breviora; rostellum triangulare, apice obtusum ; stigma grande, prominente, ovale, erectum in superiore parte columnae. Habitat—Deva Deva (C. T. White, No. 606), August, 1918. Pseudobulbs rather narrow, somewhat fusiform, + 7°5 em. long, 12°5 mm. wide, monophyllous. Leaf linear-lanceo- late, petiolate; lamina glabrous with prominent midrib, 5- | ee. | - 115 nerved, + 20-27 cm. long by 15-35 mm. wide; petiole + 5 cm. long. Scapes erect, terminal, slender, exceeding the leaf in height; raceme 6-9 cm. long, loosely-flowered. Bracts oblong-ovate, glumaceous, prominently multi-nerved, con- tracted at the base, generally reflexed, + 8 mm. long. Pedicels equaling in length the ovary. Flowers medium-sized. Lateral sepals free, lanceolate, spreading, 3-nerved, + 7 mm. long, 1°6 mm. wide; dorsal sepal erect, 3-nerved, rather shorter and narrower than the lateral sepals, about 6°5 mm. long. Lateral petals spreading, 3-nerved, shorter and nar- rower than the sepals, + 5°75 mm. long, + 1 mm. wide. Labellum sessile, hypochilium rectilinear, + 4 mm. long; lateral lobes small, recurved, narrowly triangular; middle lobe ovate-rhomboid, acute at the tip with entire margin; 3 raised longitudinal lines on the base of the lamina. Colunm rather long and slender, + 2°75 mm. long, upper extremity incurved and hooded; stelidia well marked, some- what faleate, acuminate, near the middle of column on either side of stigma, shorter than the hood; rostellum triangular with blunt apex ; stigma large, prominent, oval, erect in upper part of the column. This Papuan plant finds its place in the subgenus Platyclinis of Dendrochilum, Bl. Specifically it comes rather close to D. gracile (Hook. f.), J. J. Smith, and D. linearifoliwm, Hook. f. Both of these species have, however, very much smaller flowers and in the latter the stilidium is linear and arises from a restricted area at the very base of the column and the plant is provided with a relatively much shorter and rather blunt leaf. Named in honour of the Hon. John Hubert Plunkett Murray, Lieutenant-Governor of Papua. The history of this genus is interesting. It was founded by Blume in 1825. In 1843, Nees and Meyen described from an imperfect seeding specimen without flowers, a new genus Acoridium, which they regarded as non-orchidaceous and placed in the Order Philydraceae. It was transferred almost immediately by Endlicher to the Burmanniaceae, and later on was again removed to the Cyperaceae, in which order it remained for many years with the somewhat doubtful approval of Bentham. In 1884 Bentham split Blume’s genus into Dendrochilum and Platyclinis, the former having a lateral and the latter an apical inflorescence (7.e., in regard to their origin from the pseudobulb). In the Genera Plantarum, Platyclinis appears among the Epidendreae under the sub- tribe Liparieae and Dendrochilum is placed under Dendrobicae. Much more recently flowering specimens of Acoridium were 116 discovered, and though they were 1elegated to their true order, their identity with Nees and Meyen’s imperfect speci- men was not at first recognized. Ultimately, however, this was established by Rolfe, who also showed that Acoridiwm was identical with Bentham’s genus Platyclims. But inasmuch as the former name had precedence over the latter by more than 40 years, Platyclinis became reduced to a synonym of A corid- cum. About 1907 J. J. Smith reconstructed the genus Dendrochilum so as to include within it all orchids hitherto placed under Platyclinis and Acoridium. These two genera are now reduced to the rank of subgenera or sections. This arrangement appears to have received the approval of botan- ists generally and has been adopted by Ames, and also by Pfitzer and Kranzlin in their monograph of the Coelogyninae ~ (Das Pflanzenreich). SPATHOGLOTTIS PAPUANA, Bail., var. PUBERIFLORA, var. Nov. Flowers, ovary and pedicel beset with minute setaceous hairs; pedicel + 15 mm.; unimpregnated ovary almost cylin- drical, about same length as pedicel. Segments of perianth subequal in length and almost similar, the paired petals being very slightly longer than the other segments. Lateral sepals free, ovate-elliptical, + 17 mm. long by + 10mm. broad, with one dark central vein and several lighter parallel veins on either side. Dorsal sepal ovate, cucullate, accuminate, + 17 mm. long x 10 mm. broad; dark central nerve with several parallel nerves on either side. Lateral petals ovate-elliptical with dark central nerve and several parallel nerves on either side, + 18 mm. long x 10 mm. broad. Labellum sessile, 3-lobed, + 14 mm. long; middle lobe with an obcordate veined tip about 7 mm. wide, passing backwards by a narrow isthmus to its junction with the lateral lobes and there dilating into a trapeziform expansion; the lamina with a rather small conical callus about the middle of the isthmus, another very large bilobed somewhat pyramidal callus arising in the posterior dilated portion of the isthmus, the surface behind the large callus pubescent and traversed by 2 parallel longitudinal lines; the lateral lobes erect or slightly incurved, oblong with entire margins, each about 7 mm. long. Column semi-terete, slightly incurved, gradually expand- ing laterally from below upwards, + 12 mm. long; anther lid-like, terminal on anterior surface of the apex; stigma transverse, oblong, rather shallow, situated immediately below anther ; rostellum widely triangular with a rather blunt apex, situated on upper margin of stigma, inclined forward, not very prominent. eT are 117 The new variety departs from type by the presence of - innumerable short setaceous hairs on stem, bracts, pedicels, and outer-surface of flowers, the type being quite glabrous; also by the pubescent condition of the posterior portion of upper-surface of the labellum. In the bud, the face of the anther fits exactly into the cleft in the tip of the labellum while the expanded lobes on either side of this cleft embrace the apex of the column; the base of the column is at the same time clasped by the lateral lobes of the labellum. Habitat—Mafulu (C. T. White, No. 445). HABENARIA RAMOSA, N. sp. Pl. viii. 3 Planta robusta; caule excedenti 120: cm. alta; foliis circa novem, vaginantibus, alternatis, lanceolatis, 7°5 cm. longis; bracteis non-nullis, acutis, amplectantibus, prope a spica; spica circa 30 cm.; ovario gracili, torto, calcari longiore ; sepalis lateralibus deflexis, circa 11 mm. longis, oblique ovato-lanceolatis; sepalo dorsali erecto, acumin- ato, anguste cucullato, circa 10 mm. longo; petalis later- alibus profunde bipartitis, partitione postica basi lata alioquin anguste lineari circa.9 mm. longa, antica longiore ramosissima ; labello tripartito, lacinia intermedia anguste lineari integra circa 12 mm. longa, laciniis lateralibus aequalibus aut paulo longioribus ramosissimus; columna breve, staminodiis verucosis, processubus stigmaticis oblongo-lanceolatis, carnosis, antherae canalibus porrectis longioribus; caudiculis longissimis circa 2°5 to 3 mm., pellucidis; glandulis nudis; calcari circa 20 mm. longa. Habitat—Dilava (C. T. White, No. 680). A robust plant upwards of 120 cm. (4 feet) in height. Leaves about 9, sheathing, alternate, lanceolate, 7°5-23°3 cm. (3-10 inches) long; bracts several near the spike, acute, clasp- ing, also an acute bract subtending each flower. Ovary very slender, twisted, exceeding the spur in length. Lateral sepals deflexed on either side of the spur, + 11 mm. long, obliquely ovate-lanceolate ; dorsal sepal erect, acuminate, rather narrowly cucullate, + 10 mm. long. Lateral petals erect, deeply bi- partite, posterior division rather wide at the extreme base, ‘otherwise narrow-linear, +9 mm. long; anterior division longer, markedly ramiferous. Labellum deeply tripartite; middle lobe narrow-linear entire, + 12 mm. long; lateral lobes at least as long, markedly ramiferous; spur about 20 mm. long, linear, with wide funnel-shaped orifice and bulbous extremity, pendent. i end se ve * « 118 Column short, with a warty, elliptical staminode on each side; anther-tubes horizontal not quite as long as caudicles — but at least as the narrow rostellum lying between them; stigmatic processes fleshy, oblong-lanceolate, extending for- ward on either side of the orifice to the spur; pollinia com- posed of numerous packets of sectile pollen; caudicles extremely long + 2°5-3 mm., transparent, passing downwards and forwards, guarded below by the anther-tubes beyond which their tips project; glands approximate and quite exposed. This species falls under Kranzlin’s Section “Medusae- formes’’ and approaches H/. ternatea, Reich. f., the habitat of which is given as the Sunda Islands; in the Island of Ternate. CRYPTOSTYLIS ERYTHROGLOSSA, Hayata. Root a creeping rhizome. Plant glabrous, stem slender. Leaves 2 (one broken off in specimen), petiolate, elliptic-ovate, acuminate, 11 cm. long by 4 cm. in its widest part (without ~ the petiole) ; petiole slender, + 5 cm. Bracts clasping, narrow acuminate; 15-30 mm. long. Flowers inverted, green white and red, rather large, + 40 mm. diameter. Lateral sepals green, spreading linear, acute, + 15 mm.; dorsal sepal green, linear, spreading, same width as lateral sepals, length not determined (owing to damage to specimen). Lateral petals green, spreading, filiform, much shorter and narrower than sepals, + 8 mm. Labellum ovate-lanceolate, + 15 mm. long and +5 mm. broad in widest. part, ae with reddish base, spotted, multi-nerved, margins entire, acute; base sessile, obtuse, clasping the anther, and slightly saccate (7). ._ Column very short, anther erect shortly acuminate. The Formosan plant differs from the Papuan in that the labellam is entirely red. Habitat—Deva Deva (C. T. White, No. 658). DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. Puate V. Physurus bicalcaratus, n. sp. A. Sepals. B. Lateral petals. Note the connate apices. C. Labellum, a side view. D. Labellum opened out, so as to show double spur. E. Column. FF. Pollinia. (A-F enlarged.) The plant (natural size) is shown on the right of the plate, and leaves with their dilated scarious sheathing bases on the left. roo Prats VI. Goodyera hispidula, n. sp. A. Perianth segments separated out. B. Column. C. Pol- linia. (A-C enlarged.) The upper part of the plant (reduced to nearly half naturalfsize) is shown on the right of the plate, and two leaves (nearly natural size) to the left of this. Prarn Vil. Dendrochilum Murrayi, n. sp. A. Portion of the scape and two bracts. B. Flower. C. Labellum (the apex is shown too blunt in the drawing). D. Column. (A-D enlarged.) The plant (much reduced) is shown on the right of the plate, and a leaf on the left. Prate VIII. Habenaria ramosa, n. sp. A. Leaf (upper surface); B. Leaf (lower surface); both reduced according to the 5 cm. measure at base of plate. C. Flower. D. Sepals. E. Lateral petals. F. Labellum (spread out to show the 3 segments) and spur. (C-F reduced according to the 1 cm. measure alongside.) G. Column (much enlarged): 1, anther; 2, anther-tube; 38, caudicle; 4, gland; 5, staminode; 6, stigmatic process; 7, ovary; 8, upper part of spur. H. Pol- linium, caudicle, and gland (much enlarged). | 1 See, be re 120 A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN NOCTUIDAE. By A. JEFrFeris Turner, M.D., F.E.S. [Read June 10, 1920.] It would be difficult to over-estimate the debt which we owe to Sir George Hampson’s great work, the Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalaenae. By it the study of the Noctuidae as a whole has been for the first time placed on a_ scientific basis, for previous attempts were only concerned with the fauna of restricted areas. It has been a task of enormous magnitude; already it has included some 8,500 species, and the large subfamilies of the Noctuinae and Hypeninae have not yet been included. The work must have been exceedingly difficult, for not only are the species so numerous, but they are also in the great majority very uniform in structure, so that generic and even subfamily distinctions are hard to find, and still more difficult to apply with consistency. While the general accuracy of Sir Geo. Hampson’s work is freely acknowledged, there cannot fail to be some instances of errors of observation in a work of this magnitude, some of them the inevitable consequence of poor- ness of material. For instance, abdominal and thoracic crests are easily liable to denudation. There must also be instances . in which differences of opinion as to the validity of characters regarded as generic by the author may lead to divergence of judgment. My attempt at a revision of the Australian species is, of -course, based on Hampson’s work, which will always remain as an indispensable foundation for any study of this family; and I shall therefore assume that the student has it before him, and shall not consider it necessary to give references to it nor to repeat the synonymy, localities, etc., that may be found there. Where additional information is forthcoming it will — be stated. Where I differ from him as to matters of fact or judgment, this will be indicated by the classification I have adopted, and where I think it advisable these differences will be discussed. In some respects my task has been comparatively easy, for I have only some 500 species to deal with, of most of which I have been able to examine sufficient material, and nearly all have been already diagnosed in Hampson’s work. On the other hand, an opportunity of examining exotic material would no doubt have modified some of my conclu- sions. I shall deal with the subfamilies to the end of the 121 Acontianae, leaving the Catocalinae and Plusianae to be con- sidered at a future date, in conjunction with the Noctuinae and Hypeninae. : The only subfamily not represented in Australia is the Mominae. Of those here dealt with I can give not only a census of the known species, but also a rough estimate of the percentage that they bear to the whole known fauna :— No. Per cent. No. Percent. Agaristinae ... 37 15°5 Erastrianae ... 120 10 Agrotinae 2 48 4 Eutelianae Ae 5 Melanchrinae... 45 4°5 Stictopterinae 9 8 Cucullianae ... 7 1 Sarrothripinae 53 16 Acronyctinae ... 146 6 Acontianae.... 35 11 The total number of 509 species represents about 7 per cent. of the world fauna. The Agaristinae and Sarrothripinae are very largely represented in Australia; the Erastrianae and Acontianae are well represented; the other groups only to a moderate or small extent. The groups which predominate in the Palaearctic regions, and in the temperate zone, are less developed here; while those of the Oriental region have spread across the tropics into the northern part of our con- tinent in relatively large numbers. The normal neuration of the forewings is as follows :— The second anal is weakly developed and sometimes (but by no means always) does not anastomose with the first anal owing to obsolescence, 2 arises from about 3, 3, 4, and 5 from near lower angle of cell, 6 from upper angle or from slightly below, an areole is present from which 8, 9 are always stalked, 7 connate with them or closely approximated, rarely short-stalked, 10 separate, 11 from about middle of cell. In the hindwings 2 arises from about 4, 3 and 4 are approximated or connate from lower angle of cell, 6, 7 connate from upper angle, 8 anastomoses with cell near base. In both wings the second branch of the cubital (usually known as 1 c.) is absent. In the hindwings vein 5 is in the Agaristinae, Agrotinae, Melanchrinae, Cucullianae, and Acronyctinae normally from the middle of the cell, and very weakly developed; in the other subfamilies it is from near the lower angle, and more or less strong. In the forewing the slight variations in the origin of 6 and 7 do not appear of generic value. Rarely, as in Avteta, 6 arises from the areole. The separation of 10 is more con- stant, and should it become connate with 8, 9 this may usually be depended on as a generic character; this is in fact the first step towards.the obsolescence of the areole. In the forewing 3 and 4 are very rarely stalked, but this occurs less a. 122 rarely in the hindwing; 6 and 7 of the hindwing are rarely stalked; in some groups the anastomosis of 8 with;the cell may occur as far as its middle. Vein 5 of the hindwings is the second branch of the median, and in the pupal wing is supplied from the median trachea. During the maturation of the wing the median trachea disappears, and as a consequence vein 5 either atrophies in its original position, or is captured by a branch of the cubital trachea, and in its origin becomes deflected towards the lower angle of the cell. According to which alternative occurs we: may primarily divide the Noctuidae into Trifinae and Quadrifinae, but the distinction is not absolute. In some Acronyctinae vein 5 arises from much below the middle, but is always weak, and in the Hrastrianae many intermediate positions occur, together with a varying degree of development of the vein. It is in fact impossible to separate the subfamilies adopted by Hampson by absolute distinctions, or only by dis- tinctions of relatively trivial importance, such as the spining of the tibiae, the hairiness of the eyes, the rough scaling of the forewings, etc.—characters which in other families occur in nearly related genera. I have, however, adopted Hampson’s subfamilies, as they appear on the whole to represent natural groups, and no better classification pre- sents itself; but I think they should be regarded rather as sections or tribes not sharply defined. Some of the generic characters admitted by Hampson are not in my judgment to be trusted, for instance the scaling of the thorax, and some of the finer distinctions in the shape of the frons and of the thoracic crests. I have endeavoured to apply all generic characters with consistency; fine distinction may be sometimes admissable, but they must be real, not imaginary. I must confess that I find some of Hampson’s characters inappreciable, and I would rather retain large genera than break them up by characters which fail in practice. The secondary sexual characters of the male are seldom of generic value in the Noctuidae, being often extraordinarily different in closely related species. I have therefore not considered it necessary to describe theni, more especially as they have been given by Hampson with much fulness and accuracy. Species marked with a + I have not been able to examine. | Subfam. AGARISTINAE. These are usually regarded as a distinct family, the Agaristidae. They are, however, simply day-flying Noctuidae, separable from that family by no struetural character. Sir George Hampson indeed finds such a character in the ‘ naa *) =» ees > ee , a ' 123 ‘ antennae, which are ‘‘more or less distinctly dilated towards extremity.’”’ Antennae so dilated, and hooked also at the apex, are certainly prsent in such genera as Burgena, ’ Comocrus, Phalaenoides, Agarista, and others. But in Cruria, which is closely allied to these genera, and has the antennae similarly hooked, it needs an effort of the imagin- ation to discover any dilatation. Again in Argyrolepidia, which Hampson includes in the Agaristidae, the antennae are no more dilated than in J/daluma, which he excludes from the family. If Hampson’s criterion were correct the species tetrapleura, which he makes a Phalaenoides, would have to be excluded also, for its antennae are filiform. The antennal differences, where real, are of no more than generic value, and to make them a basis of family distinction is an artificial device, which widely separates genera, which are naturally very closely allied. Hence it is that the Australian species are found in Hampson’s work partly in the third and partly in the ninth volume. I am unable even to define the group as a subfamily, although it is certainly a natural group, and should be treated -as such. The alternative would drive us to place Hutricho- pidia, with its hairy eyes, in the Melanchrinae, and Cruria, with its spiny tibiae, in the Agrotinae, which would be alte gether unnatural. 1. Abdomen stout, with dense lateral tufts of long hair from apical segments... 10. Hecatesia . Abdomen normal, without jane lateral tufts... 2. 2. Forewing with 8, 9, 10 stalked Frc om ar areole 3. Forewing with 10 oe separately from areole ... ‘ : . Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum Posterior tibiae smooth- sealed . . Posterior tibiae spiny ... .. i Posterior tibiae without spines . Eyes hairy ON 0 Eyes not hairy AT US . Abdomen with dorsal ‘crests on 3 or “4 segments Abdomen not crested, « or on first segment only Pi ee . Frons with truncate conical prominence with raised rim at apex ... Ftons with bluntly pointed conical pro- minence 8. Frons with truncate eonical prominence with raised rim at apex... ... ... ... 9. Frons not so formed ... Ty, s SO sts as 9. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum Be ti ew Posterior tibiae smooth ... ... ... ... II. Comocrus . Cruria . Burgena Eutrichopidia an nn » w& Se ee “I =] . Periopta OO: Op . Argyrolepidia 124 10. Palpi short. (less than 2), terminal joint hay ose 7. Periscepta Palpi moderately long (over 2), Germinal joint smooth .. .. .. 68, Phalaenoides 11. Abdomen with basal dorsal crest ... .... 12. Radinocera Abdomen without basal crest ... 12; 12. Antennae thickened beyond middle cand . hooked at apex ... . O. Ara Antennae filiform and not hooked ... .... 11. Idalima 13. Frons rounded and covered with ‘Jong rough hairs is 13. Agaristodes Frons with long acute flattened corneous process ) “raiet second joint shortly rough-haired beneath; terminal joint moderate or rather long, smooth. Thorax with a rounded anterior and small posterior crest. Abdomen without crests. Anterior tibiae shorter than first tarsal joint, broad, with numerous strong spines on sides and apex. Middle and pos- terior tibiae with numerous spines; posterior tibiae smooth, with some long hairs towards base of dorsum. Neuration normal. Closely allied to Agrotis, from which it differs only in the structure of the frons. sell wart a ee ad 133 radians, Gn. porphyricollis, Gn.; of this transversa, Wlk.: Char. Undesc. Lep., p. 70, is a synonym. +repanda, Wik. + interjectionis, Gn. 9. Gen. AcGrotis, Ochs. Frons not projecting. Palpi rather long, ascending ; second joint shortly rough-haired beneath; terminal joint moderate, smooth. Thorax with a rounded anterior and small posterior crests. Abdomen not crested. Anterior tibiae shorter than first tarsal joint, broad, with numerous strong spines on sides and apex. Middle and posterior tibiae with. numerous spines; posterior tibiae smooth with long hairs on basal part of dorsum. Neuration normal. poliotis, Hmps. ypsilon, Roths. infusa, Bdv.; slightly variable; I have no doubt that spina, Gn., is a synonym, though Hampson places the two in different genera. 10. Gen. GrapHiPHoRA, Ochs. Frons not, or only slightly, projecting. Palpi moderately long, ascending ; second joint thickened, with rather smoothly appressed hairs, especially towards apex, which is expanded ; terminal joint moderate, smooth, often porrect. Thorax with rounded anterior crest. Abdomen with long hairs at base of dorsum but without crests. Anterior tibiae longer than first tarsal joint, not expanded at apex, with a series of fine spines on inner edge, and one or two on outer edge near apex. Middle and posterior tibiae with numerous spines; posterior tibiae smooth, hairy on dorsum except towards apex. Neuration normal. Differs from Agrotis in the anterior tibiae and palpi. A large cosmopolitan genus. compta, W1k. 11. Gen. Propatria, Hmps. Frons rounded-conical, projecting, at its apex a shallow circular depression with raised’edge. Palpi rather long; second joint obliquely ascending, densely rough-haired beneath ; terminal joint porrect, rather long, smooth. Thorax with rounded anterior crest. Abdomen not crested. Anterior tibiae longer than first tarsal joint, with a single strong anterior apical claw, without spines. Middle and posterior tibiae with one or two spines towards apex; posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Neuration normal. neuroides, Swin. mundoides, Low.: Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1893, p. 152. 134 12. Gen. Protruxoa, Hmps. Frons rounded, slightly projecting. Palpi rather long, ascending; second joint shortly rough-haired beneath; terminal joint moderate or long, smooth, sometimes porrect. Thorax with rounded anterior and small posterior crest. Abdomen without crests. Anterior tibiae without spines. Posterior tibiae with one or two spines, and with long hairs on dorsum. Neuration normal. I can see no sufficient reason for distinguishing Yctopatria, Hmps., from this genus. + mniodes, Low.: Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1901, ‘p. 642. amauwrodes, Low.: l.c., p. 642. paurogramma, Low.: l.c., p. 643. + spilonota, Low.: l.c., p. 641. swb- rufescens, Wlk. aspera, Wlk. wmbrosa, Hmps. loxosema, Turn.: Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., 1908, p. 55. spodias, Turn: -.t.¢., p,. 06. 13. Gen. ANDRODES, nov. (évdewdys, masculine), Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, ascending ; second joint thickened, with loosely appressed scales; terminal joint short, smooth, obtuse. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Anterior tibiae without spines. Posterior tibiae with a few spines; in male densely hairy, in female hairy on dorsum. Wings of male wholly or partly covered with modified scales on underside. Neuration normal. The two following species with their spineless anterior tibiae are quite out of place in the genus Agrotis. They are more nearly allied to Protewzxoa. tibtata, Gn.; type. hypochalchis, Turn. Subfam. MELANCHRINAE. (Polianae, Hmps.) I am unable to accept Hampson’s name for this group and many of his generic distinctions. For a discussion of the points involved I would refer the student to a paper by Mr. K. Meyrick, F.R.S., in the Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, 1912, p. 88. 1. Thorax and abdomen without crests Thorax and abdomen with crests ve 2. Frons projecting, a large apical depression with raised edges containing a central, truncate, corneous Bree ot, A Frons not so formed 3. 3. Posterior tibiae smooth OV eo ee Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum ... 4. Leweania 5 7 # bo . Metopiora 4, Abdomen with small crest on hem seg- ment only ... Sey Abdomen with more ‘than one crest . 135 5. Tongue short and weakly ene 2. Brithys Tongue strong 6. 6. Abdomen with lateral tufts ‘of hair, “more developed in male ... . «we 6. Dasygaster Abdomen without lateral tutta . 6. Sideridis 7. Thorax with sharp, ridge-like anterior crest . iy 17. Eiracola Thorax with rounded anterior pest. | 8. Melanchra 1. Gen. Metoriora, Meyr. Tongue short and weakly developed. Frons projecting, with a large circular apical depression with raised rim con- taining a central circular truncate corneous process. Palpi short, ascending; second joint with ‘short loosely appressed hairs; terminal joint small, slender. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Neura- tion normal. sanguinata, Luce. 2. Gen. Britnys, Hb. .Tongue short and weakly developed. Frons rounded, very slightly projecting. Palpi short, obliquely ascending ; second joint densely rough-haired; terminal joint minute, concealed. Thorax with small posterior crest. Abdomen with small crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Neuration normal. crim, Fab. 3. Gen. Mexiana, Curt. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, obliquely ascend- ing; second joint with loosely appressed hairs; terminal joint short. Thorax and abdomen not crested. Posterior tibiae smooth. Neuration normal. Type, fammea, Curt. Hampson describes the frons as showing a rounded prominence, which is not the case in the Australian species. However this may be, the smooth pos- terior tibiae should be made the distinction between this genus and Leucama. lewinui, Butl. scottt, Butl. microsticta, Turn.: Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1909, p. 341. 4. Gen. Leucanra, Ochs. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, porrect or obliquely ascending; second joint with loosely appressed hairs; terminal joint small. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Neuration normal. eruegert, Butl. melanopasta, Turn. - i) Claes 136 5. Gen. DasycGaster, Gn. Frons not projecting. Palpi rather long, ascending; second joint densely rough-haired beneath; terminal joint moderate or rather long, smooth. Thorax with rounded anterior and small or moderate posterior crests. Abdomen with small crest on basal segment ; in male covered with woolly hair; with lateral tufts, longer in male. Posterior tibiae hairy. Neuration normal. eugrapha, UHmps. liguplena, Wk. + nephelistis, Hmps. hollandiae, Gn. epundoides, Gu. reversa, Moore. DASYGASTER EPIPOLIA, n. sp. (émuroduos, grizzled). @, 46 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish, densely irrorated with dark fuscous. Antennae fuscous, near base whitish. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish, irrorated with fus- cous. Forewings elongate, costa very slightly arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen slightly bowed, slightly oblique, crenulate; whitish, densely irrorated with fuscous; markings fuscous, nearly obsolete; some longitudinal streaks on and between veins; reniform indistinctly outlined; a terminal series of interneural dots; cilia fuscous with indistinct basal, median, and terminal whitish lines. Hindwings with termen sinuate and crenulate; fuscous; cilia whitish with a sub-basal fuscous line. Underside of forewings fuscous; of hindwings whitish with fuscous irroration, round discal spot, and terminal band. The male may have more developed markings. The species may be recognized by the large size, and elongate and uni- formly grey forewings. Type in Coll. Goldfinch. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000 ft.), in January; one specimen. 6. Gen. SipDERIDIS, Hb. Frons not projecting. Palpi rather long, ascending; second joint with loosely appressed hairs or slightly rough ; terminal joint moderate or rather long, sometimes porrect. Thorax with rounded anterior and small posterior crest. Abdomen with small crest on basal segment; slightly or densely hairy. Posterior tibiae densely hairy, or at least hairy on dorsum. Neuration normal. A cosmopolitan genus for which Mr. Meyrick prefers the name Aletia, Hb. It is the genus most developed in Aus- tralia, and presents slight differences in the palpi and in the hairiness of the abdomen and legs. The basal abdominal crest is often concealed and difficult of observation. eboriosa, Gu. +} costalis, Wlk. obusta, Gn. dratrecta, Butl. tuda, Gn. abdominalis, Wik. dasycnema, Turn.: 137 Mem. Nat. Mus., Melb.,:iv., p. 21 (1912). Jleucosta, Low. leucosphenia, B-Bak. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Ingham ; one specimen, in Coll. Goldfinch. rhodopsara, Turn.: Ann. Q’land Mus., x., p. 62 (1911). cata, Wlk.; of this adjuncta, Wik.: Char. Undesc. Lep., p. 68, is a synonym (nec Hmps., v., p. 489). exarans, Luc.: Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1893, p. 141; of this orthomita, Turn.: Trans. Roy. Soc. §. Austr., 1908, p. 56, is a synonym. decisissima, WI1k.; of this awreola, Luc.: Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1889, p. 1097, is a synonym. porphyrodes, Turn.: Ann. Q’land Mus., x., p. 63 (1911). acontosema, Turn. yu, Gn. venalba, Moore. dentosa, Turn.: /.c., p. 62 (1911). Jloreys, Dup. polysticha, Turn. szanthosticha, Turn.: l.c., p. 64 (1911). wnipuncta, Haw. subsignata, Moore. obwm- brata, Luc. irregularis, Wik. ewingu, Westw. This species is the type of Persectama, Hmps., a genus recognized both by Sir George Hampson and Mr. Meyrick, as dis- tinguished by the frons forming a slight rounded prominence with a corneous plate below it. Having rubbed off the palpi and frontal scales from examples of ewingiu, loreyi, and abdominalis, I can find no difference between them. SIDERIDIS VIBICOSA, n. sp. (vibicosus, full of small scars). 6, 35 mm. Head whitish with a few fuscous scales. Palpi 14, second joint with loosely appressed scales, terminal joint short; ochreous-whitish, outer surface of second joint partly suffused with grey, with slight fuscous irroration. Antennae grey, paler towards base. Thorax whitish-grey irrorated with fuscous. Abdomen pale grey. Legs pale grey with some fuscous irroration; anterior coxae densely hairy, with purple-grey irroration. Forewings with costa slightly arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen straight to near tornus, not oblique; whitish-grey suffused and irrorated with dark grey; paler towards base and costa; absence of irror- ation leaves a pale discal spot at 2, and a large number of pale transverse strigulae in posterior part of disc; cilia dark grey with a pale basal line. Hindwings with termen wavy; whitish, towards margins suffused with grey; cilia grey with whitish basal line, towards tornus wholly whitish. Although very inconspicuously coloured the numerous strigulae on forewings distinguish this from any Australian species. Hab. — Queensland: Brisbane, in September; one specimen. 7. Gen. Trracota, Moore. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderately long, ascend- ing; second joint with loosely appressed hairs beneath; 138 terminal joint short, smooth, porrect. Thorax with a sharp, ridge-like anterior and a small posterior crest. Abdomen with small crests on first two segments. Posterior tibiae hairy on. dorsum. Neuration normal. plagiata, W1k. 8. Gen. MreLtancura, Hb. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, ascending ; second joint shortly rough-haired beneath; terminal joint moderate, smooth. Thorax with rounded anterior and small posterior crests. Abdomen with several crests on basal segments. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Neuration normal. Another large cosmopolitan genus. consanguis, Gn. + dictyota, Low. sxanthocosma, Turn. ‘Subfam. CUCULLIANAE. This group is very scantily represented in Australia. 1. Frons with a anon conical, pend DLOMIDSTICE teal eee te coe .. 1, ‘Garoprora Frons not projecting . eli o>. 2. Tegulae forming a sharp dorsal ridge .. 2. Newmichtis Tegulae not so formed... .,. .. 3. Humichtis’ 1. Gen. Gyroprora, Turn.: Ann. Q’land Mus., x., p. 64 (1911). Frons with a strong, obtusely pointed, corneous, conical prominence. Antennae of male bipectinated to apex. Palpi moderately long, porrect; second joint shortly rough-haired beneath; terminal joint moderate, smooth. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae densely hairy. Neuration normal. Probably allied to the European A por op ngs Gn. ochrias, Turn.: J.c., p. 64 (1911). 2. Gen. Neumicutis, Hmps. Frons not projecting. Palpi rather long, ascending; second joint rough-haired beneath; terminal joint moderate, smooth. Thorax with a sharp, ridge-like, anterior crest formed by tegulae and a small bifid posterior crest. Abdomen with a series of dorsal crests. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Neuration of forewings normal. Hindwings with 5 weakly developed from below middle of cell (4). triguncta, WI1k. NEUMICHTIS ARCHEPHANES, D.. sp. (apxepavys, of chiefly appearance). Q9,48mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dark fuscous, densely irrorated with white. Antennae dark fuscous. Adwloread 139 grey mixed with whitish, crests fuscous. Legs fuscous with whitish irroration. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa nearly straight, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique, crenulate ; fuscous-grey ; markings white edged with blackish ; a dentate sub-basal line from costa near base to fold; a crenu- late, outwardly oblique line from +} costa to 2 dorsum ; orbicular and reniform very distinct, the former large, 8-shaped, the latter still larger, kidney-shaped ; claviform obsolete; a post- median fascia, its inner edge angled outwards beneath costa and on vein 2, outer edge less distinct, veins crossing it partly blackish, a fine dentate subterminal line, bent outwards and more sharply dentate between veins 3 and 4; triangular blackish terminal dots between veins; cilia grey with some whitish irroration, and finely barred with white opposite veins. Hindwings with termen gently rounded, irregularly waved ; fuscous with darker lines on veins; costa whitish; a blackish terminal line obsolete towards tornus; cilia grey, bases whitish, apices white. Underside of forewings fuscous with two dark lines before termen; of hindwings whitish irrorated with fuscous, with large fuscous discal lunule and_ terminal band. Nearly allied to trijuncta, Wlk., but considerably larger, the antemedian line crenulate, more oblique, running to mid- dorsum, projections on postmedian line bluntly rounded. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000 ft.), in January; one specimen. 3. Gen. Eumicutis, Hb. Frons not projecting. Palpi rather long, ascending; second joint densely rough-haired beneath; terminal joint moderate, smooth. Thorax with a rounded anterior and bifid posterior crest. Abdomen with a series of dorsal crests. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Neuration of forewings normal. Hindwings with 5 from below middle of cell (4). sepultriz, Gn. saliaris, Gn. mesophaea, Hmps. t extima, Wk. Subfam. ACRONYCTINAE. This is a most difficult group, and I cannot expect that the following revision will be found completely satisfactory. The length of the cell and the point of origin of vein 5 in the hindwings sometimes furnish good generic characters. The last is expressed numerically ; for instance, 4 connotes that 5 arises from 4 of the distance between the lower and upper angle of the cell reckoning from the former. I include here the genus Amyna. 1. Abdomen with one or more dorsal crests 2. Abdomen without crests ... ... 3 OT 0O 10. . Hindwings with cell 2 . Hindwings with 5 140 . Abdomen with three or more dorsal crests Abdomen with basal crest only. or (rarely) a crest also on second segment . . Hindwi vings with 8 anastomosing with cell at 4 Hindwings with 8 anastomosing or cell before + TED | eae Hindwings with cell 4 or less bs . Forewing with subapical dorsal tuft Forewing without dorsal tuft . . Forewing with areole absent Forewing with areole present . Palpi moderate, porrect Palpi long, appressed to heer exceeding vertex: E . Thorax with Faerie Crean ey ee Thorax without anterior crest ... . Frons with rounded prominence Frons without prominence Forewings with 8, 9, 10 stalked “from areole ... Forewings w ith 10 arising from areole sepa rately . Palpi with first and second joints triangu- larly dilated Palpi not so formed . Thorax crested Thorax not crested ; . Frons projecting . Frons not projecting ... . Frontal prominence with circular ‘apical depression Frontal prominence without apical de- pression LBA ne sad Biteae . Frontal depression ‘minute . Frontal depression large and containing an acute corneous process . Hindwings with 8 anastomosing with cell at 4 : ‘ Boninanes with 8 anastomosing: before L from much _ below midddle (4) Hindwings with 5 from middle of cell . . Frontal prominence pointed Frontal prominence rounded . Hindwings with discocellulars angled Hindwings with discocellulars not angled . Palpi with third joint porrect . Palpi with third joint erect . Abdomen with Pere ere wns 0 of: hair Abdomen smooth . . Palpi smooth Palpi rough eae . Thorax crested Thorax without, or with only very ‘small rudimentary crests ... a achia! : gutian 3. he PD DWH Oo o_o PP SUMO Sb Ov Ree aan ae 7 “% s °F, wy, Ht Magusa Cosmodes . M usothyma Eriopus Data . Cycloprora . Pansemna . Euplexia . Calogramma . Prodenia . Thegalea . M finihis . Thalatha . Hypoperigea . Leucogoma . Metazxanthia . Spodoptera . Namangana . Phaeopyra . Acronycta . Chasmina . Amyna 41. 43. hairy on dorsum. Forewings normal. about 4; 8 anastomosing with cell at 4. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Cairns. . Frons with a large apical depression, 141 . Frons not projecting Frons projecting . Thorax with anterior cr est) Thorax without anterior crest . . Anterior thoracic crest triangular, ‘acute Anterior thoracic crest rounded . Palpi with terminal joint porrect . Palpi with termina] joint erect t yes fo is with dense lateral tufts “ Abdomen without lateral idee ee . Patagia elongate ... Patagia not elongate .. . Posterior tibiae smooth Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum . Frons with minute apical depression Frons without apical depression . Frons acutely preectina at lower edge ... Frons rounded . Tongue weak or absent, neuration normal Tongue strongly developed, tae without areole . ‘ van . Frons with apical depression Frons without apical sense . Frons projecting Frons not projecting ... . Tongue weakly developed . Tongue strongly developed ies in its centre a corneous process oa Frons not so formed . Anterior tibiae with an apical claw Anterior tibiae without claw . Posterior tibiae smooth Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum . Tongue weak or absent Tongue strongly developed . Palpi slender, male antennae be pectinate Palpi thickened with loose hairs, antennae pectinate to apex ... Posterior tibiae smooth me! Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum male . Hindwings with 5 from well below middle Hindwings with 5 from middle of cell . Palpi with second joint dilated towards apex Palpi with second joint not dilated . 1. Gen. Macusa, WIk. . Lophocalama . Luperina . Phaeomorpha . Peripyra . Zalissa Diplonephra . Paromphale . Eccleta . Aucha . Prometopus . Eremochroa . Micropia . Azenia . Dinoprora _ . Calophasidia . Aegle . Omphaletis Sesamia . Bathytricha . Radinogoés . Caradrina . Leucocosmia . Callyna Frons not projecting. Palpi long, ascending, exceeding vertex ; second joint with appressed hairs; terminal joint long. Thorax with rounded anterior and small bifid posterior crests. Abdomen with four or five dorsal crests. Posterior tibiae olivaria, Hmps. tenebrosa, Moore. Hindwings with cell ey i 142 if 2. Gen. Cosmopzs, Gn. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, ascending ; second joint with loosely appressed hairs; terminal joint short. Thorax with large anterior and posterior crests. Abdomen with a large dorsal crest on third segment and minute crests on first two segments. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Forewings with small tornal projection. Neuration normal. Hindwings with cell 2. elegans, Don. 3. Gen. Musotuyma, Meyr. Frons with slight rounded projection. Palpi long, slender, obliquely ascending ; second joint rough-scaled; terminal joint rather long. Thorax with small posterior crest. Abdomen with dorsal crests on first three segments, that on third segment large. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings with a dorsal tuft before tornus; areole minute or absent, 7 and 10 arising separ- ately from cell. Hindwings with discocellulars angled, 5 from _ below middle (3), 8 anastomosing with cell at t. cyanastis, Meyr. 4. Gen. Erioprus, Treit. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, obliquely ascending, not appressed to frons; second joint rough-haired beneath and also above towards apex; terminal joint moderate, porrect. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen with large crests on three basal segments. Posterior tibiae densely hairy. Forewings with a small dorsal scale-tuft before tornus. Neuration normal. Huind- wings with cell 2; 5 from below middle (4). ferruginea, Hmps. (my example has no abdominal crests, but they may have been denuded). rivularis, Wlk. mazl- lardi, Gn. 5. Gen. Data, WIk. Frons not projecting. Palpi long, ascending, appressed to frons, exceeding vertex; second joint with loosely appressed hairs; terminal joint long, erect. Thorax with rounded anterior and bifid posterior crests. Abdomen with dorsal crests on three or four basal segments. Posterior tibiae — densely hairy. Forewings with small dorsal scale-tuft before tornus. Neuration normal. Hindwings with cell 2; 5 from slightly below middle. | thalpophiloides, W1k. : 6. Gen. PANSEMNA, nov. (zavoeuvos, very stately). Frons not projecting. Palpi very long, ascending, appressed to frons, much exceeding vertex; second joint 143 slightly roughened; terminal joint very long (% of second joint). Thorax with anterior and posterior crests. Abdomen with dorsal crests on three or four basal segments. Posterior tibiae hairy. Forewings with 8, 9, 10 stalked from areole. Hindwings with 5 from below middle (4). Clearly defined by the long-stalking of vein 10 of fore- wings. beryllodes, Turn. 7. Gen. Eupiexia, Stph. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, ascending; second joint rough-haired; terminal joint moderate. Thorax with rounded or bifid anterior and bifid posterior crests. Abdomen with dorsal crests on three or four basal segments. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Forewings normal. Hindwings with 5 from below middle. ' A large cosmopolitan genus, for which the name Luplexia may be conveniently adopted for the present, though no doubt it will be ultimately superseded. To it I refer the Australian species which Hampson places under Trachea (except smaragdistis, which is a Phaeopyra) and Perigea. There are slight specific differences in the form of the thoracic crests and in the length of the palpi, but any attempts to base generic definitions on these will, I think, break down in practice. ttorrhoa, Meyr. + trichroma, Meyr. bryochlora, Meyr. consummata, Wilk. prolifera, Wik. adamantina, Turn. jf signata, Low. polycmeta, Turn. callisina, Turn. leucostigma, Turn. + callichroa, Low. + melanops, Low. dolorosa, Wlk. aroana, B-Bak. capensis, Gn. euarmosta, Turn.: Ann. Q’land Mus., x., p. 65 (1911). asbolodes, Turns: 46.5. 66. : EUPLEXIA DOCIMA, n. Sp. (doximos, excellent). 3,34 mm. Head white; face with a transverse median black bar. Palpi black; apex and inner surface of second joint white; terminal joint white. Antennae dark fuscous, towards base white. Thorax white; bases of tegulae, outer edges of patagia, a transverse median bar, and base of pos- terior crest black. Abdomen whitish with median dorsal and lateral series of blackish dots; tuft whitish, at base blackish. Legs whitish; tibiae and tarsi annulated with blackish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa slightly arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen bowed, moderately oblique; white with black markings; a basal line; a sub- basal line from costa, outwardly oblique, bent sharply inwards below middle to near base of dorsum; closely following this 144 a leaden-grey fascia mixed with brownish towards costa, with a strong posterior projection above middle; a line from + costa obliquely outwards to fold, where it runs into clavi- form; a subcostal spot at 4 representing orbicular; seven costal spots, the first connected with a subcostal spot posterior to it, the fifth and sixth connected with a short transverse streak; five dorsal spots, above the fourth a short oblique streak bifurcating above, and preceded by a leaden-grey suffusion ; a thin crescentic line with concavity outwards repre- senting reniform; a blotch containing some leaden-grey and white scales posterior to this; three angular submarginal spots preceded by a slight grey suffusion ; cilia white, sharply barred with black. Hindwings with termen rounded; fuscous; dorsal area suffused with white; a darker postmedian line; cilia fuscous with several white bars. | Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney (Hornsby), in March; one specimen in Coll. Lyell. 8. Gen. CycLoPpRoRa, nov. (kuxAotpwpos, with rounded prow). Frons with rounded or somewhat conical prominence. Palpi moderate, ascending, appressed to frons; second joint slightly roughened anteriorly; terminal joint short. Thorax with rounded anterior and small posterior crests. Abdomen with a small dorsal crest on basal segment and minute crests on second and third segments. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Neuration normal. nodyna, Turn. 9. Gen. Motvena, WI1k. Frons with truncate conical prominence, at its apex a small circular depression. Palpi short, porrect; second joint smooth ; terminal joint minute. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen with a small dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Forewings normal. Hund- wings with cell 4; 8 anastomosing with cell at 4. Allied to Thalatha. guttalis, W1k. MOLVENA HIEROGLYPHICA, N. sp. d,23 mm. Head white; lower margin of face and apex of frontal process blackish. Palpi blackish, apices white. Antennae fuscous. Thorax white; a median spot on tegulae and outer edge of patagia towards base blackish. Abdomen grey; basal crest and apical segments fuscous; tuft ochreous- whitish. Legs dark fuscous mixed with whitish. Forewings rather broadly triangular, costa gently arched, apex rect- angular, termen bowed, only slightly oblique; white with 145 sharply defined black markings; a short median bar from base; a transverse bar from costa at’ § nearly touching the preceding ; a bar from costa before iniddle narrowing in cell, and bent forward in a right angle to posterior end of cell, a costal dot at %; a triangular mark on mid-dorsum; an oblique quadrangular elongate bar from tornus; an irregular blotch at apex; cilia white, on markings blackish. Hind- wings with termen rounded; white; an apical fuscous blotch ; cilia white, on apex fuscous. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Claudie River, in Decem- ber; one specimen, taken by Mr. J. A. Kershaw. Type in National Museum, Melbourne. 10. Gen. THauatHa, Wlk. Frons with rounded prominence, at its ap2x a small circular depression. Palpi rather short, obliquely ascend- ing; second joint with appressed hairs; terminal joint short. Thorax with a posterior crest. Abdomen with a small dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Forewings normal. Hindwings with cell 4; 8 anastomosing with cell before 4. Hampson describes the thorax as without crests, but one is present in the Australian species. psorallina, Low. 11. Gen. Acronycta, Ochs. Tongue strong. Frons not projecting. Palpi long, ascending, exceeding vertex; second joint roughened anteriorly; terminal joint moderate or long. Thorax not crested. Abdomen with small dorsal crests on two basal seg- ments, and lateral tufts on apical segments. Posterior tibiae ae dorsum. Bese yines normal. Hindwings with cell over fasciata, Moore. Hampson refers this to Craniphora, but it has only two abdominal crests, and that on second segment is minute. It agrees with Acrony ycta, except that the terminal joint of the palpi is unusually long (over }). ACRONYCTA PHAEOCOSMA, I. sp. (pavoxoopos, with dusky ornament). 3, 9, 40 mm. Head and thorax dark fuscous, irror- ated with whitish. Palpi whitish ; second joint dark fuscous, except at base and apex; terminal joint short (4+). Antennae fuscous; in male simple.. Abdomen fuscous mixed with whitish; legs fuscous, mixed with whitish; anterior and middle tibiae with two dark fuscous rings ; tarsi whitish, annulated with dark fuscous. Forewings with 146 costa gently arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen bowed, scarcely oblique; dark fuscous more or less irrorated with whitish, markings dark fuscous; a triangular basal spot; a dark suffusion on base of dorsum and several indistinct dark spots on basal part of costa; an indistinctly double finely-waved line from 4 costa to 2? dorsum; beyond this a whitish fascia containing a small orbicular, outlined with dark fuscous and with a central dot; an angular median line twice dentate outwards, triangularly thickened towards margins and between dentations; reniform rather large, slenderly outlined, with a fine central line, its posterior margin nearly straight, connected by a line with dorsum at 2; a finely dentate double posterior line from 2 costa, at first curved outwards, then inwards, towards dorsum, obscured by dark suffusion ; a fine streak from median line along vein 2 nearly to termen; a whitish dentate subterminal line followed by some wedge-shaped spots; some small terminal dots; cilia whitish with dark-fuscous bars. Hindwings grey; a faintly darker postmedian line. Underside grey-whitish ; both wings with dark-fuscous spot on costa before middle and postmedian line. : en Allied to A. fasciata, but much darker, without basal streak on forewing, and terminal joint of palpi shorter. _ Hab. — Queensland: Montville, Blackall Range (1,500 ft.), in March; two specimens. 12. Gen. CaLocRamma, Gn. Frons not projecting. Palpi rather short, ascending; basal and second joints somewhat rough-haired, triangularly dilated; terminal joint short. Thorax with a small bifid posterior crest. Abdomen with dorsal crests on three basal segments. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. . Forewings normal. Hindwings with cell 4; discdcellulars angled, 5 from below angle. festiva, Don. 13. Gen. PRopENIA, Gn. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, ascending, appressed to frons; second joint with loosely appressed hairs, slightly roughened anteriorly; terminal joint short. Thorax with small anterior and bifid posterior crest. Abdomen with ‘dorsal crests on three basal segments. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Forewings normal. Hindwings with cell 4; discocellulars angled, 5 from below angle. litura, Fab, 14. Gen. SpopopTerRa, Gn. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate or rather long, appressed to frons; second joint smooth-scaled, slightly 147 roughened anteriorly; terminal joint rather short. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen with a dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Fore- wings normal. Hindwings with cell 4; discocellulars angled, 5 from below angle. Laphygma is not tenable as a distinct genus; in exigua 3 and 4 of hindwings are usually stalked, but this is incon- stant. No reliance can be placed on the less broadly hairy anterior tibiae, for there are intermediates in other species; still less in the slightly narrower forewings. umbraculata, Wk. mauritia, Bdv. leucophlebia, Hmps. The distribution of this species is curious, but it is certainly endemic in Australia. I have three examples, one from Melville Island, Northern Territory, and two from Brisbane. exempta, Wik. exigua, Hb. 15. Gen. THEGALEA, nov. (@yyaXcos, sharp). Frons prominent, conical, with a large circular apical depression with raised edges, in its centre an acute corneous process. - Palpi rather long, slender, porrect; second joint shortly rough-scaled; terminal joint rather long. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen with a small dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings normal. Hindwings with 5 from shortly above lower angle of cell (4). haemmorhanta, Turn. 16. Gen. Hypopericea, Hmps. Frons with rounded prominence. Palpi moderate, ascending; second joint rough-haired; terminal joint moder- ately short. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen with a dorsal crest on basal segment, and sometimes a small crest on second segment. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Forewings normal. Hindwings with cell $; 5 from well below middle (4). : tonsa, Gn. This species varies in the development of reddish scales on forewings; they may be absent. 17. Gen. Namaneana, Steger. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate or rather long, ascending; second joint: rough-haired; terminal joint short or rather long, porrect. Thorax with rounded anterior and . small posterior crests. Abdomen with dorsal crest: on basal segment. Posterior tibiae hairy. Neuration normal. + minor, Butl. + albirena, Hmps. 148 NAMANGANA DELOGRAPHA, 0. sp. (dnAoypados, clearly engraved). 3, 36 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-whitish, irror- ated with dark fuscous. Palpi rather long (2); ochreous- whitish irrorated with dark fuscous. Antennae whitish finely barred with fuscous; in male simple, minutely ciliated, with shightly longer bristles. Abdomen whitish, irrorated with grey. Legs fuscous irrorated, and tibiae and tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa nearly straight, apex round-pointed, termen slightly bowed, slightly oblique; fuscous irrorated with whitish so as to appear grey, and with some pale-ochreous scales, especially on fold, and on a median streak posterior to reniform; markings whitish partly outlined with fuscous; sub-basal line indicated by costal and subcostal spots; antemedian at +, transverse, interrupted ; orbicular circular with a dark central dot; reni- form 8-shaped with two included dark dots, incomplete beneath; several white dots on terminal third of costa; post- median slender, sinuate; subterminal slender, indented in middle; a terminal series of blackish lunules preceded by whitish; cilia fuscous, apices barred with ochreous-whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded; white; a few fuscous scales on veins; cilia white with an interrupted fuscous line before middle. Underside whitish with fuscous irroration towards costa and termen ; forewings on male with long whitish hairs on under-surface of cell. A distinct and neatly-marked species. The palpi are long for this genus, but some other species approach it in this respect. Type in Coll. Goldfinch. Hab.—New South Wales.: Bourke; one male from the late Mr. Helms’ collection. Western Australia: Dowerin ; one female from Mr. L. J. Newman. 18. Gen. Luperina, Bdv. Frons not projecting. Palpi long, obliquely ascending ; second joint with rough hairs anteriorly and also posteriorly at apex; terminal joint long, porrect. Thorax with rounded anterior and small posterior crest. Abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae hairy. Neuration normal. | Allied to Vamangana, from which it differs in the absence of basal abdominal crest, but agrees in the structure of the palpi. The European ZL. testacea, Schiff., which is nearly allied to the type, has the tongue rather short and weak, and the thorax clothed with hairs. In these respects it differs from the following species, but they are hardly sufficient for generic distinction. horologa, Meyr. -) a a. ps {saan 149 19. Gen. PHaropyra, Hmps. Frons not projecting. Palpi long, ascending; second joint roughened anteriorly ; terminal joint moderate. Thorax with rounded anterior and bifid posterior crests. Abdomen with a dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Neuration normal. : chloéroms, Turn. smaragdistis, Hmps. 20. Gen. PHAEOMORPHA, nov. (pa:opopdos, of dusky appearance). Frons not projecting. Palpi moderately long, ascend- ing, appressed to frons; second joint with appressed scales ; terminal joint moderate. Thorax with rounded anterior and dense posterior crest. Abdomen not crested. Posterior tibiae hairy. Neuration normal. Near Phaeopyra, from which it differs in the absence of basal abdominal crest. PHAEOMORPHA ACINETA, n. Sp. (dkuyTos, sluggish). 3o, 9, 35-40 mm. Head whitish, irrorated with dark fuscous, back of crown whitish-ochreous. Palpi ochreous- whitish, irrorated with dark fuscous. Antennae fuscous; in male with short ciliations (4) and longer bristles (2). Thorax, anterior half pale-brownish, posterior half grey. Abdomen dark grey. Legs fuscous; anterior and middle tibiae with median and apical whitish-ochreous rings; tarsi reddish-tinged with dark-fuscous annulations. Forewings with costa nearly straight, apex rounded-rectangular, termen straight, not oblique, rounded towards tornus; grey with grey-whitish suffusion, markings fuscous; a line from costa near base to fold; a number of short strigulae on costa; claviform repre- sented by a fuscous mark; orbicular faintly indicated ; reniform better marked, narrow, with a central line, preceded and followed by a dark dot; a very fine postmedian line, at first finely dentate, then bent inwards in a curve to ? dorsum; an indistinct pale subterminal line; a terminal series of dark pale-edged dots; cilia dark grey with whitish points. Hind- wings fuscous becoming grey towards base; cilia white with a sub-basal fuscous line not extending to tornus. Underside of forewings fuscous; of hindwings whitish with broad blackish terminal band. | Hab.—Queensland: Montville, Blackall Range (1,500 ft.), in March; two specimens. 21. Gen. Sesamia, Gn. Frons not projecting. Tongue very weak or absent. Palpi moderate or short, slender, ascending; second joint 150 shortly rough-haired; terminal joint short. Thorax covered with long loose hairs, not crested. Abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Forewings normal. Hind- wings with cell over 4; 5 from slightly below middle (2). exammis, Meyr. brunnea, Hmps. }+ albicostata, Low. 22. Gen. BaTuyrricwa, nov. (Gabvtpixos, with thick hair). Frons not projecting, covered with rough hairs. Antennae of male bipectinated to apex. Tongue absent. Palpi moderate, obliquely ascending; second joint shortly rough- haired above and beneath; terminal joint long. Thorax densely hairy, without crests. Abdomen not crested. Pos- terior tibiae hairy. Forewings normal. Hindwings with cell $; 5 from slightly below middle (2). 3 truncata, Wlk. This cannot be referred to Phragmati- phila, Hmps., better known as Vonagria, although it is allied, because it has no frontal projection. I have not seen the type of that genus, but in typhae the tongue appears suffi- ciently strongly developed. 23. Gen. LopHocaLamMa, Hmps. I have not been able to examine this genus, but it seems sufficiently distinct. The tongue is fully developed; thorax with a triangular anterior and double posterior crest ; whose without crest. 7 neuritis, Hmps. 3 24. Gen. PeRipyRa, Hmps. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, ascending ; second joint rough-scaled anteriorly, and with a small posterior terminal tuft; terminal joint rather long. Thorax with a small undivided posterior crest. Abdomen hairy, without crests, but with dense lateral tufts of hair. Posterior tibiae hairy. Neuration normal. . Allied to the New Zealand Bityla and the European Amphipyra, though the abdomen is less flattened; but this is in any case an unsatisfactory character. It agrees with them in the lateral abdominal tufts, but differs in the small, acute, posterior, thoracic crest. sanguimpuncta, Gn. [Hampson refers + atronitens, Wlk., to the genus Amphipyra, but as the Australian locality requires confirm- ation, I have omitted it. ] 151 25. Gen. DIPLONEPHRA, nov. (durAovedpos, with doubled kidneys). Frons not projecting. Palpi short, porrect; second joint rough-scaled ; terminal joint very short. Thorax with a dense posterior crest. Abdomen hairy but without crests. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Neuration normal. ditata, Luc. 26. Gen. CHAsmMINA, WIk. Frons -not projecting. Palpi moderate, ascending, appressed to frons; second joint smooth; terminal joint moderate. Thorax not crested. Abdomen smooth, with dorsal crest on basal segment, or sometimes (pulchra) on first two segments. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Forewings normal. Hindwings with cell from about 4; 5 from below middle (4 or 4). 5 tibialis, Fab. tenwilinea, Hmps. pulchra, Wk. 27. Gen. CaLLyna, Gn. Frons not projecting. Palpi rather long, ascending, appressed to frons; second joint smooth; terminal joint rather long. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Forewings normal. Hindwings with , 5 from below middle (4). Allied to Chasmina. leuconota, Low. monoleuca, Wlk. leucosticha, Turn.: Ann. Q’land Mus., x., p. 69 (1911). 28. Gen. PAROMPHALE, Hmps. Frons forming a truncate conical prominence with a minute depression at apex. Palpi moderately long, obliquely ascending; second joint with loosely appressed scales; terminal joint short. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae smooth. Fore- wings normal. Hindwings with cell over 4; 3 and 4 some- times short-stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell at }. caeca, Swin. pinodes, Turn. This is referable here, though’ Hampson places it in the genus Scotostena among the Erastrianae. 29. Gen. Eccueta, Turn. Frons with an acute projection at lower edge. Palpi long, ascending, appressed to frons, exceeding vertex; second joint with loosely appressed scales; terminal joint long. Thorax with a posterior crest. Abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae smooth with a few hairs on dorsum opposite median spurs and at apex. Forewings normal. MHindwings with cell 4. zuthophanes, Turn. 152 30. Gen. AvucHa, WIk. Frons forming a rounded projection. Palpi rather long, ascending, appressed to frons, exceeding vertex; second joint smooth; terminal joint rather long. Thorax with a smooth- scaled posterior crest. Abdomen not crested. Posterior tibiae smooth with a few hairs on dorsum opposite median spurs and at apex. Forewings normal. Huindwings with cell 4; 8 anastomosing with cell at 4. | iriphaenoides, Wilk. vesta, Swin. - 31. Gen. ERemocuroa, Meyr. Frons forming a truncate conical prominence, at its apex a small circular depression with raised edges. Tongue absent. Antennae of male bipectinated to apex. Palpi rather long, porrect; second” joint with loose hairs above and beneath; terminal joint hairy, rather short. Thorax with a posterior crest. Abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Forewings normal. Hindwings with cell over 4; 5 from slightly above middle. + psammias, Meyr. + thermidora, Hmps. macropa, Low. + paradesma, Low. alphitias, Meyr. 32. Gen. Micropia, Hmps. I have not examined this genus. Like Hremochroa it has the tongue aborted, but the frons forms a rounded pro- minence, and the tibiae are smooth. + rhodocentra, Low. 33. Gen. PRometopus, Gn. Frons with a strong truncate conical projection. Palpi long, obliquely ascending; second joint with loose spreading hairs above and beneath; terminal joint long, porrect. Thorax with a posterior crest. Abdomen not crested. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Forewings without areole, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Hindwings with cell over 4; 5 from below middle (4). : The following species stands alone in the Australian fauna. The other two Australian species referred to this genus by Hampson have the areole normally developed. inassueta, Gn. 34. Gen. CaLopHasip1a, Hmps. I have not examined this genus. It is sufficiently dis- tinguished by the hook on anterior tibiae., _ + lucala, Swin. + radiata, Swin. + dentifera, Hmps. 153 35. Gen. AzentaA, Grote. Allied to Aegle, but differing in the weak obsolescent tongue. + tusa, Swin. fT pura, Swin. 36. Gen. AEGLE, Hb. Frons projecting with a large apical depression with raised edges, from its centre an acute, vertically-flattened, bilobed, corneous process. fPalpi short, ascending; second joint rough- -scaled anteriorly; terminal joint short. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae smooth. Fore- wings normal. Hindwings with cell 2; 5 from slightly below middle (#). hedychroa, Turn. 37. Gen. OmMPHALETIS, Hmps. Frons projecting, containing a large apical depression with raised edges, in the centre of this a pointed or truncate corneous process. Palpi moderate, obliquely ascending ; middle joint slightly roughened ; terminal joint short. Thorax without crests or sometimes with a rudimentary double posterior crest. Abdomen not crested. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Neuration normal. florescens, Wik. heliosema, Low. muna, Gn. melo- dora, Low. metaneura, Hmps. + sarcomorpha, Low. + petrodora, ‘Low . 38. Gen. DinoprorA, nov. (d.voTpwpos, with rounded prow). Frons forming a strong rounded prominence. Palpi moderate, obliquely ascending; second joint slightly rough- ened ; terminal joint short. Thorax and abdomen not crested. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Neuration normal. endesma, Low.; type. sxerampelina, Turn. plinthina, Turn. ; 39. Gen. Rapinocoks, Butl. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, ascending ; second joint smooth; terminal joint short. Thorax and “abdomen not crested. Posterior tibiae rapa Forewings normal. Hindwings with cell over 4. Distinguished by the ele palpi and posterior tibiae. I should have adopted the name Prozenus, H-Sch., if Hamp- son had not figured the type with hairy posterior tibiae. tenuis, Butl. 40. Gen. LeucocosmiaA, Butl. Frons not projecting, in male a cleft corneous ridge on vertex covered with scales. Palpi rather long, ascending, 154 appressed to frons, reaching vertex; second joint smooth, but rough on anterior edge, strongly dilated anteriorly towards apex; terminal joint short. Thorax not crested. Abdomen hairy, more so in male, without crests. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Forewings normal. Hindwings with cell over 4; 5 from well below middle (4). . Apart from the peculiar male characters this genus is sufficiently distinguished by the palpi combined with the origin of vein 5 of hindwings. reclusa, Wk. Al. Gen. Caraprina, Ochs. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, ascending ; second joint slightly roughened anteriorly; terminal joint short. Thorax not crested, or with very slight rudiments only of crests. Abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Neuration normal. As thus defined this is undoubtedly .a very large and cosmopolitan genus, but I do not see any safe way of dividing it. Hampson for some unexplained reason has dropped the name Caradrina, and substituted for it Athetis, Hb., charac- terized by the presence of an anterior thoracic crest. Of this I can find no trace in the two Australian species obtusa and maculatra, though a rudiment of it may be found in some extra-Australian species, to which they appear allied. The great majority of those given beneath he ascribes to Ariathisa, Wik., characterized by small paired posterior thoracic crests. These are sometimes present in a rudimentary form, but if I had to rely on them for a criterion I should have to exclude many species from the genus, and concerning others I should be in doubt. I conclude that they cannot be depended on for generic definition. | obtusa, Hmps. maculatra, Low. passalota, Turn. exundans, Gn. + ochroleuca, Low. pelosticta, Low. tcornuta, Low. -teuchroa, Low. ‘tangasi, Feld. ama- thodes, Turn. tortisigna, Wlk.; of this chrysospila, Low., is asynonym. { paragypsa, Low. + gypsina, Low. paratorna, Low. fchionopasta, Hmps. cyanoloma, Low. callimera, Low. + etoniana, Low. hydraecioides, Gn. marginalis, Wilk. microspila, Low. +tatmoscopa, Low. confins, WI1k. ; of this I think basisticha, Turn., and nycteris, Turn., are synonyms. ~poliocrossa, Turn. porphyrescens, Low. bistri- gua, Wik. capularis, Gn. atra, Gn. + microdes, Low. + atrisquamata, Low. cryphaea, Turn. t+ heterogama, Low. monochroa, Low. + adelphodes, Low. leucosticta, Turn. + wnterferens, Wk. flexirena, Wk. + adelopa, Hmps. acallis, Turn. melanographa, Turn. ophiosema, Turn.: 155 Ann. Q’land Mus., x., p. 66 (1911). ebenodes, Turn.: ib., p. 67. celaenica, Turn.: 7b., p. 68. ochropepla, Turn.: 1b., p. 68. spilocrossa, Turn.: Proc. Roy. Soc. Q’land, 1915, p. 22. CARADRINA AUSTERA, n. sp. (dvornpos, stern). 2, 38-42 mm. Head fuscous. Palpi whitish, external surface of secdiftd joint, except apex, dark fuscous. Antennae fuscous. Thorax fuscous; tegulae pale grey [this character is probably inconstant]. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous-grey ; tibiae and tarsi annulated with whitish. Forewings elongate- triangular, costa nearly straight, apex rounded, termen scarcely oblique, rounded beneath; dark grey with some fuscous admixture, but without any brownish tinge; a double dentate sub-basal line from costa to fold, dark fuscous; a double dentate blackish line very distinct from } costa to mid-dorsum, angled outwards on fold, inwards beneath fold, thence oblique; a fine blackish streak on fold crossing this line; orbicular very small, circular, pale, slenderly outlined with blackish; reniform K-shaped, open above and beneath, produced at outer inferior angle, brownish-tinged, outlined with blackish, sometimes outer half whitish; a fine dentate blackish line from midcosta curved outwards and then inwards beneath reniform, angled inwards on fold, outwards beneath fold, ending on # dorsum; a dark-fuscous shade from costa before apex to tornus, sharply defined and dentate posteriorly, ill-defined, and giving off several short longitudinal blackish streaks anteriorly; a very slender interrupted blackish terminal line; cilia grey with a pale basal line. Hindwings with termen wavy; grey, towards base whitish; cilia whitish, at apex grey, and with a grey sub-basal line not reaching tornus. Underside of forewings grey with a fuscous dot on end of cell; of hindwings whitish with fuscous dot on end of cell, subcostal irroration, and apical blotch. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in April and May; two specimens. 42. Gen. Amyna, Gn. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate or rather long; upturned; second joint thickened with loosely appressed scales, rather rough anteriorly; terminal joint long. Thorax not crested. Abdomen with dorsal crests on two basal seg- ments. Posterior tibiae with median and apical hair-tufts on dorsum. Forewings normal. Hindwings with 5 from below middle (4). apicalis, Wik. natalis, Wilk. octo, Gn. + spilonota, Low. punctum, Fab. Northern Territory: Port Darwin; Northern Queensland: Atherton, Townsville. 156 43. Gen. Zavissa, WIk. Frons not projecting. Palpi rather short, obliquely ascending; second joint rough-scaled; terminal joint short. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen not crested. Posterior tibiae hairy. Forewings normal. Hindwings with branched median vein present in cell; otherwise normal. catocalina, Wlk. 44. Gen. Leucoconia, Hmps. Frons with a short conical prominence. Palpi long, porrect; second joint shortly rough-haired; terminal joimt long. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen hairy, with a small dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Neuration normal. eketker, B-Bak. The name selected by Mr. Bethune- Baker for this fine species grieves me. 45. Gen. Meraxantuia, Hmps. Frons with rounded prominence. Palpi moderate, por- rect or slightly ascending; second joint triangularly dilated with loose hairs towards apex; terminal joint very short, concealed. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen with a dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae shghtly hairy on dorsum. Neuration normal. cosmopis, Low. Subfam. ERASTRIANAE. Sir George Hampson has felt some difficulty in dis- tinguishing this subfamily from the Acronyctinae, for he remarks that some genera have the typical trifid neuration of the latter, and makes the abortion of the anterior prolegs of the larvae the essential distinction. As in the majority of cases the larvae are unknown this distinction is not only in- applicable in practice, but it is at present impossible to test its validity. Doubtful cases must therefore be decided by considerations of apparent affinity, and I have therefore included here J/icrapatetis and Xenospeustis, The Erastrianae seem to be an intermediate and transitional group, and pro- bably their distinction from the Noctuinae will be equally difficult. 1. Forewings without areole ... ... ... 2. Forewings with areole present . 1g: 2. Forewings with 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 stalked . 1. Araeoptera Forewings with these veins not all stalked 3. 3. Forewings with 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked . uae ab Forewings with these veins not all st alked 10. 4, Forewings with 3 and 4 stalked... ... 3. Pseudocraspedia Forewings with 3 and 4 separate ... ... 5. | i Conall als a ee wo) . Frons with rounded prominence . Thorax with a posterior crest . . Thorax with a posterior crest . . Hindwings with cell not over 4 ye . Frons not projecting . Abdomen not crested . Posterior tibiae smooth . Hindwings with cell 3. 157 . Hindwings with 8 anastomosing with cell to near middle... ... Hindwings with 8 not anastomosing beyond 3 . Abdomen with dofual.« series : of crests Abdomen with only one or no crest . es Palpi porrect, hairy above and beneath Palpi upturned, meinomodt to frons . Abdomen with basal crest . Abdomen without crests Frons without prominence, palpi slender . Forewings with 8, 9, 10 stalked, 7 separate Forewings with 10 separate, Ai. 32 stalked, or 7, 8 stalked, 9 absent . . Abdomen with dorsal crest on basal ie ment 2s Abdomen without crests Thorax not crested . Frons with a rounded prominence A Frons not projecting ... . Hindwings with 6 and 7 stalked Hindwings with 6 and 7 not stalked Thorax not crested . Palpi obliquely porrect, second j joint ‘with subapical tuft of hairs on upper surface Palpi upturned, appressed to frons . Forewings with 9 absent Forewings with 9 present . . Hindwings with 8 anastomosing ‘with cell to near middle ... Hindwings with 8 anastomosing 1 near base only _ Forewings with 10 connate or stalked from areole ps Forewings with 10 arising separately from areole Say . Frons with a pointed prominence se Frons not projecting ... . Abdomen with dorsal crest on ‘basal “seg: menn =.% Abdomen without ‘crests Hindwings with cell about 3° Frons prominent Abdomen with one or more dorsal eresta: 5. Palpi with an apical tuft on posterior surface of second joint Palpi without apical tuft on second. joint Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum Hindwings with cell 4 . Micrapatetis Peperitéa . Cophanta . Himerois . Narangodes . Enispa . Pyripnoa . Euthytoma . Ozarba . Trissernis . Haplopseustis . Catoblemma . Eublemma_ . Decticryptis . Xenopseustis . Holocryptis . Trogatha . Metasada . Carmara . Callipyris . Corgatha . Cerynea . Hyposada 158 28. Hindwings with cell 4 ... 29. Orwza Hindwings with cell3... ... ... ... ... 31. Hucolastra Hindwings with cell 2 32. Mimasura 29. Abdomen with dorsal crest « on basal seg- ment only 30. Abdomen with dorsal crests. on other than basal segment ... dl. 30. Palpi with a small posterior apical tuft on second joint .. . 28. Hypobleta Palpi without apical tuft on second joint 33. Eustrotia 51. Thorax*not crested 21.5 748 Ke . 80. Lophoruza Thorax with a posterior crest . oes huanenea 32. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked ... ... 34. Maliattha Hindwings with 3 and 4 not stalked... 35. Lithacodia 33. Frons with a transverse apical groove ... 36. Uncula Frons without apical depression... ... 34. 34. Hindwings with 6 and 7 stalked ... ... 37. Habrophyes Hindwings with 6 and 7 connate ... ... 35. oo. Vhorax: net crested y.) \.. Aves io ek eee Thorax with a posterior crest. 39. Tarache 36. Hindwings with 8 anastomosing ‘with cell to 4 23. Diplothecta Hindwings with 8 ‘anastomosing with cell _ near base only ... eae 37. Palpi with terminal joint very ‘short... ah Sophta Palpi with terminal joint long... ... ... 88. Epopsima 1. Gen. ARAEOPTERA, Hmps. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate or long, upturned ; second joint thickened with rough scales; terminal joint moderate or long. Thorax not crested. Abdomen without crests, or with minute crests on apical segments (canescens). Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings without areole, 3 and 4 stalked, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 stalked. Hindwings with: 3 and 4 stalked, 5 from slightly below middle (2), 6 and 7 stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell to 4. micraeola, Meyr. epiphracta, Turn. pleurotypa, Turn. canescens, W1k. ARAEOPTERA MICROCLYTA, Nl. sp. (uuxpoxAvtos, splendidly small). 3, 10 mm. Head whitish; face with fine fuscous © transverse lines. Palpi long, terminal joint long (4); whitish, outer surface of second joint fuscous, terminal joint with a slender subapical fuscous ring. .Antennae whitish, annulated with -fuscous. Thorax whitish, with fuscous irroration. Abdomen whitish, on dorsum mixed with brown and irrorated with fuscous. Legs fuscous, annulated with whitish; posterior pair wholly whitish. Forewings rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; whitish, markings fuscous mixed with brown; a spot on base of costa ; 159 a sub-basal fascia, followed by an inwardly oblique inter- rupted transverse line; brown spots on costa at }, middle, and #; from middle costal spot a broad fuscous transverse fascia including a whitish spot on dorsum, its posterior edge angled outwards in middle; from third spot an outwardly curved line ending in a fuscous spot on dorsum before tornus ; a well-defined slender whitish line defines this posteriorly, strongly dentate above tornus; apical area mostly fuscous; a terminal series of fuscous dots separated by brown dots; cilia fuscous with whitish spots. Hindwings with termen nearly straight; as forewings but with fascia before middle leaving median area whitish, subterminal whitish line broader. Very like A. micraeola, Meyr., but darker and readily distinguished by the longer terminal joint of palpi; in micraeola this is less than }. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in October; one specimen received from Mr. F. P. Dodd. 2. Gen. TrisseRNIS, Meyr. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, porrect or ascending; second joint more or less roughened anteriorly; terminal joint short. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings without areole, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Hindwings with 5 from slightly below middle (2), 6 and 7 stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell to 14. prasinoscia, Meyr. ochrochlora, Turn. Best distinguished from the preceding by the palpi, which are porrect rather than ascending, and with the second joint less roughened. 3. Gen. PsrupocRaspEDIa, Hmps. Frons not projecting. Palpi slender, ascending; second joint slightly roughened anteriorly; terminal joint short. Thorax not crested. Abdomen with a series of small dorsal crests. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings without areole, 3 and 4 stalked, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Hindwings with 5 from slightly below middle (2), 6 and 7 stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell to }. punctata, Hmps. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Towns- ville. 4. Gen. PEPERITA, Hmps. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderately long, porrect; second joint hairy above and beneath; terminal joint minute. Therax not crested. Abdomen with dorsal series of crests. Posterior tibiae hairy. Forewings without areole, 7, 8, 9, 10° stalked. Hindwings with 5 from slightly below middle (2). molybdopasta, Turn. Fr 160 5. Gen. DEcticryptis, Hmps. Frons not projecting. Palpi very short, slender, porrect ; second joint smooth; terminal joint porrect. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings without areole, 7 and 8 stalked, 8 and 9 coincident. Hind- wings with 3 and 4 stalked, 5 from well below middle (4). deleta, Moore. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns (F. P. Dodd). — 6. Gen. HoLtocryprtis, Meyr. Frons with rounded prominence. Palpi rather short, slender, obliquely ascending; second joint smooth; terminal joint moderate. Thorax not crested. Abdomen with small dorsal crests on third, fourth, and fifth segments. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings without areole, 7, 8, 9 stalked. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked, 5 from well below middle - (4), 6 and 7 stalked. iv phasianura, Luce. 7. Gen. MicrapaTeTIs, Meyr. Frons with small rounded prominence. Palpi moderate, ascending ; second joint thickened with rough scales; terminal joint short. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings without areole, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Hindwings with 3 and 4 short- stalked, 5 from slightly below middle (#), 6 and 7 stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell to near middle. tripartita, Butl. orthozona, Meyr. The two sexes are alike. leucozona, Turn. glycychroa, Turn. + purpurascens, Hmps. 7+ albiviata, Hmps. MICRAPATETIS ICELA, n. sp. (eixeAos, similar). 2, 16 mm. Head ochreous. Palpi fuscous, apices ochreous. Antennae fuscous. Thorax dark fuscous with an anterior ochreous spot in tegulae, apices of patagia and a posterior spot whitish-ochreous. Abdomen fuscous. Legs fuscous; posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings tri- angular, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, termen shghtly bowed, slightly oblique; whitish-ochreous, markings dark fuscous; a basal costal streak attenuating to a point at 4; a postmedian fascia, its anterior edge convex, wavy, from midcosta to 2 dorsum, its posterior edge concave, wavy, from # costa to # dorsum ; a moderate terminal fascia, angled and shortly produced inwards above middle; cilia dark fuscous. Hindwings with termen slightly sinuate; fuscous ; cilia fuscous. 161 Closely allied to the two preceding species, but certainly distinct. The costal streak is twice as long, the fascia nar- rower, postmedian, and curved slightly outwards towards dorsum. It appears to be a native of the interior. Hab.—Queensland: Adavale, in April; one specimen. 8. Gen. XENOPSEUSTIS, Meyr. I have not examined this genus, but it is probably allied to the preceding. { poecilastis, Meyr.- 9. Gen. Himerois, Turn. Frons with slight rounded prominence. Palpi moderate or rather short, upturned ; second joint with appressed hairs ; terminal joint moderate or rather long. Thorax not crested. Abdomen with a smooth dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings without areole, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Hindwings with 3 and 4 short-stalked, 5 from slightly below middle (2), 6 and 7 stalked. thiochroa, Turn. HIMEROIS PERIPHAEA, 01. sp. (zepidaros, dusky-edged). dg, 14 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen yellow. Antennae pale fuscous; ciliations in male minute. Legs ochreous with some fuscous irroration. Forewings elongate- triangular, costa nearly straight, apex round-pointed, termen. slightly bowed, slightly oblique; yellow; a moderate dark- fuscous terminal fascia, broadest in middle, its edge irregu- larly denticulate ; cilia dark fuscous. Hindwings with termen slightly sinuate; fuscous; cilia fuscous. Hab.—Northern Territory: Port Darwin, in October; two specimens, received from Mr. F. P. Dodd. 10. Gen. CopHanta, WI1k. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, upturned, appressed to frons; second joint much thickened, with appressed hairs; terminal joint moderate. Thorax with a posterior crest. Abdomen with dorsal crests, those on third and fourth segments large. Posterior tibiae smooth. Fore- wings without areole, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate or short-stalked, 5 from slightly below middle (2), 6 and 7 stalked . funestalis, W1k. 11. Gen. NarRancopEes, Hmps. Frons with rounded prominence. Palpi rather short, upturned; second joint rough-scaled anteriorly; terminal F2 DAN AG, TA, 162 ‘ joint very short. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings without areole, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate or stalked, 5 from slightly below middle (2), 6 and 7 stalked. nmigridiscata, Swin. 12. Gen. Entspa, Wlk. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate or rather short, porrect or obliquely ascending, slender; terminal joint minute. Thorax and abdomen not crested. Posterior tibiae smooth or slightly hairy. Forewings without areole, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Hindwings with 5 from much below middle (+), 8 anastomosing with cell near base or to }t. . prolecta, Turn. plutomis, Lue. mveiceps, Turn. violacea, Luc. This differs from the Ceylon species oblatoria, Wi1k., in the semilunar discal mark on forewings and absence of pale dentate lines. 13. Gen. CarospLemmMa, Hmps. | Frons not projecting, but with a small anterior tuft of scales. Palpi long, obliquely porrect; second joint thickened with appressed scales and with a subapical tuft of hairs on upper surface. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Pos- terior tibiae with long hairs on dorsum. Forewings without areole, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Hindwings with 5 from much below middle (4). Allied to Hublemma, but with different palpi. aplecta, Turn. dubia, Butl. digona, Hmps. CATOBLEMMA ADIAPHORA, n. sp. (ddcadopos, indifferent). Q,12mm. Head white. Palpi in female 3; pale fuscous. Antennae whitish. Thorax whitish-grey; tegulae white. Abdomen whitish-grey. Legs whitish. Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex acute, slightly produced, termen bowed, oblique; whitish-grey; antemedian line from 4 costa to } dorsum, outwardly curved, blackish, forming the inner edge of a large quadrangular blackish blotch, which extends to mid-dorsum and to above middle of disc; an incomplete blackish discal ring above middle; postmedian line from 2 costa, at first outwardly oblique, then transverse in disc, bent inwards beneath cell, then downwards to # dorsum, very slender and pale grey, but blackish towards costa; a slight fuscous subapical costal suffusion; cilia whitish-grey. Hind- wings with termen rounded; whitish-grey; cilia whitish-grey. Hab.-—Northern Territory: Port Darwin, in November ; one specimen, received from Mr. F. P. Dodd. ee ‘ ‘Al ~ a x 163 CATOBLEMMA ANAEMACTA, 0. sp. (dvatmaxros, bloodless, pale). Q, 18-24 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish. Palpi 3; whitish. Antennae whitish. Legs whitish; anterior pair with some pale-fuscous irroration. Forewings triangular, costa, nearly straight, but slightly sinuate towards base and before apex, apex tolerably acute, termen bowed, moderately oblique; whitish, with sometimes a few fuscous scales near costa ; lines very pale grey; antemedian very faint or obsolete, from 4 costa to 4 dorsum, angled outwards on fold, inwards on vein 1; discal spot obsolete; postmedian faint, double, or only the outer line developed, from 4% costa obliquely out- wards, curved outwards in disc, slightly angled inwards on fold, ending on # dorsum; a subterminal line of fuscous dots ending in a short subapical oblique streak more or less developed; cilia whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded ; whitish; cilia whitish. Hab.—Northern Territory: Port Darwin, in: December. Victoria: Murtoa, in February. Two specimens. This is a widely distributed species, which may not be uncommon when its habits are known. CATOBLEMMA ACROSTICHA, N. sp. (axpootiyos, with apical streak). 3, 18 mm. Head whitish. Palpi in male 2; pale fuscous. Antennae whitish; in male serrate, ciliations minute (4+). Thorax whitish; tegulae ochreous-whitish. Abdomen and legs ochreous-whitish. Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex pointed, not produced, termen bowed, oblique; ochreous-whitish, towards costa whitish irrorated with fuscous; lines and discal spot obsolete; a short, oblique, blackish, subapical costal streak, giving rise to a short sub- terminal line of a few minute blackish dots; cilia ochreous- whitish. Hindwings rounded; ochreous-whitish; cilia ochreous-whitish. This might be taken for one of the dubia group, but differs in. the extremely short male antennal ciliations. Hab.—Queensland: Gayndah; one specimen, received from Dr. Hamilton Kenny. CATOBLEMMA PORPHYRIS, nN. sp. (7opdupis, purple). 3, 9, 17-23 mm. Head and thorax rosy-purple mixed with whitish. Palpi long, male 3, female 4; *rosy-purple. Antennae whitish-ochreous; ciliations in male 14. Abdomen whitish. Legs whitish mixed with rosy-purple; posterior pair wholly whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa straight, apex acute, slightly produced, termen bowed, al ys a ids 164 moderatedly oblique; rosy-purple; a darker postmedian discal spot scarcely indicated; a fine, short, inwardly-oblique, blackish streak from costa just before apex, sometimes giving rise to a line of fuscous dots parallel to termen ; cilia whitish- ochreous tinged except at tornus with rosy-purple, apices whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded; ochreous-brown,. paler towards base; cilia as forewings. Allied to Catoblemma dubia. Hab.—Northern Territory: Port Darwin; five specimens, received from Mr. G. F. Hill, with the note, ‘‘Larvae pre- daceous on large Lecaniwm on A cacia.’’ 14. Gen. Eusitemma, Hb. Frons not projecting, without anterior tuft. Palpi moderate, upturned, more or less appressed to frons; second joint thickened with scales, rough anteriorly; terminal joint short or moderate. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae smooth or hairy on dorsum. Forewings with- out areole, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate or stalked, 5 from well below middle (4 to 4), 8 anastomosing with cell near base or to }. A large genus with some variation in structure. pectorora, Luc. flavipars, Hmps. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Cairns, Townsville. dimidialis, Fab. + brunnea, Hmps. paurograpta, Butl. + pulvinariae, Olliff. glauco- ehroa, 'Turn.: ° Proc: ‘Linn: Soc: N.S. Wales; 19023 tee silicula, Swin. anachoresis, Wlgrn. cochylioides, Gn. roseana, Moore. parva, Hb. rivula, Moore. Jleucodesma, Low. Jlovxostropha, Turn. rufipuncta, Turn. sphragidota, Turn. curvata, Luc. abrupta, Wilk. versicolor, Wik. lorotoma, Turn. ragusana, Freyer. rubra, Hmps. vestalis, Butl. innocens, Butl. extorris, Warr: Seitz Macrolep. d. ‘Erde.. Hab.—Northern Territory: Port Darwin. EUBLEMMA IOPHAENNA, 01. sp. (odaevvos, violet-shining). 3, 15 mm. Head and palpi ochreous. Antennae fus- cous ; ciliations in male long (24). Thorax fuscous. Abdomen and legs pale ochreous. Forewings triangular, costa nearly | straight, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, slightly oblique; fuscous mixed with whitish scales showing violet reflections: in oblique light; an indistinct slender pale sub-basal line; a similar line, more distinct, at +; antemedian pale slender slightly outwardly curved from 4 costa to 4 dorsum; two blackish discal dots at and before middle; a pale median fascia, becoming whitish towards costa; postmedian line simi- larly whitish towards costa, defined anteriorly by a slender fuscous line from costa beyond middle, outwardly oblique, i el 165 then bent downwards and obscurely denticulate, bent inwards below cell, angled inwards on fold and vein 1, ending on mid- dorsum, towards dorsum preceded by an ochreous shade; a fine pale imperfectly-developed line closely following post- median; subterminal whitish, angled inwards above middle and on fold; a fine whitish submarginal line; cilia ochreous- whitish, suffused with fuscous opposite apex, mid-termen, and tornus. Hindwing with termen rounded; whitish-ochreous, apical half suffused almost wholly with fuscous; cilia whitish- ochreous. Not near any other species so far as I know. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Herberton, in February; one specimen, received from Mr. F. P. Dodd. 15. Gen. Pyripnoa, nov. (zupimvoos, fiery). Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, upturned, appressed to frons; second joint rough anteriorly, terminal joint rather long. Thorax with a posterior crest. Abdomen with a rough crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae smooth with dorsal tufts of hair on middle and at apex. Forewings without areole, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Hindwings with 5 from well below middle (4), 8 anastomosing with cell near base only. ices Ozarba, differing in the posterior thoracic crest, and the shorter anastomosis of 8 of forewings. pyraspis, Meyr.; type. plumbipicta, Hmps. camptozona, Turn. 16. Gen. Euruytoma, nov. (cidvropos, straightly divided). Frons with rounded prominence. Palpi moderate, up- turned; second joint thickened with rough scales; terminal joint moderate. Thorax not crested. Abdomen with a small - dorsal crest on basal and sometimes also on second segment. Posterior tibiae smooth with a small median dorsal tuft of hairs. Forewings without areole, 8, 9, 10.stalked. Hind- wings with cell over 4; 5 from near lower angle (4). Allied to Hustrotia and Ozarba. The loss of the areole is perhaps due to the separation of 7 from connection with -8, 9; 7 approaches the stalk of these veins rather nearly, in Ozarba they are more separate. opella, Swin. 17. Gen. Ozarsa, WI1k. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, upturned, appressed to frons; second joint rough anteriorly; terminal joint long. Thorax not crested. Abdomen with a smooth crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae smooth, with dorsal 166 tufts of hair on middle and at apex. Forewings without areole, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Hindwings with 5 from below middle (4), 8 anastomosing with cell to | punctigera, Wik. chrysaspis, Meyr. + hemiplaca, Meyr. Os 18. Gen. HapLopseustis, Meyr.: Trans. Ent. Soc., 1902, p. 34. Acuissa, Turn.: Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1902, p. 180. Antennae bipectinate to apex in both sexes. Frons not projecting. Tongue present, weakly developed. Palpi moderate, ascending; second joint long, much thickened, with loosely appressed scales; terminal joint very short. Thorax with a large hairy posterior crest. Abdomen not crested. Posterior tibiae nearly smooth. Forewings without areole, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Hindwings with 5 from well above angle (4), 8 anastomosing with cell at 4 The presence of a tongue and the basal anastomosis of 8 with the cell in the hindwings definitely place this genus in the Noctuidae, as was done by Mr. Meyrick, although the bipectination of antennae in both sexes gives it a deceptive resemblance to the Liparidae. erythrias, Meyr.: Trans. Ent. Soc., 1902, p. 34; of this pyrrhias, Turn. (Trans. Roy. Scc. S. Austr., 1902, p. 180), is a synonym. 19. Gen. Mretasapa, Hmps. Unfortunately I have no example of this genus to examine. i / : 7 r polycesta, Turn. 20. Gen. Carmara, WIkK. Frons not projecting, but with an anterior tuft of scales. Palpi rather long, obliquely porrect; second joint long, thickened with loosely appressed hairs, expanded at apex, with a small apical tuft on upper surface; terminal joint minute. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae slightly hairy. Forewings with 10 connate or stalked with 8, 9 from areole. Hindwings with cell very short (4), 3 and 4 stalked, 5 from well below middle (4). : subcervina, WIk. 21. Gen. CeRYNEA, WIk. Frons not projecting. Palpi long, ascending; second joint thickened with rough scales and with a posterior sub- apical tuft of hairs; terminal joint long. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings normal. 167 Hindwings with cell 4; 3 and 4 short-stalked, 5 from much below middle (4). trogobasis, Hmps. 22. Gen. TrocatHa, Hmps. Frons with a bluntly-pointed prominence. Palpi rather long, obliquely ascending; second joint long, smooth, with a small apical tuft on upper-surface; terminal joint minute. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae some- what hairy. Forewings with 8, 9, 10 stalked from areole. Hindwings with 5 from well below middle (4). | A development of Sophta. poecilota, Turn. 23. Gen. DIPLOTHECTA, nov. (durA0GyxKTos, twice sharpened). Frons with a conical projection. Palpi long, porrect; second joint very long, thickened with rough scales above and beneath, greatly expanded towards apex; terminal joint moderate, stout, obtuse, slightly depressed. Antennae of male simple, minutely ciliated, with a longer bristle on each seg- ment. Thorax and abdomen not crested. Forewings with 2 from 4, 3, 4, 5 equidistant from near angle, areole present but small, 7, 8, 9 stalked from areole. Hindwings with 2 from #, 3, 4, 5 equidistant from near angle, 6, 7, connate, 8 anastomosing with cell from + to middle. Allied to Sophta, Wlk., with which it agrees in the conical frons, shape of forewings, and small areole; but differs in the longer, porrect, much-dilated palpi, and in the long anastomosis of vein 8 of hindwings. DIPLOTHECTA DIGONIA, Nn. sp. (dvywrtos, twice angled). ¢, 30 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Palpi grey with a few dark-fuscous scales. Antennae grey. Thorax and abdomen ochreous-grey, with a few dark-fuscous scales. Legs greyish-ochreous. Forewings with costa strongly arched, apex acute, termen strongly angled on vein 4; grey sparsely irror- ated with fuscous; two transverse lines whitish, edged with fuscous or brown; first from } costa to 4 dorsum, slightly outwardly-curved, wavy; second from #? costa to % dorsum, angled outwards beneath costa, thence nearly straight; a pale- brownish, transverse, median, discal mark containing two fuscous dots; a line of minute white dots from costa near apex to tornus; a submarginal series of fuscous dots; an interrupted terminal fuscous line; cilia purple-fuscous, bases and apices whitish. Hindwings with termen wavy, slightly angled on vein 4; as forewings But without first line. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Cairns; one specimen. Type in Coll. Lyell. 168 24. Gen. Soputra, WIk. Frons with strong rounded prominence. Palpi rather long, obliquely ascending; second joint long, thickened with appressed scales, expanded at apex; terminal joint minute. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae slightly hairy. Forewings normal. Hindwings with 5 from well below middle (4). } concavata, Wk. 25. Gen. Cauitpyris, Meyr. Frons not projecting but with an anterior tuft of scales. Palpi long, obliquely porrect; second joint long, with long hairs on upper-surface forming an apical tuft; terminal joint short. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings with 8, 9, 10 stalked from areole. Hind- wings with 5 from slightly below middle (2). A development from Corgatha, differing in the neura- tion of the forewings. drosera, Meyr. 26. Gen. CorcatHa, Wlk. Frons not projecting but with an anterior tuft of scales. Palpi long, obliquely porrect; second joint long, with long hairs on upper-surface forming an apical tuft; terminal joint short. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Rep yenee normal. Hindwings with 5 from below middle (usually 4 3, Sometimes 2). anthina, Turn. omopis, Meyr. loxomita, Turn. minuta, B-Bak. dichiomstis, Turn. + daphoena, Hmps. figuralis, Wik. + straminea, Butl.. CoRGATHA MILTOPHYRES, 0. sp. (utATodupys, vermilion-smeared). gd, 23 mm. Head grey. Palpi 14; fuscous irrorated with white. Antennae grey; in male simple, ciliations minute. Thorax purple-red; tegulae fuscous-brown ; patagia purple, bases fuscous-brown. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, basal half of dorsum purple-red. Legs fuscous, irrorated with white; posterior pair more white, the tarsi annulated with purple-red. Forewings triangular, costa straight but bent before apex, apex acute, slightly produced, termen angled on vein 4, slightly concave above angle, straight below ; dorsal quadrant so far as postmedian line deep red with purple iridescence ; costa so far as antemedian line grey, mixed with white towards edge; antemedian line from 4 costa to 4 dorsum, nearly straight, but slightly angled outwards above: ne hal 16¢ middle, grey; a narrow white transverse discal mark extend- ing to costa; median space before this fuscous-red; post- median line indistinct towards costa, finely crenulate, incurved below middle, ending on ? dorsum, preceded by a broadly suffused interrupted ochreous line, which is inter- rupted in middle by a white spot; a fine whitish crenulate subterminal line defined anteriorly by reddish-brown; terminal area purple-white with terminal and wavy sub- marginal lines reddish-fuscous; posterior veins ochreous- streaked; cilia yellow, on tornus purple-white. Hindwings with termen straight, apex and tornus rounded; as forewings but whitish towards costa. Hab.—Queensland: Montville (1,500 ft.), near Nam- bour, in October; one specimen. 27. Gen. Hyposapa, Hmps. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, ascending; second joint rough-scaled, with a minute posterior apical tuft ; terminal joint minute. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings normal. Hindwings with cell slightly over 4; 3 and 4 short-stalked, 5 from well below middle (4). hydrocampata, Gn. 28. Gen. Hyposieta, Turn. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, slender, ascend- ing; second joint slightly roughened, with a small posterior apical tuft of hairs; terminal joint short. Thorax not crested. Abdomen with a small dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings normal. Hindwings with cell 4; 3 and 4 short-stalked, 5 from well belowemiddle (4). Nearly allied to the preceding genus. cymaea, Turn. 29. Gen. Orvza, WIk. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate or rather long, upturned; second joint thickened with appressed scales; terminal joint short or moderate. Thorax and abdomen with- out crests. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings normal. Hindwings with cell about 4; 3 and 4 connate or short- stalked, 5 from well below middle (4 to 4). Re uthebc. Wi1k.: crocodeta, Turn. cariosa, Luc. 30. Gen. LopHoruza, Hmps. I have no examples of this genus for examination. + addescens, Swin. 7+ rylonota, Low. 170 31. Gen. Evconastra, Butl.’ Frons not projecting. Palpi rather long, upturned, appressed to frons; second joint nearly smooth; terminal joint long. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae smooth, with a median dorsal tuft of hairs. Forewings normal. Hindwings with cell about 4; 5 from near lower angle (4). 7 fascrata, Butl. + ewrynipha, Turn. t+ phaeozona, Hmps. 4 thermozona, Hmps. 32. Gen. Mimasura, Hmps. Frons with small rounded prominence. Palpi moderate, ascending; second joint shortly rough-haired; terminal joint | short. Thorax and abdomen not crested. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings normal, areole rather large. Hindwings with cell 4; 5 from much below middle (4), 8 anastomosing with cell to 4. This diagnosis is taken from the Australian species. Hampson describes the terminal joint of palpi as long, and figures it as such in one species, but as short in two species. albiceris, Turn. 33. Gen. Eustrotia, Hb. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, oblique, or ascending; second joint thickened with appressed scales; terminal joint short or moderate. Thorax not crested. Abdomen with a dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae smooth or slightly hairy on dorsum. Forewings normal. Hindwings with cell 4 or more; 5 from near lower angle or + G Ae Meyr.: Trans. Ent. Soc., 1902, p. 42; of this argotypa, Turn., is a synonym. rhapteina, Turn. amorpha, Butl. ritsemae, Snel.; of this thermozona, Hmps., is a synonym. +}macrosema, Low. +t euchrysa, Low. 34. Gen. MALIATTHA, WIk. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, upturned ; second joint thickened with appressed scales, slightly rough- ened anteriorly; terminal joint moderate. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen with dorsal crests on first, third, and fourth segments. Posterior tibiae with median and apical tufts of hair on dorsum. Forewings normal. Hindwings with cell over 4; 3 and 4 stalked, 5 from near lower angle (4). I separate this from Lithacodia, not only by the stalking of 3 and 4 of hindwings, which by itself might not be suffi- cient, but also by the much smaller thoracic crest, the longer,. ‘ 171 more upturned, Sipahie palpi, with longer terminal joint, and the closer approximation of 5 of hindwings to angle. _ferrugina, Turn. signifera, Wk. 35. Gen. LirHacopia, Hb. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, obliquely ascend- ing; second joint thickened with rough hairs; terminal joint short. Thorax with a large posterior crest. Abdomen with dorsal crest on third segment, and sometimes on first, fourth, and fifth segments. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Fore- wings normal. Hindwings with cell 4 or more; 5 from below middle (% to 4). bryistis, Turn. clandestina, Turn. 36. Gen. Uncuna, Swin. This genus is unknown to me. + dunata, Low. 37. Gen. HapBropHyeEs, nov. (a8podvys, tender). Frons with slight rounded projection. Palpi rather short, porrect; second joint thickened with rough hairs; terminal joint minute, concealed. Thorax with a rounded posterior crest. Abdomen not crested. Posterior tibiae nearly smooth. Forewings with areole very large. Hindwings with cell about 2, its lower angle projecting; 3 and 4 separate at origin, 5 from middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 approximated to cell as far as middle. The neuration of both wings is peculiar. zuthosoma, Turn. 38. Gen. Epopsima, nov. (éroyipos, conspicuous). Frons with rounded projection. Palpi long, upturned, appressed to frons; second joint thickened with appressed scales; terminal joint long. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae smooth, but with a- small median dorsal tuft of hairs. Forewings normal. Hindwings with 5 from well below middle (4). fasciolata, Buti. 39. Gen. Taracue, Hb. Frons with a slight rounded prominence. Palpi short, obliquely porrect; second joint shortly rough-scaled; third joint very short. Thorax with a small rounded posterior crest. Abdomen not crested. Posterior sae: smooth. Forewings normal. Hindwings with cell over $; 3 and 4 approximated at origin or stalked; 5 from well Raa middle (4 or less) ; 8 anastomosing with cell to near middle. 172 nivigncta, Butl. hieroglyphica, Low. clerana, Low. + elaeoa, Hmps. + nmeurota, Low. crocata, Gn. scuthota, Hmps. detrita, Butl. thapsina, Turn. TARACHE EUSCHEMA, 0. sp. (edoxnmos, with conspicuous pattern). 2, 20 mm. Head, palpi, and antennae brown. Thorax and abdomen brown with some whitish scales. Legs brown; posterior tibiae and tarsi mostly whitish on internal surface. Forewings triangular, costa nearly straight, apex rounded- rectangular, termen slightly bowed, scarcely oblique ; reddish- brown, markings whitish, partly edged with fuscous; an incomplete. sub-basal line; a slightly dentate conspicuous line from + costa to 4 dorsum; orbicular small, circular, brown- centred, touching antemedian line; reniform large, 8-shaped, with two included brown dots; a fine, indistinct, dentate line from # costa; a subapical whitish-ochreous shade, preceded by fuscous, and followed by a submarginal series of white dots, edged posteriorly with fuscous; cilia reddish-brown, apices fuscous barred with whitish. Hindwings with 3 and 4 approximated at base; termen rounded; fuscous; cilia as forewings. This is the only Australian species in which 3 and 4 of hindwings are not stalked. Type in Coll. Lyell. Hab.—Northern Territory: Port Darwin, in November ; one specimen, received from Mr. F. P. Dodd. Subfam. EUTELIANAE. 1. Thorax with sharp ridgelike anterior crest 1. Bombotelia Thorax without sharp anterior crest 2. 2. Abdomen with dorsal crest on basal seg- ment tt be Bib ig ipbrciecmen 8: Abdomen without crests 6. 4. Abdomen with dorsal crest on anal segment 2. Pataeta Abdomen without crest on anal segment 5. 5. Posterior tarsi with long hairs'on dorsum of first segment .. 4. Anuga Posterior tarsi without long. ‘hairs on dorsum see ed Vos kloyk het ar 6. Forewings without areole ... 5. Anigraea Forewings with areole . 6. Paectes 1. Gen. BomsotEe.tia, Hmps. Frons not projecting, but with an anterior tuft of hairs. Palpi long, ascending; second joint thickened with appressed hairs, slightly roughened anteriorly; terminal joint long. Thorax with a sharp ridge-like anterior crest extending to middle. Abdomen sometimes with a few small dorsal crests, but these may be absent in well-preserved specimens; and any EW 7. \ 173 with smal] paired anal tufts. Posterior tibiae hairy. Neuration normal. jocosatriz, Gn. plumbea, Wlk.; of this oaylopha, Turn., is a synonym. 2. Gen. Parareta, WI1k. Frons not projecting. Palpi long, ascending; second joint roughened anteriorly; terminal joint long. Thorax with a posterior crest. Abdomen with dorsal crests on basal and anal segments; and with paired anal tufts. Posterior tibiae smooth. Neuration normal. In this genus the female frenulum is sometimes multiple. carbo, Gn. conspicienda, Wlk. In this there is a small lobe-like basal expansion of the dorsum of the forewings in the male. 3. Gen. PHLEGETONIA, Gn. Frons not projecting ; sometimes with an anterior tuft of scales. Palpi long, ascending; second joint thickened with appressed scales, slightly roughened anteriorly ; terminal joint long. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen with a small dorsal crest on basal segment; and with small paired anal tufts. Posterior tibiae smooth. Neuration normal. fasciatriz, Semp. delatrix, Gn. ad 4. Gen. Anuca, Gn. Antennae of male unipectinate to middle; often longer than forewing. Palpi moderate, ascending; second joint much thickened with loosely appressed scales, rough anteriorly, expanded at apex; terminal joint moderately long, triangu- larly dilated with scales anteriorly. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen with a dorsal crest on basal seg- ment; and with paired anal tufts. Posterior tibiae and first tarsal joint with long hairs on dorsal surface. Neuration normal. multiplicans, Wik. One specimen, received from Mr. L. J. Newman; the locality is not certain, but I believe it came from Northern Queensland. 5. Gen. ANIGRAEA, WIk. Frons not projecting, but with an anterior tuft of scales. Palpi rather long, ascending; second joint thickened with appressed scales; terminal joint long. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen without crests, but with paired anal tufts. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings without areole, 7, 8, 9 stalked. Hindwings normal. 174 According to Hampson a minute areole is sometimes present. ochrobasis, Hmps. 6. Gen. Parctres, Hb. Frons not projecting, but with an anterior tuft of scales. Palpi long, ascending; second joint with appressed scales, shghtly roughened anteriorly; terminal jomt long. Thorax with a rounded anterior crest. Abdomen without crests, but with short paired anal tufts. Posterior tibiae with long hairs on dorsum beyond middle. Neuration normal. cyanodes, Turn. Subfam. STICTOPTERINAE. 1. Palpi with third joint long and . sltenae dilated before apex ... 1. Stictoptera Palpi with third joint normal . 2. 2. Forewings without areole ... 3. Gyrtona Forewings with areole 2. Lophoptera 1. Gen. StTIcToPTERA, Gn. Frons not projecting, but with an anterior tuft of scales. Palpi long, ascending; second joint thickened with appressed scales; terminal joint long, slightly dilated before apex. Thorax with rounded anterior crest, and long erectile tufts of hair on inner anterior angle of patagia. Abdomen with dorsal crests on first and third segments. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Forewings normal. MHindwings with 3 anastomosing with cell at 4. STICTOPTERA PAMMECES, 0. sp. ‘Taypyxys, very long). Do («ae 36, 48 mm. Head fuscous; face fuscous mixed with. whitish. Palpi 24; fuscous mixed with whitish. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in male 4. Thorax brown-whitish; part of tegulae, patagial crests, vod a pair of posterior spots fuscous. Abdomen brown-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish mixed with fuscous; middle tibiae and tarsi very long and blackish externally. Forewings narrow, elongate, dilated posteriorly, costa straight for #, then arched, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique, crenulate; brown-whitish; a tuft of raised scales in lower angle of cell; apical half of costal area narrowly fuscous with blackish streaks on veins; a broad tornal fuscous area reach- ing from 4 dorsum to above middle of termen, its edge suffused ; contained in this are the ends of a double post- median line ending in ¢ dorsum, and a large circular whitish tornal spot; a blackish terminal line in fuscous area; cilia 175 fuscous with narrow whitish bars, wholly whitish on upper part of termen. Hindwings with termen rounded, wavy; scaleless and translucent except veins and a broad terminal band, which are dark fuscous; cilia whitish, bases fuscous on apex. 2% Hab.—Northern Queensland: Cairns district: one specimen, received from Mr. F. P. Dodd. 2. Gen. LopHoPpTEeRA, Gn. Frons not projecting, but with an anterior tuft of scales. Palpi moderate, obliquely ascending; second joint thickened with appressed scales, slightly rough anteriorly; terminal joint short. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae with postmedian and apical tufts of hair on dorsum. Forewings normal! Huindwings with 8 anastomosing with cell at 4. squammigera, Gn. abbreviata, Wik. Hab.—Queens- land: Brisbane. aleuca, Hmps. ilucida, Wik. Hab.— Northern Queensland: Townsville. plumbeola, Hmps. Hab. —Northern Territory: Port Darwin; in Coll. Lyell. Gen. Gyrtona, WI1k. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderately long, obliquely ascending ; second joint with appressed scales; terminal joint moderate. Thorax with a posterior crest. Abdomen some- _ times with small crests on median segments. Posterior tibiae smooth with a small apical dorsal hair tuft. Forewings with- out areole, 7, 8, 9 stalked. Hindwings normal. There is no areole in the only two specimens I have for examination. ; lophota, Turn. semicarbonalis, Wik. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Cairns. divitalis, Whk. Habh.—Northern Queensland: Cairns; in Coll. Lyell. Subfam. SARROTHRIPINAE. In this and in the Acontianae I have followed Hampson rather closely. 1. Forewings without areole, 7, 8 9 stalked Forewings with areole, or 7 Sapo ee and 8, 9, 10 stalked . 2. Forewings with 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked . Forewings with 10 separate... ... ... 1 3. Hindwings with 3 and 4 coincident . Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked 4. Forewings with 10 connate or stalked from areole ... Forewings with 10a arising g separately from aerole or 7 disconnected . . a Elesma Microthripa Nanaguna Do Co Cr 176 5. Hindwings with 3 and 4 coincident . 3. Garella | Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked .. 4. Gyrtothripa 6. Hindwings with 3 and 4 coincident’ ... 9. Characoma Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked 0. Hindwings with 3 and 4 not stalked... 11. 7. Abdomen with 3 or more dorsal crests ... 8 Abdomen with one or two dorsal crests onde LG. 8. Abdomen with large crests ¢ on 4th and 5th segments . 6. Lophothripa Abdomen with crests on 3 basal segments only js): 9. 9. Palpi with second joint ‘broadly ‘expanded mb apex ey .t: 7. Mniothripa Palpi with second joint not expanded at apex... 12. Barasa 10. Palpi with 8rd joint. as long « or longer than 2nd and fringed with hair on upper- surface - 8. Sarrothripus Palpi with 3rd joint shorter than ‘2nd, smooth — . 10. Giaura 11. Abdomen with one or more dorsal crests. 12. Abdomen without crests... 20. 12. Palpi porrect, 2nd jolnt with an ‘apical inferior tuft... . R idiat ven ape Oe eae Palpi not so formed __... 13. 13. Palpi with terminal joint nearly as ‘long or longer than 2nd... .. 14. Palpi with terminal ie not “exceeding Ew o's is bk a 16. 14. Palpi with lone hairs on upper-surface of 2nd joint towards apex ... 14. Ochthophora Palpi with 2nd joint smooth on ‘upper PN surface la: 15. Thorax with a lar ve “rough erect posterior Gres ht: 13. Ochrothripa Thorax with a small smooth posterior crest 18. Labanda . 16. Palpi with terminal joint about 4 or 2... 17. Palpi with terminal joint not exceeding i 19. 17. Palpi porrect, terminal joint hairybeneath 17. Plotheia Palpi ascending, termina] joint smooth ... 18. 18. Palpi with terminal joint dilated at apex 16. Gadirtha Palpi with terminal] joint not dilated at apex... 19. Blenina 19. Palpi with 2nd joint strongly expanded with rough hairs above and beneath . 21. Timorodes Palpi with 2nd joint. only moderately thickened. )"...°) ¢. 3 22. Risoba 20. Palpi with terminal joint as ‘long as Qnd__15. Eligma Palpi with terminal joint not exceeding 4 20. Calathusa 1. Gen. Microturipa, Hmps. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, ascending, rather slender; second joint smooth, with a small posterior apical tuft; terminal joint moderate. Thorax not crested. Abdomen 177 with a dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings without areole, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Hindwings with 3 and 4 coincident, 8 anastomosing with cell to 3. hoeota, Turn. 2. Gen. Nanacuna, WI1k. Frons not projecting. Palpi long, ascending; second joint smooth, or slightly rough anteriorly; terminal joint long, sometimes as long as second. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen with a dorsal crest on basal seg- ment. Posterior tibiae smooth, with a small apical dorsal tuft. Forewings without areole, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Huind- wings with 3 and 4 stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell to about middle. breviuscula, Wilk. .albisecta, Hmps. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Cairns. clopaea, Turn. variegata, Hmps. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Cairns, Townsville. | NANAGUNA PRAEDULCIS, n. sp. (praedulcis, very sweet). @, 27-29 mm. Head and thorax grey tinged with green. Palpi over 2, ascending, terminal joint stout, nearly as long as second; grey irrorated with white. Antennae grey. Abdomen pale grey, towards base whitish, crest greenish-grey. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior and middle pairs fuscous on upper-surface. Forewings suboblong, costa strongly arched . at base, thence gently; apex rectangular, termen scarcely bowed, slightly oblique; whitish, margins suffused with grey- green and centre with pale pink; antemedian faint and indis- tinct, grey-green, from 4 costa, incurved below cell, then outwardly oblique to mid-dorsum; postmedian double, fuscous, filled in with whitish, obsolete towards costa, denticulate to below cell, then incurved, outcurved on vein 1, joining antemedian on dorsum, a fuscous subdorsal spot on outer line; subterminal whitish, indistinct; a fuscous terminal spot on vein 3; another subterminal between 1 and 2; cilia whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded; whitish, towards termen suffused with pale fuscous; cilia whitish. Hab.—-Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in September; two specimens, received from Mr. F. P. Dodd. 3. Gen. GARELLA, WIk. Frons not projecting. Palpi rather long, ascending; second joint moderately thickened with appressed scales; terminal joint rather long. Thorax with a posterior crest. Abdomen with small dorsal crests on two basal segments. Posterior tibiae smooth, with a small apical dorsal tuft. Fore- wings with minute areole, 7, 8, 9 stalked from areole, 10 AT do Oy / ie a A ‘ Tis. 178 connate. Hindwings with 4 absent, 3 and 5 stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell to about middle. rotundipenms, W1k. 4. Gen. GyrToTHRiIPA, Hmps. Frons not projecting, but with long anterior tuft. Palpi long, porrect; second joint greatly thickened with appressed scales, especially on upper-surface; terminal joint short. Thorax not crested. Abdomen with flattened dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae smooth on dorsum, hairy on ventral surface (at least in male). Forewings with minute areole, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked from areole. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell not quite to middle. pusilla, Moore. 5. Gen. CHaracoma, WI1k. Frons not projecting. Palpi long, ascending; second joint smooth, rather slender ; terminal joint long (2). Thorax with a posterior crest. Abdomen with small dorsal crests on one or two basal segments. Posterior tibiae smooth, with a small dorsal apical tuft. Forewings with areole very long and narrow. Hindwings with 4 absent, 3 and 5 stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell to about 4. vallata, Meyr. 6. Gen. LopHotHRipa, Hmps. Frons not projecting, but with a large anterior tuft. Palpi long, ascending; second joint thickened with appressed scales, expanded at apex; terminal joint long. Thorax with a large posterior crest. Abdomen with a series of dorsal crests, those on fourth and fifth segments large. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings normal. Hindwings a 3 and 4 stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell at 4. vitea, Swin. 4. Gen. Mnioruripa, Hmps. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, ascending; second joint greatly thickened with appressed scales so as to be nearly as broad as long; terminal joint moderate. Thorax with a posterior crest. Abdomen with dorsal crests on three basal segments. Posterior tibiae smooth, with a dorsal apical tuft. Forewings normal. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked, 5 con- nate, 8 anastomosing with cell to 2. lichemgera, Hmps. Hab. — Northern Queensland: Cairns. 8. Gen. Sarroruripus, Curt. Frons not projecting, but with a large anterior tuft. Palpi long, porrect or obliquely ascending : second joint sree as ¢ oP, -e") - ‘ » ‘ 179 rather short, expanded at apex; terminal joint longer than second, loosely scaled, with a ridge of hairs on upper (posterior) surface from base nearly to apex. Thorax with a posterior crest. Abdomen with a dorsal crest on basal seg- ment, rarely also on second segment. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings with areole long and narrow; or without areole and with 8, 9, 10 stalked owing to the non-development of the bar between 7 and 8. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked, 5 connate, anastomosing with cell to near middle. The abnormal neuration of the forewings I find in parvella, symmicta, crystallites, boeoms, and abstrusa; not in the other species. parvella, Wik. Hab.-—Northern Queensland: Cairns. symmicta, Turn. tmdica, Feld. + strigivenata, Hmps. minuta, Turn. ezophila, Meyr. crystallites, Meyr. boeopis, Turn. abstrusa, Turn. 9. Gen. SELEPA, Moore. Frons not projecting, but with an anterior tuft of scales. Palpi very long, porrect; second joint very long, with long hairs on lower surface forming an apical tuft; terminal joint moderately long, under 4. Antennae with basal joint thick- ened, and with a small anterior apical tuft. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen with dorsal crests on basal two or three segments. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings normal. Hindwings with 8 anastomosing with cell at 4. Best characterized by the palpi and basal joint of antennae. celtts, Moore. rhythmopis, Turn. geraea, Hmps. discigera, Wik. SELEPA EURYOCHRA, 0. sp. (eipvwxpos, broadly pale). o, 21 mm. Head and thorax brown-whitish. Palpi 23; brown-fuscous, beneath whitish. Antennae brown- fuscous. Abdomen whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior tibiae and tarsi fuscous anteriorly. Forewings suboblong, costa straight but arched at base and apex, apex rounded, termen bowed, slightly oblique; brown-whitish; a broad fuscous costal streak not reaching apex; a broader fuscous and blackish dorsal streak reaching beyond tornus to below middle of termen; cilia pale grey. Hindwings with termen rounded; whitish, slightly suffused with grey on apex and termen ; cilia whitish. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in December; one specimen, received from Mr. F. P. Dodd. 180 10. Gen. GiauRa, Wk. Frons not projecting. Palpi long, ascending, appressed to frons ; second joint smooth; terminal joint long (2). Thorax not crested. Abdomen with a dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings with areole long. Hind- wings with 3 and 4 stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell near base. punctata, Luc. 11. Gen. Evesma, WIlk. Frons not projecting, but with an anterior tuft of scales. Palpi rather short, ascending; second joint smooth, anterior edge slightly rough; terminal joint short. Thorax with a posterior crest. Abdomen with a small dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings without areole, 7, 8, 9 stalked. Hindwings with cell very long (%), dis- cocellulars angled, 3 and 4 stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell to about middle. subglauca, Wk. 12. Gen. Barasa, WIk. Frons not projecting. Palpi long, ascending, appressed to frons; second joint smooth-scaled; terminal joint long (about 2). Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen with dorsal crests on first three segments. Posterior tibiae slightly hairy on dorsum. Forewings normal. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell to about middle. cymatistis, Meyr. BaRASA MELANOGRAPTA, ND. sp. (weXavoypamrros, inscribed with black). 3, 22 mm. Head white. Palpi about 1; fuscous, beneath white. Antennae grey, at base white; ciliations in male 1. Thorax white; tegulae blackish except at base and apex. Abdomen grey, beneath white. Legs white; anterior femora dark fuscous in front, anterior tibiae and tarsi fuscous on inner side. Forewings moderate, somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa nearly straight, apex rectangular, termen strongly oblique; white; extreme bases of costa and dorsum blackish ; two blackish subcostal spots placed obliquely repre- senting sub- basal line; antemedian blackish from 4 costa, at first transverse, then outwardly oblique, broadly interrupted below cell ; postmedian blackish, from 3 costa, wavy, inwardly oblique to 4 dorsum, connected by a broad blackish bar with antemedian above fold; some grey suffusion between the lines ; a blackish subterminal line from apex, thickened in middle 181 part, not reaching tornus; a terminal series of blackish dots ; cilia whitish, on apex blackish. Hindwings with termen rounded ; white, cilia white. Hab.—Northern Territory: Port Darwin, in August; one specimen, received from Mr. G. F. Hill. _ BaARASA ORTHOSTICHA, n. sp. (6pHocrxos, straight-lined). ©,28 mm. Head whitish with some brownish scales on. face. Palpi whitish, irrorated and palely suffused . with brownish. Thorax whitish irrorated with pale grey. Abdomen whitish-grey. Legs whitish-grey; anterior pair darker. Fore- wings sub-oblong, costa strongly arched. near base, thence nearly straight, apex rounded-rectangular, termen slightly bowed, not oblique; whitish irrorated with pale grey; mark- ings fuscous; a line from base of costa along fold for a short distance, then bent obliquely to rejoin costa at +; a fine wavy transverse median line, curved inwards beneath cell, angled outwards on fold, and inwards on vein 1; a brownish sub- costal discal dot; a second similar line not far from first, curved outwards beneath cell, angled inwards on fold, out- wards on vein 1; a thick line nearly straight from costa to dorsum at 2; some terminal dots; cilia whitish, indistinctly barred with pale grey. Hindwings with termen rounded ; white; a narrow fuscous terminal suffusion not extending to tornus; cilia white, bases pale grey, on tornus and dorsum wholly white. Hah.—Northern Queensland: OClaudie River, in February ; one specizcen, taken by Mr. J. A. Kershaw. Type in National Museum, Melbourne. 13. Gen. OcHRotHRIPA, Hmps. Frons not projecting, but with an anterior tuft of scales. Palpi long, ascending; second joint reaching vertex, rather slender, nearly smooth; terminal joint as long as second, smooth, slightly dilated towards apex. Thorax with a large rough erect posterior crest. Abdomen with small dorsal crests on three basal segments. Posterior tibiae nearly smooth. Forewings normal. Hindwings with 8 anastomosing with cell at 4 leptochroma, Turn. 14. Gen. OcntrHopHoRA, Turn. Frons not projecting, but with an anterior tuft of scales. Palpi very long, obliquely porrect; second joint fringed with hairs on upper edge towards apex; terminal joint much longer than second, smooth, slightly dilated towards apex. ' Thorax with a large erect posterior crest. Abdomen with 182 a dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae slightly hairy on dorsum. Forewings normal. Hindwings with 4 and 5 stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell nearly to middle. sertcina, Turn. 15. Gen. Exiema, Hb. Frons not projecting. Palpi very long, ascending ; second joint reaching or exceeding vertex, smooth; terminal joint as long or longer than second, smooth, dilated towards apex. Thorax and abdomen smooth and without crests. Posterior tibiae slightly hairy. Forewings with areole long and narrow. Hindwings with 8 anastomosing with cell to #. Hampson describes the tongue as small and aborted, but it seems fairly developed in the Australian species. orthoxantha, Low. 16. Gen. GapirtHA, WIk. Frons not projecting. Palpi very long, ascending; second joint with short loose hairs; terminal joint about 3, smooth, dilated at apex. Thorax with a slight posterior crest. Abdomen with a dorsal series of hairy crests. Posterior tibiae hairy. Forewings normal. Huindwings with 8 anastomosing with cell to 4 or to middle. pulchra, Butl. wnexacta, Wik. + hades, Low. 17. Gen. PLotTHera, W1k. Frons not projecting, but with an anterior tuft of hair. Palpi very long, porrect; second joint with long hairs above and beneath; terminal joint 4, hairy beneath.: Thorax not crested. Abdomen with a series of small dorsal crests. Pos- terior tibiae smooth. Forewings normal. Hindwings with 8 anastomosing with cell to middle. Allied to Gadirtha, but with porrect palpi, the third joint hairy beneath and not dilated at apex. elongata, Hmps. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, Mount Tambourine; five specimens. An extraordinarily variable species, no two specimens being alike, which will, I think, prove identical with Gadirtha elongata, Hmps., represented by a single female from Assam; if so poliochroa, Hmps., is a synonym. 18. Gen. Lapanpa, WI1k. 3 Frons not projecting. Palpi very long, ascending ; second joint smooth, slender, reaching or exceeding vertex ; terminal joint nearly as long as second. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen with dorsal crests on two basal segments. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings normal. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, 8 anastomosing with cell at 4. : : 183 This seems best distinguished from Blenina by the much longer and more slender palpi. The neurationa] character in the hindwing may not be constant. amabilis, Low. , 19. Gen. Buienina, WI1k. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate or long, ascend- ing; second joint moderately thickened with appressed scales, not reaching vertex ; terminal joint moderate, not exceeding 4. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen with dorsal crests on basal two or three segments. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings normal. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate, 8 anas- tomosing with cell at 4. lichenopa, Meyr. metachrysa, Turn. Hah.—Northern Queensland: Townsville, Rockhampton, Brisbane. BLENINA SAMPHIROPHORA, 0. sp. (capdetpohopos, bearing sapphires). ¢, 23 mm. Head and thorax fuscous, mixed with ochreous-grey-whitish, Palpi pale fuscous with two broad whitish bars towards base. Antennae fuscous. Abdomen ochreous-grey-whitish. Palpi pale fuscous with two broad middle tibiae and tarsi barred with dark fuscous on upper- surface. Forewings triangular, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen scarcely bowed, wavy, scarcely oblique ; whitish densely irrorated with dark fuscous and to a lesser degree with pale ochreous; antemedian blackish, from + costa, outwardly oblique, below middle lost in an ill-defined blackish large dorsal spot ;-postmedian similar, from beyond midcosta obliquely outwards, curved in disc on vein 4, angled inwards on fold, ending on # dorsum; a small whitish suffused spot on # costa, two black subterminal spots, which in oblique light are a brilliant blue, between veins 4 and 5 and veins 6 and 7; upper spot connected with costa by a blackish line edged posteriorly with ochreous-whitish; a fine short whitish- ochreous streak midway between spots, and a second beneath them ; cilia fuscous, bases barred with whitish, on apex and tornus whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded; pale grey; some grey-whitish terminal spots towards apex; cilia as fore- wings but whitish from midtermen to tornus and on dorsum. Hab.—Northern Territory: Port Darwin, in October; one specimen, received from Mr. F. P. Dodd. 20. Gen. CaLtatrausa, Wlk. Frons not projecting. Palpi very long, ascending ; second joint rather slender, slightly rough, sometimes with a small posterior apical tuft; terminal joint short or rather long (4). 184 ‘Thorax with small posterior. and sometimes anterior crests. Abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae slightly hairy on dorsum. Forewings normal. Hindwings with 8 anastomosing with cell at 4. basicunea, Wlk.; of-this abebaea, Turn., subflavida, Hmps., and arethusa, Fawcett, are synonyms. + hypotherma, Low. «schnodes, Turn. octogesima, Turn. stenophylla, Turn. dispila, Turn. mesospila, Turn. metableta, Turn. eremna, Turn. taphreuta, Meyr.: Trans. Ent. Soc., 1902, p. 215; of this delosticha, Turn., is a synonym. 21. Gen. Trmoropres, Meyr.: Trans. Ent. Soc., 1902, p. 46. Gryposoba, Hmps.: Cat. Lep. Phal., xi., p. 423 (1912). Frons not projecting, but with an anterior tuft of scales. Palpi moderate, obliquely ascending; second joint strongly expanded with rough hairs above and beneath, terminal joint short. Thorax with large erect posterior crest. Abdomen with dorsal crests on second and third segments. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings with a scale tooth on tornus; areole long and narrow. Huindwings with 8 anastomosing with cell to t+. Mhle piri. Meyr.: Trans: Ent. Soc., 139025597 Zener this catagrapha, Turn., is a synonym. 22. Gen. Risosa, Moore. Frons not projecting. Palpi moderate, ascending; second joint rather slender, slightly rough anteriorly; terminal joint short. Thorax with a large erect posterior crest. Posterior tibiae nearly smooth. Forewings with areole long. Huind- wings with 8 anastomosing with cell near base only. According to Hampson the abdomen has minute dorsal crests on median segments. These are not present in my solitary example, but they may have been denuded. grisea, B-Bak. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Cairns. Subfam. ACONTIANAE. 1. Forewing without areole Forewing with areole ... op Forewing with 7, 8, 9 stalked . Forewing with 7, 8. 9 not stalked . 3. Hindwing with 4 absent a . Eanas . Alypophanes 4 Nertobriga Acontia Hindwing with 3 and 4 stalked . . Forewing with 8, 9, 10 stalked . f Forewing with i 8, and 9, 10 stalked .. 5. Forewing with 10 stalked with 8, 9 from areole ... a ee Forewing with 10 “separate or connate with $8,509! 2250 VR ee CLW NO Go Ob os . Beara OD op 185 6. Hindwing with 5 from near lower angle of cell ... (fe Hindwing with 6 fr om well above ‘angle (4) 14, 7. Abdomen with two or more dorsal crests 8. Abdomen with crest on basal segment bom 5. Orthocraspis 8. Posterior tibiae hairy .. See Ee. VAIL er. Posterior tibiae smooth 9, 9. Thorax with a ridgelike posteri ior crest . 7. Acachmena Thorax without such crest . 10. Lasiolopha 10. Palpi with 2nd joint triangularly dilated 8. Ariola Palpi with 2nd joint not so... EY. 11. Palpi with 2nd joint rough- scaled ... ... 12. Palpi with 2nd joint smooth... ... ... 14. 12. Hindwings with 8 rer norine to 4 or middle 9. Westermanma Hindwings with 8 anastomosing near base only .. STURDY 13. Palpi with terminal joint 2 be 182k. 11. Paracrama Palpi with terminal joint not exceeding 4 4 12. Maceda 14. Palpi with terminal joint much longer than 2nd _.... 13. Cacyparis Palpi with terminal joint ‘much shorter than 2nd... .... i ett, ae Armactea 1. Gen. Earias, Hb. Frons not projecting, but with an anterior tuft of scales. Palpi moderate or long, rather slender, obliquely ascending ; second joint slightly roughened, sometimes with a slight apical anterior tuft; terminal joint moderate or long (4 to 1). Thorax not crested. Abdomen with small dorsal crests on first and second segments. Posterior tibiae smooth. Fore- wings with subcostal retinaculum in male obsolete; no areole, 7, 8, 9 stalked. Hindwings with 4 absent, 3 and 5 stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell as far as or beyond middle. Unusually variable in the length of the terminal joint of the palpi, but the genus is a very natural one. luteolaria, Hmps. . flavida, Feld. huegeli, Rogen. parailela, Luc. + subviridis, Luc. fabia, Stoll. smarag- dina, Butl. ochrophylla, Turn. 2. Gen. AtypopHanes, Turn.: Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1908, p. 62. Frons smooth, not projecting. Palpi moderate, slender, ascending; second joint smooth; terminal joint moderate. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings with subcostal retinaculum in male extremely slender; no areole; 7, 8, 9 stalked. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell near base only. iridocosma, Turn.: /.c., p. 63. a | 186 3. Gen. NerRrosrica, WI1k. Frons smooth, not projecting. Palpi moderate, rather slender, ascending ; second joint slightly roughened ; terminal joint moderate. Thorax without crests. Abdomen with large dorsal crests on four basal segments. Posterior tibiae slightly hairy. Forewings without areole, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Hindwings with 8 anastomosing with cell at i. signata, Wk. 4. Gen. Brara, WIk. Frons not projecting, but with short anterior tuft. Palpi moderate, ascending ; second joint moderately thickened, nearly smooth; terminal joint moderate. Thorax with an anterior crest. Abdomen with small dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings with areole narrow, 8, 9, 10 stalked from areole. Hindwings normal. nubiferella, Wlk. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Cairns. 5. Gen. ORTHOCRASPIS, Hmps. Frons smooth, not projecting. Palpi rather short, ascending; second joint rather slender, slightly roughened ; terminal joint very short. Thorax not crested. Abdomen with a small dorsal crest on basal segment. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings normal. Hindwings with cell long (2), 3 and 4 short-stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell at 3. ORTHOCRASPIS LEPTOPLASTA, Nh. Sp. (AerromAactos, lightly built). 3, 30 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax ochreous-whitish- grey. Antennae grey; inymale simple. Abdomen grey, beneath pale-ochreous. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi partly suffused with fuscous. Fore- wings triangular, costa strongly arched, apex acute, termen straight, not oblique, angled above tornus; ochreous-whitish- grey; two squarish reddish-fuscous costal spots, at 4 and shortly before #; costal edge ochreous throughout; termen above angle edged with reddish-ochreous; cilia reddish- ochreous with a purple basal line, beneath angle ochreous- whitish-grey. Hindwings with termen angled on vein 3; grey; | an extensive costal and apical suffused ochreous blotch; cilia ochreous, on tornus and dorsum grey-whitish. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, in Sentember; one specimen, received from Mr. G. F. Wyld. 6. Gen. Arteta, Wk. | Frons not projecting, sometimes with slight anterior tuft. Palpi moderate, ascending; second joint moderately thick- ened, slightly roughened; terminal joint short. Thorax with 187 a rounded anterior crest. Abdomen with flattened dorsal crests on first and second segments. Posterior tibiae hairy. Forewings with 10 approximated or connate with 8, 9 from areole (rarely short-stalked), 6 usually from areole. Hind- wings with 3 and 4 connate or stalked, 6 and 7 sometimes short-stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell at } or 4.. In this genus I include Carea, Wlk., and Careades, B-Bak.; though there is some range of variation, it seems impossible to draw lines of distinction, and the whole forms a natural group. elaina, Swin. plagioscia, Turn. wnipunctata, B-Bak. AITETA PLINTHOPHORA, 0. sp. (rAwGodopos, marked with brick-red). 3, 40 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-grey. Palpi fuscous. Antennae fuscous; simple. Abdomen pale grey, towards apex suffused with whitish, tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs reddish-brown; tarsi fuscous. Forewings suboblong, costa arched at base, thence doubly sinuate, apex acute, termen strongly bowed, slightly oblique; pale grey; a tuft of long scales on base of dorsum; an oblique line from #2 costa to tornus, beyond which disc is suffused with pale ochreous, and contains some fuscous irroration; cilia fuscous. Hindwings with termen rounded towards apex, strongly sinuate towards tornus; pale red; dorsal area pale fuscous; cilia white, on dorsum reddish and very long. 2,42 mm. Forewings with costa scarcely sinuate, apex not acute; reddish-ochreous-grey finely irrorated with dark fuscous; two dark-fuscous discal dots before middle placed longitudinally ; a subterminal row of dark-fuscous dots, nearly straight, from shortly before apex to tornus; cilia towards tornus white. Hindwings as in male, but termen not so strongly sinuate, dorsum without long reddish cilia. Allied to plagioscia, Turn. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in April and May; two specimens, received from Mr. F. P. Dodd. 7. Gen. AcCACHMENA, Turn. Frons not projecting. Palpi short, obliquely porrect; second joint triangular, thickened with rough scales, forming a large anterior tuft; terminal joint short. Thorax with a rough ridge-like posterior crest. Abdomen with dorsal crests on first and second segments. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings normal. Hindwings with 8 anastomosing with cell to 3. oenocrossa, Turn. 188 8. Gen. eas WIk. Frons smooth, not projecting. Palpi rather short, obliquely porrect; second joint triangularly dilated, much expanded at apex, with rough scales above and beneath; terminal joint short. Thorax with a small smooth posterior crest. Abdomen with flattened crests on first and second segments. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings normal. * Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell to middle. coelisigna, W1k. 9. Gen. WESTERMANNIA, Hb. Frons smooth, not projecting. Palpi moderate or rather long, ascending; second joint nearly smooth; terminal joint moderate or rather long. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Abdomen with small flattened crests on first and second seg- ments. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings normal. Hind- wings with 8 anastomosing with cell to 4 or to middle. argentata, Butl. concha, Butl. gloriosa, Hmps. Hab.— Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in January; two specimens, bred from larvae on the ‘‘Guada’’ or “‘snake’” bean. 10. Gen. LasioLopHa, nov. (AacwoAodos, with hairy crests). Frons not projecting, but with a slight anterior tuft of scales. Palpi long, ascending; second joint thickened with rough scales anteriorly towards apex; terminal joint as long as second. Thorax not crested. Abdomen with small rough dorsal crests on three basal segments. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings with areole small and narrow; male retinaculum very large, double, not bar-shaped. Hindwings normal. Differs from Paracrama in the second joint of palpi being dilated with rough scales towards apex, the small anterior frontal tuft, and the hairy abdominal crests; the male retinaculum is highly peculiar. saturata, W1k. 11. Gen. Paracrama, Moore. Frons smooth, not projecting. Palpi long, ascending ; second joint scarcely thickened. nearly smooth ; terminal joint. as long as second. Thorax without crests. Abdomen with flattened dorsal crests on first and second segments. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings with areole long and narrow. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate or short-stalked, 8 anas- tomosing with cell near base. 189 With this I include Mauwrilia, Méschl., as there seems to be no structural distinction. duleissima, Wik. iconica, Wilk. ‘tocephala, Turn. 12. Gen. Macepa, WI1k. Frons smooth, not projecting. Palpi moderate, ascend- ing; second joint smooth; terminal joint short. Thorax with a small smooth posterior crest. Abdomen with small flattened dorsal crests on first and second segments. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings with areole broad. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell near base. mansueta, Wk. 13. Gen. Cacyparis, WI1k. Frons smooth, not projecting. Palpi very long, slender, ascending ; second joint scarcely thickened, smooth; terminal joint about twice as long as second, very slender, but dilated into a club at apex. Thorax and abdomen not crested. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings with a rounded boss of scales on dorsum; neuration normal. Hindwings with 5 from well above lower angle of cell (4). melanolitha, Turn. 14. Gen. ArRmactica, WIk. Frons not projecting. Palpi’moderate or rather long, ascending ; second joint but slightly thickened, nearly smooth ; terminal joint moderate. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum. Forewings normal. Hindwings with 5 from well above angle (4), 8 anastomosing with cell to 4. columbina, Wik. endoleuca, Hmps. conchidia, Butl. 15. Gen. Acontia, Ochs. Frons not projecting, but with anterior tuft of scales. Palpi moderate or long, ascending; second joint slightly roughened ; terminal joint short, rather long. Thorax not crested. Abdomen with flattened dorsal crest on basal seg- ment. Posterior tibiae hairy. Forewings without areole, 7 and 8 stalked, 9 and 10 stalked. Hindwings with 5 from well above angle (4), 8 anastomosing with cell near base. emboloscia, Turn. tranversa, Gn. amata, Wlk. con- genita, Hmps. malvae, Esp. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns, ‘Charters Towers, Eidsvold, Brisbane, Rosewood. . 7S eee s es 190 ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. No. 17. By J. M. Brack. [Read July 8, 1920.] Prarus 1X. anp xs Where a district is mentioned, it means a new record for one of the botanical districts of Tate’s Flora of Se ee South Australia. The asterisk indicates an alien plant. PINACEAE. Callitris cupressiformis, Vent. var. tasmanica, Benth. Slape Gully, near Adelaide (H. Griffith); Cape Borda, K.I. (J. W.-° Mellor); River Onkaparinga, near Clarendon (J. M. B.); Middle River, K.I. (E. Ashby). This variety was raised to specific rank as C. tasmanica by Baker and Smith (Pines of Aust. 233), principally on the ground that C. cwpressiformis has erect branches, and C. tasmanica spreading, horizontal branches. This statement is borne out by the photographs which accompany Messrs Baker and Smith’s fine work, but my experience in the field has been that the direction of the branches of Callitris (notably of C. robusta and C. propinqua) vary greatly in individual trees! The specimen from Slape Gully is described as ‘“‘a rounded shrub resembling the Native Cherry (#zocarpus cupressiformis), 3-4 m. high.’’ Mr. Ashby tells me that the specimens grown on his land at Blackwood, from seeds obtained some years ago at Middle River, have erect branches. It therefore appears to me safer to retain the varietal name. At the same time I follow Messrs. Baker and Smith in uniting Bentham’s two varieties tasmanica and mucronata. The Slape Gully and Cape Borda specimens have been already recorded under the latter name in these Trans., xxxv., 61 (1911). Our specimens have the wrinkled valves of var. tusmanica and the prominent spurs of var. mucronata. C. Drummondiu, (Parlat.) Benth. et Hook. Also grown by Mr. Ashby from seeds obtained at Middle River, K.I. Hitherto this species has only been recorded in South Aus- tralia from Arno Bay, E.P. The branchlets are light green and very slightly furrowed, while those of C. cwpressiformis var. tasmanica are dark green and deeply furrowed. 191 . GRAMINEAE. Stipa horrifolia, n. sp. (Tab. ix.) Gramen dense caespitosum 30-80 cm. altum, caulibus erectis, foliorum laminis rigidis involuto-cylindricis erectis patenti-hirsutis vel hispidis apice subpungentibus, ligula brevi ciliolata, vagina suprema elongata sensim inflata basin paniculae amplexante, panicula 15-30 cm. longa laxa denique contracta, ramorum fasciculis circiter 9 semiverticillatis distantibus, ramis plerisque diyisis, pedicellis capillaribus puberulis 5-12 mm. longis, glumis vacuis scariosis purpurascentibus apice 1-3-dentatis, inferiore 8-10 mm. longa, 3-nervia, superiore - paulo breviore 5-nervia, gluma florifera villosa 3-4 mm. longa apice integra duplo longiore quam callus, palea glumam aequante dorso pubescente, arista 4-7 cm. longa articulata sed tantum post spiculam humatam secedente sub geniculo torta villosa supra puberula sub lente. Nullabor Plain (per Dr. R. 8S. Rogers); Peterborough ; Enfield; Pinnaroo; Moonta (J. M. B.). This plant was placed by me tentatively under S. arach- nopus, Pilger, in these Trans., xliii., 25 (1919). Since then three specimens have been sent to the Royal Botanic Gar- dens, Kew, and Dr. O. Stapf reports that, although he has not seen a specimen of Pilger’s plant, he considers that they do not belong to that species. He adds:—‘‘The specimens submitted appear to differ in the following points: the leaves are coarser, the panicle has more numerous internodes, many spikelets and long pedicels, the glumes are longer and the awn is more hairy and much longer. I should not hesitate to describe them as a new species. We have nothing in our herbarium to match them.” As a result of this opinion from so distinguished an authority on the grasses as Dr. Stapf, the new species has been here described and figured. The localities given show that S. horrifoha is widely distributed throughout the State, in fact almost from its western to eastern boundary. Pamicum decompositum, R. Br. Dr. Stapf considers that P. Whitei, described and figured by me in these Trans., xh., 632, pl. 39 (1917), must be included in P. decompositum. As his memorandum is of interest to botanists in other States besides ours I quote from it as follows :—‘‘When revising our fairly ample material of P. decompositum, R. Br., I came across a specimen collected by Andrews in the ‘vicinity of Lake Eyre’ consisting of two small pieces very like your speci- men, though still smaller, and a piece with a large young panicle and leaves, exactly of the broad-leaved- form of P. decompositum. The agreement is so great that I have no G 192 doubt of their identity. I should say the specimen which you sent us as P. Whiter is just a meagre condition of P. decompositum. The latter is a rather polymorphic species, but whether the forms which may be distinguished within it represent stable races or indicate merely a wide amplitude of fluctuation or a considerable degree of plasticity I do not venture to say, R. Brown’s original matches very well with McGillivray’s specimen from Port Curtis and comes very near the form described by Domin as var. acwminatissrmum, which latter has, however, slightly larger spikelets and somewhat coarser panicle-branches. Brown’s type has blades up to 4 mm. wide; most of the remainder of our material have broader leaves and fatter stems. Your specimen and the smaller piece of Andrews’ collection have shorter, narrower, and less rigid leaves, but the big piece of Andrews has the blade up to 9 mm. wide. As to Domin’s var. utile, I doubt whether it can be distinguished from the typical form with broader leaves. We have not been able to confirm the char- acters he indicates. His var. scaberrumum and Bailey’s var. tenwior may stand as such for the present. Typical P. decom- positum seems to range all over Australia. The specimens enumerated in the Flora Australiensis under P. decompositum also include some referable to P. paludosum, Roxb. This is how I name them as far as I have seen them : — “P. paludosum, Roxb.—Victoria River, /. Mueller (certain specimens only); King Creek, Bowman; Archer Lagoon, Leukhart (Leichhardt? ). “P. decompositum, R. Br. typicum.—Gulf of Carpen- taria, R. Brown; Port Curtis, McGillivray; Macleay River, Beckler; Lake Eyre, Andrews; W. Australia, Drummond 43; - Murchison River, Oldfield. “P. decompositum var. acuminatissemum, Dom. — Vic- toria River, J/ueller. “P. decompositum var. scaberrimum, Dom.—Cygnet Bay, Cunningham.”’ : To Dr. Stapf’s remarks I would only add that many of our northern specimens have the lower panicle-branches: solitary and alternate, and only some of the upper ones clustered. *Hragrostis major, Host. Pinnaroo (per H. W. Andrew). Said to have appeared in the district in 1915, and to be relished by cattle. CHENOPODIACEAE. Arthrocnemum halocnemoides, Nees. Salt swamps near Dry Creek (J. M. B.); Swan River, W.A. (D. A. Herbert). 193 Var. pergranulatum, J. M. Black. Foot of Sellick Hill (H. W. Andrew); Dry Creek (J. M. B.). A. leiostachyum (Benth.), Paulsen. Dry Creek. Chenopodium microphyllum, F. v. M. Marree (Dist. C; Prof. Osborn). CRUCIFERAE. Stenopetalum sphaerocarpum, F. v. M. Monarto South (Dist. M; E. H. Ising). S. leabides. R. Br. var. canescens, Benth. Monarto South (E. H. Ising); Everard Ranges (S. A. White); Mun- dowdna (J. M. B.). Lepidium rotundwm, DC. Domin, in Fedde, Repert. xi., 198 (1913), distinguishes L. eremaewm, n. sp., from ZL. rotundum by its elongated racemes, narrow petals, winged seeds, and notch of the pod almost closed by the connivent lobes. It is to be observed, however, that in specimens of L. rotundum with an open notch the seeds are also conspicu- ously winged, and the racemes vary greatly in length. The degree to which the lobes of the pod approach or diverge from each other is also variable, especially in var. phlebopetalum, Maid. et. Betche (L. phiebopetalum, F. v. M.). The Tate Herbarium contains a specimen labelled “ZL. rotundum, 79 Gully,’’ which agrees with Domin’s description of the plant “collected by R. -Tate, Horn Valley, Central Australia, 1894.””. In the same herbarium is a specimen labelled ‘‘L. rotundum—R. Helms, Camp 53.’’ Here the inner margins of the lobes are parallel and close together, resembling the plant from Horn Valley, but the racemes are only 2-3 cm. long. It therefore seems unlikely that LZ. eremaeum (erroneously printed ‘‘eraemeum’’ in the Repertorium) is more than a variety, at most, of LZ. rotundum. *Lemdium campestre, (L.) R. Br. ‘‘Field Cress.” Experimental plots at Penola (E. 8. Alcock). Europe and Western Asia. Recorded as a weed in Victoria. *Camelina foetida, Fries. Experimental plots, Penola (E. S. Alcock). Europe. Usually distributed as an adult- erant of flax seed. LEGUMINOSAE. Acacia rhetinocarpa, n.sp. (Tab. x.) Frutex erectus resinosus 50-120 cm. altus, ramulis cylindricis minute et evanide puberulis, phyllodiis parvis (2-4 mm. longis 14-2 mm. latis) oblique obovatis vel oblongis crassis rigidis viscido- nitentibus mucrone deflexo glanduloso terminatis obscure uninerviis, pedunculis solitariis monocephalis paulo longioribus vel duplo longioribus quam phyllodia,, capitulis circiter G2 , 194 12-floris, floribus saepius pentameris, calyce usque ad medium lobato ciliato dimidio breviore quam corolla, petalis liberis, bracteola cucullata, ovario papilloso, legumine lineari stipitato glabro viscido-nitente curvo vel subtorto 4-6 cm. longo 2-24 mm. lato, seminibus longitudinalibus ovato-oblongis, arillo majusculo cymbiformi, funiculo brevi sub arillo abrupte reflexo. Scrub near Monarto South (EK. H. Ising); flowering August, 1919; fruiting December. Mr. Ising writes: —“‘I only saw 24 plants and they were all growing within a short distance of one another, in the shelter of three species of mallee (Hucalyptus gracilis, H. incrassata, and another). The soll was a loose reddish sand, which extended in considerable areas over a flat or undulating country.”’ This species is, in its oblique-nerved and oblique-pointed -phyllodes, allied to A. obliqua, acinacea, Merralin, and glandulicarpa. It has much smaller phyllodes than any of those species except A. glandulicarpa, F. M. Reader, and it differs from‘the last-named in the phyllodes even smaller, with the nerve and glandular point curved outwards or down- wards, whereas glandulicarpa has the nerve and point in- curved towards the axis of the branchlet. In the pod the two species differ entirely, A. glandulicarpa having a broader pod, not curved, and covered with rather long glandular hairs, while A. rhetinocarpa has a slender, curved, resinous- glossy pod. In the funicle sharply bent backwards under the aril, it resembles A. rigens, Bynoeana, and Menzelw. A. Merrallu, F. v. M. Minnipa (Manager of Govern- ment Farm, per Prof. Osborn). A Western Australian species previously found at Charra, near Fowler Bay, and labelled by Prof. Tate in his herbarium ‘‘A. obliqua” and ‘‘A. Meissnert,’’ an error which was first corrected by Mr. J. H. Maiden (these Trans., xxxli., 278). The Minnipa speci- mens show that the original description must be slightly amplified, as the young phyllodes are silky-pubescent and the pubescence sometimes persists on the mature phyllode, while the peduncles are in many cases twin. LINACEAE. *Linum strictum, L. This plant, already recorded for Maitland, Y.P., is also common near Moonta. ZYGOPHYLLACEAE. Zygophyllum fruticulosum, DC. A weed in the wheat- fields at the Point Pearce Mission Station, Y.P., and locally known as “‘Hop-bush.”’ ~S 195 EUPHORBIACEAE. *Huphorbia terracina, L. Moonta. RHAMNACEAE. Pomaderris obcordata, Fenzl. Monarto South (Dist. M; E. H. Ising). Dwarf shrub growing in sandy soil about 50 cm. high. MALVACEAE. Plagianthus microphyllus, F. v. M. Point Pearce Mission Station, Y.P. (Dist. Y). | FRANKENIACEAE. Frankenia foliosa, J. M. Black. Mr. H. B. Williamson has sent me a specimen from Sea Lake, N.W. Victoria, collected by the Rev. W. W. Watts. It has leaves more closely revolute on the margins, and therefore not so broad as in specimens from our northern districts. MYRTACEAE. Eucalyptus Morris, R. T. Baker. On the label of some further specimens from Mount Patawurta, near Moolooloo, Mr. E. H. Ising describes this plant’ as a shrub 2 m. high. | Melaleuca cylindrica, R. Br. Bentham (Fl. Aust. iii., 146) describes I. armillaris, Sm., and after quoting localities in New South Wales and Victoria, has the following : — “S. Australia. Kangaroo Island, &. Brown. Var. (7) tenuifolia. Leaves semiterete, very narrow, under 4 in. long. Flowers smaller.—J/. cylindrica, R. Br. Herb.— Dunk River, &. Brown, perhaps a distinct species.”’ Guided apparently by this statement, Tate (Fl. extra- trop. S.A., 93 and 231) records WM. cylindrica for Kangaroo Island, but there is no corresponding specimen in the Tate Herbarium. Prof. Ewart kindly lent me one of Brown’s original specimens from the British Museum labelled ‘‘M/ela- leuca cylindrica, R. Br. (M. armillaris, Sm. var. (1?) tenwi- folia, Benth.) No. 4702. Duck River.’’ ‘‘Dunk River’’ is, therefore, apparently a mistake of transcription. There is no “Duck” or “‘Dunk River’’ on Kangaroo Island, or, as far as the officials of the Land Office are aware, anywhere in South Australia. Mr. J. H. Maiden believes the locality intended to be Duck River, near Paramatta, where W/. armillaris is common. JM. cylindrica should therefore, as far as our pre- sent knowledge goes, be deleted from the flora of this State. It may be added that an examination of the type of W/. 196 cylindrica shows that the leaves are not ‘‘semiterete’”’ but cylindrical, very slender (4 mm. diam.), sprinkled with immersed glands, 5-10 mm. long, on petioles of about 1 mm. EPACRIDACEAE. Leucopogon rufus, Lindl. Monarto South. (Dist. M; E. H. Ising). , : SCROPHULARIACEAE. Veronica distans, R. Br. Monarto South. (Dist. M; BH}. H. Ising). Morgana glabra, R. Br. var. floribunda, Maid. et Betche. (1. floribunda, Benth.) Floodbed of Cooper Creek (Prof. Osborn). Locally known as ‘‘Blue top.” Mimulus repens, R. Br. Lake Kilalpaninna. (Dist. C; Prof. Osborn.) Leaves usually rather smaller and peduncles rather longer than in the southern form. It was found in saline soil, growing beside Heliotropium curassavicum. PLANTAGINACEAE. Plantago varia, R. Br. Monarto South (E. H. Ising). Dwarf specimens; scape only 7-15 mm. long; flowers 2-6 in the head. CUCURBITACEAE. Melothria micrantha, F. v. M. Near Kopperamanna. (Dist. C; Prof. Osborn.) ‘‘Common in floodbed of Cooper’ Creek.’’? The names which this plant has received are: — Cucurbita micrantha, F. v. M.; im Trans. Phil. Soc. Vict. ny 20.4 1855): , Cucumis (?) Muelleri, Naud., in Ann. sci. nat. 4me sér. “xi. 84 (1859). Zehneria micrantha, F. v. M., Fragm. i., 182 (1859). Mukia micrantha, F. v. M., Fragm. 1., 180 (1861). Melothria Muellert, Benth., Fl. Aust. i1., 320 (1866). Melothria micrantha, F. v. M., ex Cogn. in DC. Monogr. | Phan. iii., 603 (1881). The reason given by Naudin for changing the specific name was that micrantha became inapplicable in the genus Cucumis, but art. 50 of the Vienna rules expressly states that a name is not to be changed ‘“‘because it is badly chosen,’’ or because ‘‘another is preferable.’ There appears therefore to be no doubt that Cogniaux was right in re-establishing Mueller’s specific name. Zehneria micrantha, Hook. f. in Oliver, Fl. trop. Afric. ii., 560 (1871), is inadmissible owing 197 to Mueller’s prior use of the name, and has been replaced by Melothria minuttflora, Cogn. in DC. Monogr. Phan. iii., 611 (1881). CoMPOSITAE. Olearia picridifolia, Benth. Monarto South (E. H. Ising). Chthonocephalus pseudoevar, Steetz. Monarto South. — (Dist. M; E. H. Ising). Senecio odoratus, Hornem. Kilalpaninna, Cooper Creek. (Dist. C; Prof. Osborn.) DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. PuateE IX. Stipa horrifolia, n. sp. 1, outer glumes. 2, flowering glume, palea, and awn. 3, lodicules, pistil, and stamens. 4, summit of leaf-sheath and base of blade. 5, anterior face of grain, showing the embryo (¢). 6, posterior face of grain, showing the linear hilum (h). PuLaTE X. Acacia rhetinocarpa, n. sp. 1, flower. 2, bracteole. 3, pistil. 4, phyllodes. 5, fruiting branchlet. 6, seed. 198 REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE FAMILY CISTELIDAE (ORDER COLEOPTERA). By Hy J.Canres, B.A. Pe. [Read August 12, 1920.] CIsTELIDAE “).—Through the courtesy of Professor Poulton, who has personally taken the Hope types to the British Museum, it is now possible to clear up some of the mysteries connected with species unidentified in Australian collections referred to in my Revision,@ and I gladly quote the result of Mr. Blair’s examination of these: — ‘““HYBRENIA (ALLECULA) PIMELIOIDES, Hope (N. Holl.). Type male agrees with a single broken specimen in the British Museum from Port Darwin. It is without doubt Hybrema princeps, Blackb. (type female), and is, I think, different from the Queensland species that I had as pimelioides. The punctures of both thorax and elytra are finer and more sparsely placed, those of the striae are not connected by any impressed line, the hind tibiae of male are straight, not in- - curved at apex, and the impression on the last abdominal _ segment extends nearly (# of the way) to the base, and has two blunt tubercles at its limits. This last character sharply separates it from H. elongata, Macl., and the lack of impressed striae on the elytra separates 1t from H. sublaevis, Macl. (id., H. J. C.), of which, however, I have no male. ‘‘A. OMOPHILOIDES, Hope (type female, N. Holl.), is cor- rectly determined as Metistete singularis, Haag. ‘“A. melancholica, Hope (type female, N. Holl. )= M. cisppicotuis, Newm. ‘‘A. fovetcollts, Hope (type female, N. ~ Holl.)= H. cIsTELOIDES, Newm. (type male). ‘“A. CANESCENS, Hope (type, Port Essington), is not the species usually so identified, but is nearer H. maculata, Haag. (1) By the kind permission of the Editor, the following note is added since reading of paper:—‘‘In the catalogue of “Junk, Herr Borchmann followed Seidlitz in substituting the name Alleculidae [used in this paper when read] for Cistelidae on the ground that Cistela was used by Geoffroy (1764) in another family, and therefore. Cistela F. (1773) was preoccupied. Geoffroy’s names, however, are not accepted, hence Cistela F. stands as a valid generic name, with type sulphurea, Latr. (1810), and the family name is therefore correctly Cistelidae.”’ (2) Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 1915, p. 82. Mee DL ras , od 199 I send a specimen that agrees with it for your examination.” [=H. maculata, Haag., which thus disappears as a synonym ; while H. canescens, Blackb. (nec Hope), also my Revision, p. 80, requires a name, and is described below as H. scutellaris.—H. J. C.] ‘A. Goutp11, Hope (type, W. Australia), agrees with a specimen unnamed in British Museum from Champion Bay (Duboulay). I send this for your examination.’ [This is a species of which I have. lately seen several in the South Aus- tralian Museum from the Perth district, and which I consider congeneric with Dimorphochilus diversicollis, Borch., and is redescribed below.—H. J. C.| ‘““A. nigricans, Hope (type female, Port Essington), agrees with specimen (male) unnamed in British Museum from N.W. Australia. This I send for examination.’’ [Redescribed below.—H. J. C. ‘“‘ALLECULA RUFA, Sol. This is a Chilian insect, from Coquimbo.” [Borchmann, in the Junk Catalogue, erroneously ascribed this to Australia; hence Homorrysis rura, Blackb., is a valid name, and my proposed substitute, H. rwbra, is superfluous.—H. J. C.| Homortrysis aripa, Blackb.=H. sitvens, Blackb. Mr. Blair writes, ‘‘I see no real point of distinction ah pew Black- burn’s species ‘arida’ and ‘sitiens.’ ’’ [N.B.—Names in italics are synonyms. | SYNATRACTUS VARIABILIS, Macl. Mr. Lea has lately pointed out to me that this species has tarsal claws entire, not pectinate; a fact which I confirm from examination. More- over, from British Museum specimens, it seems to belong to the genus Casnonidea, Fairm. (Family Lagriidae), of which various species occur from India to New Guinea. The name Synatractus thus disappears from the Australian list, and Macleay’s species becomes Casnomdea variabilis, Macl., unless it should prove to be synonymous with one of Fairmaire’s species. The following are new species, largely from the South Australian Museum or my own collection, examined since the publication of my Revision of the Family:- - CHROMOMOEA GRACILLIMA, N.. sp. Elongate, oblong, narrowly tapering behind; whole sur- face metallic-black, glabrous; base of femora, three basal joints of antennae and palpi testaceous, tibiae also with testaceous band (in one example at least). Head densely punctate, in male wider than prothorax, in female as wide as the apex of prothorax; eyes widely aS: ella 200 separated, not very prominent, antennae with joint 3 longer than 4 and cylindric, 4-10 subequal and narrowly triangular, 11 of equal length with 10 but more slender. Prothoraxz slightly longer than wide, very convex laterally, truncate at base, at apex a little produced in middle, in male sides nearly straight, feebly narrowed and rounded in front, hind angles rectangular; in female sides clearly but lightly rounded, Gently widening posteriorly, finely, closely but not deeply punctate, a central depressed fovea near base and small triangular basal fovea near angles. Scwtellum triangular. Elytra wider than prothorax at base, convex and elongate, tapering behind, very finely striate-punctate; intervals closely punctate, with feeble pubescence near apex; underside finely punctate, tibiae entire in both sexes. Dzm.—Male, 5x14; female, 7x 2 (vix) mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (F. P. Dodd). Four examples, of which three are apparently males. The female example is larger, with the thorax more rounded at sides and widened behind; the elytra also show vague indications of paler markings (somewhat as in C. picta, Pasc.). The only species with which it could be confused are C. unicolor, Bates, var. lindensis, Blackb., and C. affiims, Blackb.; but besides size and colour differences, the surface of gracilluma is more glabrous and nitid than either of these, with a much lighter system of punctures, especially on the pronotum, while the form is more cylindric. Types in the South Australian Musuem. ANAXO DENTIPES, 0. ‘sp. Elongate, subparallel, nitid dark bronze, labrum, antennae, and basal half of tibiae reddish; head and under- side rather thickly clothed with white recumbent hairs. Head closely punctate, eyes separated by a distance of about the diameter of one eye; antennae moderately stout, the joints thickened at apex, 3 and 4 subequal, 5 to 11 suc- cessively shorter, 10 and 11 narrower than preceding. /Pro- thorax moderately convex, nearly square, truncate at base and apex, sides nearly straight, the anterior angles rounded off, posterior rectangular; lateral margins not visible from above, basal and apical margins narrowly raised, disc coarsely and unevenly punctate, with one or two smooth spaces on each lobe, medial impression wide and shallow (in one example subobsolete). Scutellwm round behind, thickly albo-pilose. Elytra wider than prothorax at base, sides parallel for the greater part; punctate-striate, the seriate punctures large, round, close, and regular; intervals convex-subcarinate in 201 apical region and almost smooth (a few irregular minute punctures only visible under a lens). Abdomen nearly smooth, sternum densely albo-pilose. Front tzbiae of male armed with a tooth, about one-third of distance from apex. Dim.—10-12 x 33-4 mm. Hab.—North-western Australia: Wyndham (W. Craw- shaw), two males. Western Australia (French Collection in National Museum): one female. The female specimen is almost certainly the mate of the Wyndham examples, though the pilose clothing is less evident, and the tibiae are unarmed. The red tibiae with darker- coloured tarsi is an unusual feature. Type in author’s collection. ANAXO STRONGYLIOIDES, n. sp. Oblong, nitid-black, antennae opaque-black. Head coarsely and closely punctate, arcuate suture well marked; eyes prominent and widely separated, antennae linear, joints 3-5 subequal, 6-8 shorter than preceding, 9-10 shorter than 6-8, 11 longer and finer than 10. Prothoraz convex, rather strongly produced in middle at apex, wider than long, sides nearly straight, anterior angles obsolete (depressed and rounded), posterior subrectangular, disc coarsely, not closely punctate, with smooth medial line in a depression, terminated behind by a transverse depression. Scutellum triangular. LZlytra wider than prothorax at base, oblong, slightly enlarged behind middle, shoulders rather square, striate-punctate, the seriate punctures very large, round, and regular, the striae nearly as wide as the intervals ; the latter apparently impunctate and very slightly convex, with transverse rugosity. Metasternwm finely punctate, abdomen nearly smooth. Posterior tars: with first joint as long as the rest combined. Dzm.—84x3 mm. Hab.—Queeensland :*Cairns District (F. P. Dodd). A unique example, sex doubtful, is unlike any described species, having a coarse system of elytral punctures. In my table) the only species which approaches it is A. sparsus, Blackb., which is larger, and has red legs, and red base of antennae, besides finer elytral sculpture. In this species even the tarsi are black. It is sometimes difficult to say whether the apparent convexity of elytral intervals is due to their rising above the average surface, or to the striae being so excavated as to give a similar effect. In the above species the intervals appear flat when seen from above, their slight convexity seen from behind is due to the rather deep and wide sculpture of the striae and to the large size of the punctures themselves. Type in South Australian Museum. (3) D.c., p. 67. 202 HEMICISTELA TESTACEA, N. sp. Elongate-oblong, whole surface and appendages testaceous and glabrous; eyes black; suture of elytra, apical segments of abdomen (sometimes), pronotum (rarely) fuscous. Head very finely punctate; eyes widely separated, moder- ately prominent; antennae long, joints very narrowly tri- angular, 3-10 subequal, 11- shorter and finer than 10. Prothorax depressed; truncate at apex and base, widest at middle, thence arcuately narrowed to apex and obliquely feebly narrowed to base; disc uniformly finely punctate; medial line lightly impressed or wanting; two small trans- verse foveae at base. Scutellum small, semi-circular. Llytra wider than prothorax at base and four times as long, parallel, or lightly enlarged behind middle; finely but clearly striate- punctate, punctures in striae round, fine but distinct through- out; intervals quite flat and minutely but clearly punctured. Underside smooth and nitid. Legs simple, hind tarsi with basal joint as long as the next two. Dim.—5-6 x 13-24 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Swan River (A. M. Lea). Fourteen examples show a fragile insect without strongly defined characters. The prothorax is shaped as in H. discoidalis, Blackb., and indeed the two species are very similar in structure. The mandibles are clearly simple at apex. H. testacea differs from discoidalis in colour paler, without the lateral obfuscation of elytra, antennal joints more elongate, elytral intervals quite differently punctured (closely and finely in testacea, sparsely ‘‘subfortiter’’ in discordalis). Types in the South Australian Museum. As the following two species have never been identified in any Australian collection, and were quite inadequately described in three lines (each) of Latin—in one instance without any dimensions—I append fuller descriptions : — DiIMORPHOCHILUS (ALLECULA) GOULDII, Hope. Elongate, ovate, red or black, glabrous; antennae, tibiae, and tarsi red. Head produced strongly in front, labrum very prominent ; mandibles simple (one-pointed) ; sparsely and finely punctate ; eyes large and prominent, separated (in both sexes) by a space of about half the diameter of one; antennae linear, very slender, joint 3 slightly larger than 4, 4-6 equal, 7-10 shorter and wider than preceding, 11 much narrower than 10. Pro- thorax (about 2x3 mm.) truncate at apex and base, hind angles rectangular, sides parallel behind, arcuately narrowed on front half, anterior angles obsolete; disc sparsely, lightly punctate, with small transverse basal foveae, and without 203 medial line. Hlytra wider than prothorax at base, narrowly oval, or slightly widened behind middle; striate-punctate, the seriate punctures small, only obvious on basal half; the striae deep, intervals convex (especially at sides and apex), lightly punctate; mesosternum strongly and sparsely, abdomen finely punctate. Dim.—12-13 x 4-44 mm. Hab.—Northern Territory: Port Essington (type). Western Australia: Champion Bay (British Museum) and Swan River (J. Clark). A Tanychilus-like insect, of which the red examples (the type is red) are probably immature. It appears to be wide- spread in Western Australia, and bears a superficial re- semblance to the common Homotrysis rufipes, F., of Eastern Australia, but has the elytral intervals more convex, and the seriate punctures more hidden in striaé, while the head is quite differently shaped, with simple mandibles. It is evi- dently not D. sobrinus, Borch., in which the intervals are quite smooth, and the striae almost vanishing towards the apex ; but I consider it most at home under Dimorphochilus, a genus on the border line between the two main divisions of the family, but belonging rather to the first than to the second of these Divisions. Homotrysis (ALLECULA) NIGRICANS, Hope. Elongate-ovate, nitid-black, pilose; edge of clypeus, palpi, and tarsi red. Upper-surface sparsely clad with upright red- dish hair, under-surface with short recumbent pile. Head rather strongly and closely punctate, eyes large and prominent, separated by a space equal to half the diameter of one; antennae with joints 3-10 subequal in length, but 6-10 successively wider at apex, 11 narrowly ovate. Prothoraxz a little sinuate (produced in middle) at apex, truncate and widest at base, a little compressed in middle, posterior angles Subacute, sides arcuately narrowed in front; disc coarsely, sparsely punctate, medial line only indicated by an impres- sion at base and a shallow impression near apex; triangular basal foveae well marked. Llytra very little wider than pro- thorax at base, ovate-elliptic; striate-punctate, the seriate punctures well marked, irregular in size; intervals subconvex, coarsely and sparsely punctate and irregularly transversely rugose. Sternum coarsely, abdomen very finely punctate. Legs very hairy; posterior tarsi with first joint not as long as the rest combined. Dim.—9 x24 mm. Hab.—Northern Territory: Port Essington and Darwin. A-small, narrow species, nearest to H. fusca, Blackb., but the latter has the elytral intervals flat, with a smaller differently-shaped prothorax inter alia. 204 HOMOTRYSIS KERSHAWI, N. sp. Elongate, subnavicular; chocolate-brown, head and pro- notum subopaque, elytra and underside nitid; labrum, palpi, basal jomts of antennae, and tarsi reddish. Head and prothorax densely (confluently) punctate; the eyes very large and prominent, separated by a distance of about half the diameter of one eye; antennae long and very slender, the joints linear, 3 longer than 4, 5-11 successively shorter. Prothorax very convex, about as wide as long, slightly narrowed anteriorly; apex a little sinuate, front angles obtuse, but sharply defined, base truncate, hind angles rectangular, sides nearly straight, on basal half gradually contracting in front; basal foveae scarcely defined, dise with- out medial line, thinly margined at base and sides, the lateral margin not seen from above. lytra considerably wider than prothorax at base and about three and a half times as long; striate-punctate, the striae wide, seriate punctures less obvious near suture, but large, square, and divided by cancellate ridges on external half; intervals convex, coarsely punctate, with a line of thin pale recumbent hair on each. Sternum coarsely, abdomen more finely punctate, each puncture on the latter bearing a short recumbent red hair. Dzm.—10-11x 34-4 mm. Hab.—Overland Railway, 24 miles west of Kycherny Soak, collected by Mr. Chandler. Western Australia: Eucla. Four male examples show a species specifically like a common Western Australian insect that I have doubtfully identified as H. obscura, Borch., but differing in smaller size, more prominent and closely-set eyes, antennae quite different, elytra pilose, etc. It is evidently not H. scabrosa, Champ., whose antennae are “‘rather stout,’’ joint 3 “‘shorter than 4,”’ etc. Type in the National Museum, Melbourne. HOMOTRYSIS PALLIPES, 0. sp. Elongate, subparallel, subopaque-black; labrum, palpi, legs, and tarsi testaceous, knees infuscate. Elytra with short, sparse, reddish hairs, underside with longer recumbent hair. Head densely punctate ; eyes of male separated by a space of half the diameter of an eye, in female more widely separ- ated, antennal: joints rather stoutly linear, 3-11 subequal in length, 3-5 slightly widening apically. Prothorax truncate at apex, slightly sinuate at base, sides nearly straight on basal half, arcuately narrowed to apex; front angles obsolete, posterior sharply rectangular; surface very densely punctate, the punctures subcontiguous, a shallow basal impression near angles, and a few short reddish hairs near sides. Scutellum 205 small and round. /lytra as wide as prothorax at base, the rounded humeri causing a slight expansion, sides parallel to half-way, then a little widened behind middle; striate- punctate, the striae deep, the punctures therein close and well marked only near base and sides, intervals flat and very coarsely transversely wrinkled and sparsely pilose. Underside distinctly but not coarsely punctate. In the male the front tibiae a little bent at apex, the hind tibiae slightly flattened and widened. Dim.—9-10}4 x 34-4 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Port Denison (F. Taylor); Towns- ville (Ejnar Fischer, in the Melbourne Museum), Kuranda, and Cairns (A. M. Lea). Eight specimens examined, of which three, including both sexes, were sent me some time ago by Mr. Taylor. The species is distinguished by the combination of subopaque black sur- face, dark antennae, pale legs with darker knees, and strongly eross-wrinkled elytral intervals. In the male specimen the Ist, 3rd, 5th, and 7th elytral intervals are clearly narrower than the rest. Types in the author’s collection. HoMorrysIS DODDI, n. sp. gd. Elongate -oblong, chocolate- brown; palpi, apical antennal joints, and tarsi paler. Upper-surface (especially at sides) clothed with short, recumbent pile. Head and pronotum finely, densely (confluently) punc- tate; labrum prominent and pilose, eyes large, moderately prominent, separated by a space less than the diameter of one, this space rapidly widening behind; antennal joints sub- linear, each slightly widened at apex, lessening in length from the 3rd outwards, apical two very short. Prothorax truncate at apex and base, widest at middle; gently, arcuately narrowed in front; feebly sinuate behind; anterior angles depressed (widely obtuse from above), posterior subrectangular; disc without medial line; basal foveae lightly impressed. Scutellum oval. EHlytra wider than prothorax at base, shoulders squarely rounded, sides subparallel, or lightly com- pressed behind shoulders; striate-punctate, the seriata punctures subcontiguous and fine; intervals of uniform width, convex, finely but densely rugose [under a strong lens this rugosity seen to consist of numerous fine tubercles, often bearing a short red hair]. (Underside densely punctate, abdomen very finely so. Legs simple, posterior tarsi with Ist joint nearly as long as the rest combined. Dim.—8-9 x 34-32 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Fortescue River, Hammersley Range (W. D. Dodd). 206 Two examples (males), which I name after the collector, — a son of the well-known Kuranda naturalist. It is nearest » in form and sculpture to H. pascoei, Macl., from which it differs in (1) smaller size, (2) much finer sculpture of pro- notum, (3) elytral sculpture, which in H. pascoei consists of large cancellate punctures in striae, with finely- punctured and wrinkled intervals. Types returned to the South Aus- tralian Museum. | . HoMOTRYSIS POST-TIBIALIS, nN. sp. Klongate-ovate, castaneous (elytra slightly darker) ; antennae and legs pale red. Upper-surface clothed with upright, pale-red hairs, legs smooth. 3 Head finely, densely punctate; eyes very close in male (intervening space the length of 2nd antennal joint), more distant in female; antennae sublinear-joints lightly enlarged at apex, 3-9 subequal in length, slightly successively widening. 10 and 11 of same length, but. finer. Prothoraz widest at base, sides nearly straight to middle, thence rounded and narrowed to apex; truncate at apex and base, posterior angles rectangular; disc rather coarsely, sparsely punctate, without medial line, with three shallow depressions at base. Slytra oval, slightly wider than prothorax at base, shoulders rounded; striate-punctate, the striae fine, small seriate punctures clearly evident on basal half only; intervals flat and punctate, the punctures here of about the same size as the seriate. Wprpleuwrae and sternum coarsely punctate, abdomen striolate, the apical segments punctate. Posterior tibiae of male triangularly widened into a tooth near apex. Dim.—73-9 x 23-3 mm. Hab.—South-western Australia (the Author). Swan River (J. Clark). Four examples, two of each sex, before me are distinct from H. fusca, Blackb., and H. nigricans, Hope, by differences of colour, sculpture, and the male tibiae; no other species comes very near it. Type male in Author’s Collection, female in South Australian Museum. HomoTrRYSIS RUFO-COERULEA, 0. sp. Elongate-ovate. Head, prothorax, underside, basal joints of antennae, and base of femora red; elytra blue, knees and tibiae (in part), antennae obfuscate. The whole thickly clad with upright, whitish hair. . ok. ee ine) ce 207 Head and pronotum rather coarsely punctate; eyes in male closely approximate, in female less so, in both the inter- vening space obliquely widened behind ; antennae rather stout, joint 3 cylindric, 4-10 subtriangular and short, 11 finely ovate. Prothorax about as wide as long, sides parallel behind, arcuately narrowed in front, apex a little produced in middle; base truncate, posterior angles rectangular. Llytra wider than prothorax at base, shoulders rather prominent, sides subparallel for the greatest part, not widened behind ; striate-punctate, the seriate punctures round, small, rather close, placed in fine striae; intervals flat and clearly punc- tured. Metasternwm coarsely, abdomen very finely punctate. Dim.—7 x 24 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Richmond, on white berry bush (Aug. Simson); Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Three specimens, one male, of this pretty little species examined. Though very unlike its congeners in its bright colours, I can find no structural characters which separate it from Homotrysis. In one example the femora are red. Types in the South Australian Museum. HOoMOTRYSIS SCUTELLARIS, n. sp. Obovate, robust; head, prothorax, and tarsi black, elytra and underside violet-brown, tibiae pale castaneous, antennae fuscous. Whole surface clothed with whitish hairs, short on elytra, longer on pronotum, dense and short on scutellum, thick and long on under-surface. Head and pronotum densely punctate; eyes prominent and widely separated (more widely than in A. cisteloides, Newm.), antennae linear, joints 3-10 successively shorter, 11th narrow and as long as 10. Prothorax rhomboidal, transverse, truncate at apex and base, sides rounded anteriorly and thence straightly widened to the base, with a faint medial depression and a shallow central-basal fovea. Seutellum white, entirely covered by close recumbent white hair. Hlytra considerably wider than prothorax at base and more than three times as long; convex, the sutural region evidently higher than the general surface; widest behind middle, shoulders rather squarely rounded; striate punctate, the punctures in striae round, close, and regular; intervals flat at base, slightly con- vex towards apex, minutely wrinkled and lined with short white hairs. (/nderside densely pilose. Male with usual evident, forcipital process; female larger, especially wider, eyes more widely separated. Dim.—Male, 94x4; female, 12x 5. . Hab.—New South Wales: Werris Creek, etc. Queens- land: Brisbane. 208 This is the species identified by Blackburn as d., canescens, Hope (=maculata, Haag.), and which I so con- sidered in my Revision and Tabulation.“4) I have gladly revived Bates’ MSS. name. It is a short, robust species of the carbonaria group, and easily distinguished from both A. — carbonaria, Germ., and H. cisteloides, Newm., by the larger serlate punctures and minute punctures of intervals, iter alia; from H. regularis, Macl., it is distinguished by colour, pilose clothing, and smaller seriate punctures. Types in the Author’s Collection. HOMOTRYSIS VARIOLOSUS, n. sp. — Elongate-oblong, black, subnitid; pilose; extreme edge of clypeus and of labrum pale red, antennae piceous, their apical joints (also tarsi) reddish. Head coarsely punctate, eyes large and transverse, separ- ated by a space of half the diameter of one eye; antennae long and tapering, joints linear, 3-11 successively a little shorter and finer than preceding. Prothorax widest at base, sides parallel behind, lightly converging on apical half, apex as wide as head, subtruncate at apex and base, posterior angles rectangular, anterior obtuse; disc rugose-punctate, some fine vermiculate ridges near centre, more clearly punctate at sides and base; without medial impression, faintly depressed near hind angles; sparsely clothed with long, upright, reddish hairs. Scutellum triangular. Hlytra considerably wider than prothorax at base, and nearly thrice as long, shoulders fairly prominent, sides a litle widened behind middle with narrow horizontal border ; rather thickly clothed with upright hairs at sides and apex; coarsely striate-punctate, the spaces between intervals almost wholly occupied by a coarse system of irregular punctures, varying from large irregularly-shaped ones (where the intervals become, in consequence, undulate) to irregular clusters of smaller ones (sometimes continued in a larger one) ; intervals convex, a row of unusually large punctures on extreme sides. Hgiplewrae, prosternum, and metasternum coarsely punctate, abdomen more finely so. Legs hairy and punctate. Dim.—12x 44 mm. Hat.—New South Wales: Belltrees, near Scone - (S. Jackson). A single male example, remarkable for the combination of elongate form, dark colour, hairy clothing, and unique elytral sculpture (somewhat as in Hybrenia occidentalis). Type in Author’s Collection. (4) D.c., pp. 80, 81. 209 The species of Homotrysis described above may be ie tinguished, enter se, as follows : — 1}10|Unicolorous (prothorax and elytra of same colour), 2; 6|Colour black. 3} 5|\Legs dark. 4| |Size, 12x4} mm. Seriate punctures . large or in clusters... ... varivlosus, N. sp. 5| |Size, 9x2} mm. Seriate punctures a ts ME ee one nigricans, Hope 6| |Legs testaceous ... patllipes, n. sp. 7| 9\Colour chocolate-brown (style ‘of H. pascoei, Macl.). 8| |Elytra with seriate punctures large ' and square, intervals punctate ... kershawi, n. sp. 9| /Elytra with seriate eee small, intervals rugose a doddi, n. sp. 10} |Colour castaneous, post “tibiae of male dentate ... ... ... ... ... post-tibialis, n. sp. 11}13/Bicolorous. Form robust (style of H carbonaria, Germ.), colour black and brown ... scutellaris, n. sp. 13) |Form asda ae ames red, gh ) oS ae es aees tee PUPO-~COCTHIEG, oT. Sp. HYBRENIA OCCIDENTALIS, n. sp. Rather widely obovate, black (in one specimen the femora red). Upper-surface rather thickly pilose. Head closely and rather strongly punctate; the eyes separated by a space of about half the diameter of one eye; antennae with joints 3-6 subequal (the rest wanting). Pro- thorax widely subrhomboidal, and rather flat, the apex slightly advanced in the middle, anterior angles widely rounded, sides nearly straight; widest at base, this truncate, posterior angles acute, surface coarsely punctate, the punc- tures not very close, each bearing a short upright red hair, basal foveae triangular. Scutellum widely triangular, punc- tate. LHlytra at base slightly wider than, and closely fitting, prothorax, and about two and a half times as long ; gradually widening to near apex, then abruptly narrowed, striate- punctate, intervals convex and punctate; the punctures in striae and on intervals of equal size and commingled, the former in groups rather than in linear series; the middle and front half of elytra having rows of subreticulate impressions, each reticulation containing a cluster of about three punc- tures; the whole with sparse, short clothing of red hair. Prosternum rugose, mesosternum and metasternum coarsely punctate, abdomen more finely so. Dim.—12-13 x 53-6 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Geraldton (J. Clark). Two specimens (both, I think, male) belong to a species near H. vittata, Pasc., var. concolor, Cart., in facies, but with 210 much coarser sculpture, more hirsute clothing, and convex elytral intervals. The sculpture is nearest that of the Eastern Australian elongata, Macl., but the latter is quite differently shaped, and has a still more coarsely punctured pronotum. Type in South Australian Museum. HYBRENIA PILOSA, Nn. sp. 3. Elongate-obovate, black nitid. Body sparsely clothed with upright red hairs, legs more densely so. Head rather densely punctate; eyes large, prominent, very close (separated by a space about the length of second antennal joint); joints of antennae linear, 3 longer than 4, thence successively shorter to 8, rest wanting. Prothorax apex bisinuate, produced in middle; here about as wide as head; truncate and widest at base; sides parallel on basal half, thence lightly converging in front; disc rather coarsely and closely punctate, the punctures more sparse towards sides ; a faint medial depression on front half and two wide foveate impressions at base, and a slight depression at middle near base. SHlytra considerably wider than prothorax at base, shoulders prominent, sides lightly widening behind middle; striate-punctate, the seriate punctures close, increasing in size from suture to sides, placed in deep striae; intervals convex, finely punctate and transversely wrinkled; a row of large punctures on the epipleurae. J/etasternwm coarsely, abdomen finely punctate. Posterior tars: mutilated. Dim.—— 14-16 x 5$-6 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Geraldton (J. Clark). Two examples, both male, are easily distinguished from the five species having convex elytral intervals mentioned in my tabulation®) by its hairy clothing. Type in the South Australian Museum. H{YBRENIA TORRIDA, DN. sp. Elongate, narrowly obovate, brownish-black; tarsi and antennae reddish; upper-surface sparsely clad with short red- dish hair. Head closely punctate, eyes in male approximate, but not contiguous; in female more widely separate; antennae sub- linear, 3 longer than 4; 5-11 subequal in length but narrowing towards apex. Prothorax subrhomboidal and depressed, sides rounded anteriorly, posterior angle rectangular, base and apex © truncate, disc densely, subrugosely punctate; the punctures moderately large; faintly bi-impressed at base, and sometimes subobsoletely impressed on medial line. Scwtellwm triangular. (6) Lc. p. 86. 211 Elytra wider than prothorax at base and thrice as long; shoulders rounded, sides lightly widened behind middle; striate-punctate, intervals nearly flat on basal half, more convex towards sides and apex; coarsely and closely punctate, the striae deep and clearly cut, the punctures in striae and on intervals of equal size; those in striae forming a close network. Prosternwm and metasternum coarsely and sparsely punctate; abdomen and legs less coarsely so, except the last segment; this strongly pilose, with large punctures. Dim.— Male, 12x5 mm.; female, 13 x6 mm. Hab.—Northern Territory: Alexandria (W. Stalker). Three examples from the British Museum show a species nearest H. elongata, Macl., but clearly differentiated by (1) more widely separated eyes, (2) more densely punctate pro- notum, (3) elytral intervals more convex and more closely punctate. Types returned to the British Museum. NocaR SUBFASCIATUS, n. sp. Very convex, oval; castaneous, legs red. Whole surface rather thickly clothed with white recumbent hair, the ‘elytral clothing arranged more or less in fasciae (the apex, humeral area, and two wide fasciae thus clothed). Head finely punctate, eyes transverse, separated by a space less than the diameter of one; antennae short, joint 3 slightly longer than 4, these linear, 5-7 obconic, 9-10 cupuli- form, 11 ovate, 5-11 successively widening. /Prothoraz arcuately narrowing from base to apex, oblique rounded in front; disc closely covered with recumbent hairs; base lightly bisinuate, hind angles rectangular. Seutellum triangular, pilose. Hlytra convex and oval, closely adapted to prothorax and of the same width at base, widest behind middle; the bald spaces showing a close, even system of punctures. Underside more shortly pilose, with longitudinal striation. Tarsi clearly lamellate. Dim.—3} x1} mm. . Hab.—North-western Australia: Queen Islet (British Museum). Three examples sent from the British Museum amongst other Cistelidae show the smallest species of the genus yet described, and distinct by its pattern and clothing. Types returned to the British Museum. N.B.—Nocar and Tazes are closely allied, as noted by Champion. I think I have identified 7. alphitobiordes, Champ., in specimens from (1) Bathurst Island, Northern Territory, and (2) Stradbroke Island, Moreton Bay. The chief distinction between these genera lies in the widely ra 212 separated eyes and more transverse prothorax of Taxes. The author also says that the antennae have the 3rd joint shorter than 4th, and the tarsi are obsoletely or feebly lamellate beneath; but neither of these seem to apply to my alphitobiodes (?), in which joints 3 and 4 of antennae are subequal, while the penultimate tarsi are clearly lamellate, as seen under a Zeiss binocular. METISTETE CLARKI, n. sp. “Moderately robust, obovate, chocolate-brown, subnitid ; : palpi, antennae, tibiae, and tarsi red. Head and pronotum very densely punctate, epistomal furrow well marked; eyes rather narrowly transverse and widely separated ; antennal joints sublinear, 3 longer than 4, 4-6 subequal, 7-11 successively shorter, 10-11 very slender and of testaceous colour. Prothorax bulbous, transverse, base truncate, apex feebly sinuate, sides widely and evenly rounded; all angles obtuse, medial channel distinct, shallow transverse foveae near hind angles. Scutellum wide, rounded _ behind: #lytra wider than prothorax at base, and less than three times as long, slightly widening behind middle; striate- punctate, the small seriate punctures only obvious on basal half, larger and elongate towards sides; intervals nearly flat, sparsely punctate and minutely pustulose. Abdomen nearly smooth; sternum rather coarsely punctate. Dum.—s8-10x 34-4 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Eradu and Geraldton (J. Clark). Two examples, the sexes, examined show a species not very near any of its congeners. Type male in Author’s Collection ; type female with Mr. Clark. METISTETE RUBICUNDA, 0. sp. Ovate, convex, whole surface subopaque brownish-red ; densely clad with short upright pale-red bristles; legs, antennae, and oral organs pale red. Head finely shagreened, clypeus wide, truncate with rounded sides; mandibles bifid; eyes large, prominent, widely separated, antennae elongate, sublinear, joint 3 considerably longer than 4; 4-6 equal, 7 finer than 6, 8-11 successively and considerably smaller, 11 very small, finely ovate. Prothorax ovate and convex, truncate at apex and base, the latter slightly the wider, sides evenly and well rounded, without raised margin except a very narrow one at apex; disc (like head) shagreened and bristled, without sign of medial line or 213 fovea. Scutellum semicircular. Flytra ovate and convex, of same width as prothorax at base, shoulders obsolete; suleate-punctate, the sulci wide, not very deep, containing large square punctures having a circular base; intervals con- vex, rough, each with a single row of setiform punctures. Underside clearly punctate and pilose, hairs recumbent Dim.—8-9 x 3 mm. Hab.—Northern Territory: Daly River (H. Wesselman). Two examples, both, I think, female, are clearly separ- ated from previously described species by the combination of rough and bristled surface, red colour, and the very distinct elytral sculpture. Type in the South Australian Museum. METISTETE PROTIBIALIS, 0. sp. Subopaque brownish-black ; edge of clypeus, basal joints of antennae and tibiae reddish, oral organs and tarsi paler red. Surface rather densely pilose. Head and pronotum confluently punctate, the punctures on clypeus and pronotum coarser than those on forehead, and forming a system of hexagonal cells; eyes large, prominent, separated by a space as wide as the diameter of one; antennae long and pilose, all jonts clearly enlarged at apex, 3 longest and subcylindric, 4-7 subequal, thence successively narrower and _ shorter. Prothoraz very convex, truncate and nar- rowly margined at apex and base, widest at middle, evenly rounded at sides,. lateral margin not evident from above, all angles obtuse (posterior nearly rectangular); disc without sign of medial line or foveae; with moderately thick clothing of very short bristles. | Seutellum semicircular, densely punctate. Hlytra considerably wider than the prothorax at base, shoulders squarely rounded, Fig. 2. sides lightly enlarging towards apical third, coarsely striate-punctate, each with nine wide striae, besides the short scutellary stria, filled with large square punctures separated by cancellate ridges, the punctures appearing reddish at bottom; the intervals raised, punctate and transversely rugose, the lateral intervals (from the 5th outwards) subcar- inate ; surface sparsely clad with fine upright red hairs. Under- surface coasely punctate and, with the legs, clothed with recumbent red hair; front tibiae with a short spine in the middle of inside edge. Dim.—Male, 9-11 x 3-4 mm.; female, 114x434 mm. 214 ; Hab.—Western Australia: Kalgoorlie, Mullewa, Gerald- ton. Central Australia: McDonnell Ranges. South Aus- tralia: Minnipakill. Nine examples before me, of which seven are males and two females, the latter only being apterous. The males are rather like the species I have tentatively taken as Homo- trysis obscurus, Borch., but besides the difference in the tibiae, this latter species has the punctures of pronotum larger and clearly separated ; while the elytral cancellation is less defined. In the shape of prothorax it is very like the male of WM. gbbicollis, Newm., but the elytral sculpture is quite different. Jf. armatus, Cart., is larger, more cylindric, with much larger protibial spine, surface glabrous and more nitid, and hind tibiae strongly flattened and curved. The female is more ovate and convex, eyes more widely distant. Types in the South Australian Museum. METISTETE VICINA, 0. sp. 3. Hlongate-ovate, glabrous, opaque brownish-black ; elytra more nitid; apical joints of antennae and all tarsi red. Head and pronotum finely, confluently punctate, eyes moderately wide apart (intervening space about half the diameter of one eye); antennae very fine and thread-like; joint 3 much longer than 4, 4-8 subequal, 9-10 shorter than preceding, 11 shorter than 10. Prothoraz slightly longer than broad, subtruncate at base and apex, widest behind middle, feebly narrowed in front and even less so behind, basal margin narrowly raised, disc without medial line or foveae. Elytra wider than prothorax at base and nearly four times as long, sides subparallel to behind the middle, thence narrowed to apex; sulcate-punctate, the close subcancellate system of large punctures contained in deep sulci, the intervals convex and strongly punctate. Protibiae with a small tooth on inside about half-way. Dim.—10-11 x 4-44 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cunnamulla (H. Hardcastle). Three males show a species that is a curious mixture of several others. The sculpture of head and pronotum and the protibial armature are like W/. protibialis, the general facies is like WZ. gibbicollis, Newm. (though the prothorax is nar- rower) ; the elytral sculpture is very like that of Homotrysis subsuleata, Macl. Type returned to Mr. Lea. MELAPS DENTIPES, n. sp. - Elongate, navicular, castaneous ; antennae, legs, and tarsi testaceous. Above sparsely clad with long, pale, upright hairs, beneath more thickly pilose, hairs recumbent. 215 Head closely and rather coarsely punctate, clypeal suture straight and well marked, mandibles bifid at apex; eyes widely separated ; antennae long and slender, extending beyond base of prothorax; joint 3 longer than 4, 5-10 gradually enlarged (though all finely obconic) ; 11 of same length as but more slender than 10. Prothorax convex, about as wide as long, subtruncate at apex and base (feebly produced in the middle at apex), sides gently rounded, all angles obtuse; disc finely and closely punc- tate, wtihout foveae or medial line, except a slight depression at middle of base, lateral margins not seen from above. Elytra wider than prothorax at base and two and one-half Fig. 3 times as long; striate-punctate, with close Vier round punctures placed in fine striae, intervals quite flat, each with a row of setiferous punctures of the same size as those in striae. /emora robust, fore tibiae with a small tooth at middle, mid-tibiae angulately widened nearer apex, the hind tibiae short, curved, and triangularly widened near apex. Dim.—Male, 8 x2} mm.; female, 9x3 mm. Hab.—South Australia: Murray River (A. H. Elston) ; Tarcoola (A. M. Lea). Five examples examined, of which two are males, are clearly distinct from described species by the tibial sex char- acters shown in figure. Type male in the Author’s Collection, female in the South Australian Museum. {N.B.—As the sex characters of this species traverse the slender border-line between Melaps and Metistete, as given by me,‘ some new distinction is necessary. It may possibly be found later that these two genera merge into one, for it is not easy to find distinct characters which differentiate all the species of the two genera. The following combination of small differences may be noted :— Metistete. Melaps. Size: Larger. Smaller. Prothorax less strongly convex, Very strongly convex, never sometimes flattened on disc, flattened on disc, more or less opaque and coarsely punctate nitid, and finely punctate Elytra in general obovate (at Narrowly ovate least in female) Epipleurae moderate Very narrow Post intercoral process widely Narrowly triangular arched (6) L.c., p. 78. 8 216 The proportion of elytra to prothorax is considerably greater in Metzstete, the elytra being generally nearly three times the length of prothorax; in Melaps not more than two and a half. | MELAPS GLABER, 0. sp. Elongate-ovate, brownish-black, nitid and glabrous; oral organs, antennae, and legs testaceous. Head large, epistoma bluntly rounded and rather strongly punctate, rest of head (and pronotum) very finely and closely punctate; eyes small, transverse, and widely separated; antennae with joints 1 and 2 swollen (2 much smaller than 1), 4-10 short, sublinear (very narrowly obconic), 11 oblong, as long as but narrower than 10. Prothorax ovate, convex, wider than long; apex subtruncate (with a slightly convex outline), base truncate, sides lightly and evenly rounded, all angles widely rounded off, a very narrow basal margin perceptible, disc without -medial line or foveae. Scutelluwm transverse. Flytra elliptic, of same width as prothorax at base, humeri obsolete; striate- punctate, the striae very fine, but clearly, not deeply, impressed; the seriate punctures very small, round, and close; the short scutellary series containing larger punctures; intervals quite flat and nearly smooth (a few microscopic punctures can be seen under a strong lens). Underside finely striolate. Dim.—13-15 x 3-34 mm. . Hab.—South Australia: Leigh Creek. Var.—Elytra with deeper, wider striae and larger seriate punctures, the intervals more or less convex. Four examples, show an unusually smooth species. The variety may be the other sex. I have not been able to make out any sexual characters. As with other members of this genus, it is apterous, and the mandibles are bifid at apex. Types in South Australian Museum: MELAPS TIBIALIS, n. sp. Ovate, convex, black (or brownish-black), very nitid, glabrous, front edge of clypeus testaceous; underside, tarsi, and tibiae reddish. Head densely punctate on forehead, more sparsely so on clypeus, suture shallow and arcuate; eyes small and widely separated; antennal joints linear, 4-10 subequal, 3 slightly longer than 4. Prothorax very convex and oval, truncate and finely margined at apex and base, anterior angles obsolete, posterior obtuse, sides evenly rounded; disc with scarcely evident, minute, shallow punctures; without 217 medial impression or basal foveae. Sewtellum small, trans- verse. Hlytra of same width as prothorax at base; and about twice as long, oval, and convex; striate-punctate, with nine rows (besides a short scutellary one) of round, close, deeply- impressed punctures; these rather small near suture, large near sides, increasing in size outwards; intervals smooth and lightly convex; epipleurae with a single line of punctures. Sides of prosternwm and of abdomen with fine sparse punc- tures. Pro-tibiae of male widened in the middle into a blunt tooth (the female specimen is damaged in the appendages, but has four of its tibiae intact, including one front tibia, which is without the tooth). Diam.—10x4 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: King’George Sound (Aus- tralian Museum). _, Two examples, the sexes, can only, I think, be confused with M. (Oocistela) convexa, Borch., which (if my identi- fication is correct) differs in smaller size, legs pale and bicolorous, more clearly punctate thorax, besides having (apparently) no sexual characters. Types in Australian Museum. 218 ON DITROPIDUS AND ALLIED GENERA (COLEOPTERA, CHRYSOMELIDAE),. By Artuur M. Lea, F.E.S. [Contribution from the South Australian Museum. | [Read September 9, 1920.] The Australian Chrysomelidae of the subfamily Crypto- cephalides may be regarded as belonging to two sections: — 1. Cryptocephalides verae. The species of this section have the scutellum large and usually sloping upwards to its end, and the antennae more or less filiform. 2. Monachides. The species of this section have a small scutellum, never sloping upwards, and the antennae have a five or six-jointed club. The main genus is Ditropidus, and . the ones I am acquainted with may be thus tabulated :— A. Antennal club composed of five joints. a. Intercoxal process of DES longer than WIGS), tn: ; We ... Prasonotus aa. Intercoxal process transverse. b. Joints of the club rather wide and short © Ditropidus (1) bb. Joints longer and lax e .. Elaphodes AA. Antennal club composed of six : joints. B. Eyes close together ae : ... Coenobius BB. Eyes distant. C. Scutellar lobe of pronotum entire ... ... Polyachus CC. Scutellar lobe notched sf aS ... Huditropidus DITROPIDUS. The species of this genus are occasionally extremely abundant on wattles (Acacia, spp.), but they occur on many other kinds of trees and shrubs. They are short, thick-set insects, the male occasionally with very powerful jaws; the female has a large, deep, and more or less circular apical fovea on the abdomen, but the males of a few species also have the abdomen foveate, although the fovea on such specimens is much shallower, smaller than on the females, and is not margined with hairs, as it frequently is in the females; in fact on the males of most species there may be seen a vague depression on the apical segment, if this is viewed from several directions; the eyes of the male are usually larger and closer together than those of the female, their distance apart is frequently a useful specific character, but it needs to be considered with the sex; the front case QQ) D. antennarius has exceptional antennae in the male. 219 are often longer and stouter, and the front and middle tarsi are often more dilated; the male is usually smaller than the female, but in the big-jawed forms it is usually larger; although I have seldom considered it necessary to describe the proportions of the antennal joints they have in every instance been examined, and are short, with the, five apical joints forming a kind of club; on some species, especially on their females, the five joints are moderately long, approaching those of Hlaphodes, but it was not considered desirable to refer to that genus any species whose prothorax and elytra are entirely glabrous. The shagreening of parts of the surface of many species is very conspicuous, but on some it is difficult to decide as to whether the surface should be regarded as shagreened, or as densely and finely punctate. Owing to the scutellar lobe the length of the prothorax is distinctly more along the middle than elsewhere, and its proportions are of use for identification, but these are usually sexually variable; the punctures on the prothorax are often different on the sides to what they are in the middle, being usually denser and coarser, but sometimes smaller and sparser, they frequently become elongated and confluent, or they may be replaced by striae, especially in the front angles; the base is finely serrated, and the serrations are very distinct on pale specimens whose prothorax and elytra are not closely applied together; but on dark ones with those parts close together the serrations are usually concealed. The scutellum is always small, but its apparent length varies according as to whether the prothorax is closely applied to the elytra or not. The elytra usually have rows of distinct punctures, not set in striae on the disc, but on the sides the punctures usually become larger, and set in more or less deep striae, these are two or three (rarely four) in number, but as the depth of the inner one varies, it is not always easy to decide as to their number, the marginal stria, however, is frequently impunctate ; on most of the species the shoulders are smooth, obtusely subtuberculate, and interrupt some of the lateral striae. On many species the third segment of the abdomen, although distinct on each side, disappears in the middle. The genus is such a large one (with the exception of Paropsis it consists of a greater number of species than any other of the family), so many of the species have varietal forms, and so many may be identified with certainty only from the males, or by characters which may not be readily used for tables, that I have not considered it advisable to give a table of the genus. The species accordingly have been arranged in groups, which may simplify future identifications, but owing to the numerous varietal forms too much reliance should not be placed even on these. In the following lists species to which an aioe (*) have been prefixed are unknown to me, and their positions have been assigned to them by published characters. Prothorax and elytra pubescent. comans, Chp. convexiusculus, Chp. discicollis, Lea flavipes, Lea geniculatus, Lea gibbicollis, Lea holoporphyrus, Lea intonsus, Lea. latifrons, Lea puberulus, Chp. pubescens, Lea *semicircularis, Baly. whitei, Lea Prothorax pubescent, but elytra glabrous. *albertisi, Chp. *comptus, Chp. crassipes, Lea cribripennis, Lea. cupricollis, Lea fasciatus, Baly. (canescens, Chp.) flavipennis, Lea globulus, Lea *godeffroyi, Chp. gymnopterus, Lea hirticollis, Baly. *lacordairei, Chp. mirus, Lea modicus, Lea pubicollis, Chp. striatus, Lea strigosus, Baly. Prothorax and elytra both glabrous. A. Elytra not entirely dark. *aciculatus, Chp. alphabeticus, Lea amabilis, Baly. antennarius, Baly. (antennarius, Chp.) (baccaeformis, Chp., apiciflavus, Chp. apicipennis, Lea basiceps, Lea bimaculatus, Lea *biplagiatus, Baly. cornutus, Baly. corrugatus, Lea cribricollis. Lea cuneatus, Chp. davisi, Saund. dimidiatus, Baly.., elutus, Lea *tulvus, Baly. imitator, Lea umpuncticollis, Lea jacobyt, Baly. laevicollis, Lea *lateritius, Chp. latericollis, Lea laticollis, Lea longipes, Lea longus, Lea marginipenms, bat metallicus, Lea nigribasis, Lea nigricollis, Lea mgriventris, Lea *obtusus, Chp. ornatus, Baly. *pnallidipennis, Chp. *pastus, Chp. pictus, Baly. pulchellus, Baly. pulicosus, Lea *rufescens, Chp. *rufocupreus, Baly. schmelzi, Chp. serenus, Baly. *subcylindricus, Baly. *submetallescens, Baly. suffriani, Chp. tarsalis, Lea *tarsatus, Baly. varuceps, Lea variicollis, Lea viridiaeneus, Lea canthurus, Lea 221 B. Elytra entirely dark, but prothorax not. *aeneipennis, Boi. mandibularis, Lea caeruleipennis, Lea migripennis, Lea davisi, Saund., var. pascoet, Baly. dimidiatus, Baly., var. ruficollis, Saund. elegantulus, Baly. subsimilis, Lea fugitivus, Chp. semicrudus, Lea maculicollis, Chp. C. Elytra and prothoraz entirely dark. C. 1. Legs more or less red. 2) albiceps, Lea macrops, Lea aurichalceus, Suff. maculifrons, Chp. basiventris, Lea majorimus, Lea *bicolor, Chp. (?). micans, Lea clypealis, Lea oblongipenms, Lea 3 atheros Chp. SEES, a costatus, Chp. odewahni, Baly. A lcs Pah 2) ee gee cupreus, p. (: ovatulus, Chp. *facialis, Baly. punctipennis, Lea *gagatinus, fire GP) rufipes, Saund. > Cab Sm ae bets ae glossatus, Lea sobrinus, Lea insularis, Lea splendidus, Chp. (chalceus, Lea) strigiceps, Lea # ( = et Lea) UE Bas Chp. aetus, Baly. tbialis, p. *laevigatus, Baly. viriditinctus, Lea lentulus, Chp. *ranthostomus, Suff. C. 2. Legs entirely dark. ©) abdominalis, Chp. *costipennis, Baly. angustifrons, Cho. *distinguendus, Chp. (?) *anthracinus, Er. doriae, Chp. armatus, Lea *duboulayi, Baly. *ater, Boi. foveiventris, Lea *boops, Suff. frontalis, Chp. brachysomus, Lea *fulgidus, Suff. brevis, Lea gagates, Lea | caeruleus, Lea *geminatus, Chp. carbonarius, Baly. glaber, Lea carinaticeps, Lea *globus, Boi. *cavifrons, Chp. (? saprinodes, Suff.) coelestis, Lea (? seminulum, Germ ) cognatus, Lea *histeroides, Suff. concolor, Saund. ignitus, Lea (ater, Saund., var.) imperialis, Chp. ( cistellus, Germ.) indistinctus, Lea (mazillosus, Suff.) insignis, Lea congenitus, Lea *sansoni, Baly. (2) On some described varieties entirely dark. (3) On some described varieties partly reddish; the base of the front femora sometimes obscurely red. 222 labiatus, Chp. rotundatus, Lea laminatus, Chp. *saprinodes, Suff. lobicollis, Lea scutellaris, Lea melasomus, Lea solitus, Lea nitiduloides, Baly. striatipennis, Lea : nobilis, Chp. striatopunctatus, Lea obscuripennis, Lea strigicollis, Lea *obsidianus, Chp. subaeneus, Chp., var. *ophthalmicus, Sut, subarmatus, Lea palmerstoni, Blackb. *trabeatus, Chp. (?) *phalacroides, Baly. triangulifer, Lea : puncticollis, Lea tropicus, Lea punctivarius, Lea ventralis, Lea pygidialis, Lea venustus, Lea *pyriformis, Suff. vigilans, Lea. quadratipennis, Lea - viridimicans, Lea C. 3. Minute species, usually entirely glabrous. brevicollis, Lea rufimanus, Lea coriaceus, Lea similis, Lea opaciceps, Lea tenuifrons, Lea punctulum, Chp. tranquillus, Lea rivularis, Lea vagans, Lea rotundiformis, Lea vicarius, Lea D. Front angles of prothorax of male flavous. flavolateralis, Lea minutus, Lea lateroapicalis, Lea pallipes, Lea E. Miscellaneous. brunneipennis, Lea . macrocephalus, Lea carinatus, Lea sculptipenmis, Lea flavoapicalis, Lea subsuturalis, Lea DITROPIDUS CONCOLOR, Saund. D. ater, Saund. D. cistellus, Germ. D. maxillosus, Suff. The male of this species has a large head with very prominent jaws, the labrum is large, blackish, often with the sides obscurely reddish, and the inter-ocular space is wide, with a large median depression; on the female the head is much smaller, the jaws are very much smaller, and the inter- ocular space is less. The front legs of the male are considerably longer and stouter than in the female; and its abdomen, owing to its incurvature, has the second, third, and fourth segments shorter in the middle; the female has a large apical fovea margined with pubescence. The prothoracic punctures are small but dense, and are usually, but not always, feebly impressed, towards the sides they become more or less confluent, or the sides may be substrigose. Specimens 223 vary considerably in size, they are usually of an uniform bronze or coppery-bronze, except that some of the basal joints of the antennae are reddish; but a deep blue variety is common; specimens are occasionally black or bluish-green, or purple, and the prothorax and elytra are not always of the same shade of colour. ‘There were specimens in the Blackburn collection labelled by Chapuis as mazillosus (a male) and czstellus (a female). The specimens before me are from many localities in New South Wales, South and Western Australia, and from Queensland (Bowen), and Victoria (Melbourne). The other large or fairly large described blue species before me differ from the blue variety as follows :— D. abdominalis has the abdomen wholly or partly red. D. coelestis has denser and more sharply defined punc- tures on the head and prothorax, head with a circular inter- ocular fovea representing the median line, and metasternum with coarser and less crowded punctures on sides. D. vigilans has eyes much closer together in the female, and almost touching in the male, prothoracic punctures sparser and more minute, and almost absent from the sides. Prothoraz and elytra pubescent. DITROPIDUS PUBESCENS, Nn. sp. 3. Coppery-bronze, labrum, antennae, palpi, and legs red. Moderately densely clothed all over with white pubescence. Head with dense, partially concealed punctures. Eyes widely separated. Prothorar about twice as wide as the median length; with sparser and smaller punctures than on head. Hlytra shagreened and densely punctate, striae feeble on sides and scarcely traceable elsewhere. Legs stout, the front ones somewhat longer than the others. Length (d, @), 3°25-4°5 mm. . QO. Differs in having the head somewhat smaller, antennae thinner, front legs no longer than the hind ones, and in the abdomen. Hab.—South Australia: Leigh Creek (Blackburn’s collection). Type, I. 10952. An oblong-elliptic rather densely clothed species, with elytra feebly striated even on the sides; on some specimens, apparently owing to a parting in the pubescence, there seems to be a carina above each eye. It is more oblong and with much denser clothing than on white: and pubicollis, the legs entirely reddish or almost so, and the finer sculpture different. The tips of some of the antennal and tarsal joints are often a 224 infuscated. On the middle of the pronotum the clothing is usually somewhat rusty, on the pygidium it is usually denser along the middle than elsewhere, giving the appearance as of a median line; on the elytra it occasionally has a vaguely striped appearance. The distance between the eyes 1s about the width of the clypeus in the male, slightly less in the female. Var. A. Two specimens from Queensland (Longreach, A. M. Lea) and one from South Australia (Rev. A. P. Burgess) are rather wider and less oblong than usual, but I can find no other distinctions. Var. B. Two specimens from Leigh Creek are like the. preceding variety, but have the knees blackish. Var. C. Three specimens from Western Australia (Cue and Ankertell, H. W. Brown), one smaller (3-3°25 mm.) than usual, and have the tarsi and club blackish, one has the knees also blackish, and another the knees, hind femora, and parts of the other femora; on two of them the prosternum and mesosternum are reddish. DITROPIDUS FLAVIPES, N. sp. 3. Coppery or coppery-bronze; labrum, antennae, palpi, and legs flavous, tips of some of the antennal joints and the claws blackish, or at least infuscated. Rather densely clothed (except on parts of under-surface) with white pubescence. Head with dense, partially concealed punctures. Hyes widely separated. Prothorax not twice as wide as the median length, somewhat gibbous in front, with a shallow depression near base; with rather dense, partially concealed punctures. Elytra subquadrate; with dense, partially concealed punc- tures, lateral striae well defined, the others feeble. Front legs slightly longer than the others. Length (dg, 9), 225-3 mm. Q. Differs in being more robust, head slightly smaller, eyes more distant, antennae somewhat thinner, front legs no longer than the hind ones, and in the abdomen. Hab.—South Australia: Leigh Creek, Oodnadatta (Blackburn’s collection), Morgan (Mrs. Kreusler). Type, I. 10953. On most of the specimens the clothing is entirely white, but on some of them the pubescence on the middle of the pronotum has a rusty appearance; where it has been abraded from the upper-surface the punctures are seen to be fairly dense and sharply defined; the punctures on the clypeus are usually less concealed than on other parts of the head. From above the hind angles of the prothorax seem rather acute, but from the sides they are 225 seen to be rectangular. On the males there is usually a feeble depression on the apical segment of the abdomen, but it is very different to the large round fovea of the female. Structurally and in colour, except that the legs are paler, it is close to the preceding species, but is smaller, slightly narrower, the prothorax with more distinct punctures, somewhat different hind angles, and a shallow subbasal depression, of which there is not a trace on that species. In appearance it is very close to gymnopterus, but the elytra are not glabrous; it is also close to intonsus, but 1s more oblong, due to the distinctly longer elytra, and the prothoracic punctures are more. distinct. In general appearance it is also very close to the species commented upon as possibly puberulus, but is at once distinguished by the eyes of the male being considerably smaller and more distant; on that species the distance between them at their nearest, is scarcely more than the length of the white-clothed canthus of each eye; on the present species the space is fully twice the length of each canthus, the punctures on the prothorax are also a trifle larger and more evenly distributed. A female, from Morgan, has the club of the antennae, the tarsi, and the hind femora more or less deeply infuscated. A female, from Oodnadatta, is rather larger (3°25 mm) than usual, and the depression on the prothorax is more vague than on most specimens. Prothorax pubescent, but elytra glabrous. DITROPIDUS CRASSIPES, Nn. sp. 3. Coppery-bronze, with a slight greenish gloss; labrum, antennae, palpi, and legs reddish; club, claw-joints, and claws blackish or infuscated. Head, prothorax, and ander-surface with rather dense, white pubescence, becoming sparser on legs. Head with fairly numerous but not very large punctures, becoming more crowded on clypeus. Eyes widely separated. Prothorazx not twice as wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded; punctures small and numerous, but not crowded. lytra rather strongly narrowed posteriorly; with rows of large, deep punctures, seriate only about base and middle, set in deep striae at the sides and apex; interstices impunctate. Legs moderately long and very thick. Length (3, 9), 3-3°75 mm. ©. Differs in having somewhat smaller head and antennae, prothorax at base twice as wide as the medium length, elytra less narrowed posteriorly, legs shorter and much less thick, and in the abdomen. H2 SS 226 Hab.—North-western Australia (Macleay Museum), Derby, W. D. Dodd. Type, I. 10920. About the size of white: and concolor, but readily distinguished from all the metallic hairy species by the unusually thick red legs of the male, all the legs are stout, the front ones especially, although they are but little longer than the hind ones; on the female the legs are of normal size, her tibiae and tarsi being only about half the width of those parts in the male; the front tibiae of the male from some directions appear to have a slight tooth where the apical diminution begins; in the female the distance between the eyes is equal to the width of the clypeus, in the male it is slightly less. On each of the three specimens before me the shoulders are thickened and somewhat purplish, and the disc of the pronotum is partly glabrous (but this may be due to abrasion). DITROPIDUS CRIBRIPENNIS, n. sp. ¢. Bronze or copper-bronze; labrum, palpi, basal half of antennae, and parts of legs more or less reddish. Head, prothorax, under-surface, and legs moderately clothed with white pubescence. Head with crowded asperate punctures; median line fairly distinct. Eyes moderately separated. Prothorax about twice as wide as the median length, front angles widely rounded off; punctures dense and fairly large, becoming crowded on sides. Zlytra slightly longer than wide, slightly narrowed posteriorly; with rows of large deep punctures, becoming smaller but set in deep striae at the sides and posteriorly ; interstices finely wrinkled and punctate, usually narrower than seriate punctures. Legs moderately long, ‘front ones slightly longer and thicker than hind ones. Length (¢d, @), 2°25-3 mm. Q. Differs in being more robust, head smaller, antennae thinner, legs thinner, the front ones no longer than the hind ones, and in the abdomen. Hab.—Western Australia: Geraldton (W. D. Dodd and A. M. lea), Perth (Blackburn’s collection), Swan River, Rottnest Island (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 10921. An oblong species with coarser elytral punctures than on any species (known to me) with pubescent prothorax; the size and outlines are much as in gymnopterus, but on that species the seriate elytral punctures are not even as large as those on the prothorax of this species; the eyes of the male of the present species are also closer together, the distance between them being slightly more than the length of the basal 227 joint of the antennae, in the female it is half as much again. The club varies from moderately infuscated to quite black; the dark parts of the legs are the tarsi, knees, and most of the hind femora, but the extent of the genicular and femoral infusecation varies; the prothorax and’ elytra are often of a uniform shade, but sometimes the prothorax has a more coppery appearance than the elytra. Two females, from Rottnest Island, have the seriate punctures somewhat smaller than usual, although still of large size, being distinctly narrower than the interstices, some males associated with them, however, have punctures of normal size. Two specimens, sexes, from the Swan River, have all the punctures larger and denser than usual, on the pronotum some of them being confluent, but on each of them there is a narrow impunctate line on the basal half of the pronotum. Prothorax and elytra both glabrous. A. Elyira not entirely dark. DITROPIDUS ALPHABETICUS, Nn. sp. ¢. Dark coppery-green (or blue); under-surface black, with or without a metallic gloss; elytra flavous with the suture (rather widely and irregularly), base (with an extension on each shoulder), sides (narrowly), and a large median spot on each (sometimes joined to the shoulder), coppery-green, or blue, or purple; labrum and basal half of antennae flavous. Under-surface and legs with sparse, whitish pubescence, sparser on head. Head with fairly dense, sharply defined punctures, becoming crowded in front. Eyes widely separated. Prothorax about twice as wide as the median length, strongly narrowed in front; punctures rather small and _ sharply defined, but nowhere dense. EHlytra slightly wider than long ; with rows of small punctures, on the sides set in distinct striae. Length (Jd, 9), 3-4 mm. Q. Differs in being more robust, elytra less narrowed posteriorly, antennae and legs thinner, and in the abdomen. Hab.—South Australia (Macleay Museum), Port Lincoln (Blackburn’s collection). Type, I. 4408. : Allied to ornatus, but the dark parts of the prothorax and elytra with a conspicuous metallic gloss, the elytral markings different, and the inter-ocular space glabrous; in some of these characters the types agree with South Australian specimens that I have regarded as varieties of ornatus, but the elytral markings are essentially different, the legs of the males are less powerful, and the punctures are not quite the same. The dark basal and sutural markings of the elytra are 228 T-shaped; on specimens with the humeral and discal markings conjoined the resemblance is to an irregular M; on some specimens the front half of the clypeus is almost as pale as the labrum, on others it is scarcely paler than the parts behind it; on some the bases of the front and middle femora, or of the front ones only, are obscurely diluted with red. The median line of the head varies somewhat and is usually more distinct on the female than on the male; on the male the eyes are separated about the width of the clypeus, on the female about one-fourth more; the male is without a trace of an abdominal fovea, but on the female it is unusually large. DITROPIDUS LATERICOLLIS, Nn. Sp. Q. Coppery-green and flavous, club and _ claws infuscated. Under-surface and legs with sparse, white pubescence, head still more sparsely clothed. allies Head shagreened and with dense punctures ; median line moderately distinct. Eyes rather widely separated. Prothorax about twice as wide as the median length; with fairly dense and sharply defined but not very large punctures, slightly denser in middle than on sides. Hlytra slightly longer than wide, sides gently rounded; with rows of small punctures, becoming larger and set in distinct striae on the sides; interstices with very minute punctures. Abdomen with a large, round, deep, apical fovea. Length, 3°5 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane (A. M. Lea). Type, 1. 20963. The coppery-green parts of the type are the head (except the muzzle), prothorax (the sides obscurely diluted with flavous), scutellum, and a narrow basal edging of the elytra; the sterna have a more reddish tinge than the abdomen and legs. The distance between the eyes is about equal to the length of the front tarsi, but it would no doubt be less in the male. The hind angles of the prothorax from the sides are seen to be slightly less than right angles, but. from above they appear to be much more acute, the front ones are really rectangular, but from above appear to be widely rounded off;,in fact from some directions the sides and apex of the prothorax appear to form a perfect semi- circle. The seriate punctures on the elytra are really rather small, but appear to be much larger owing to waterlogging. On the type the finer sculpture of the head has a curious concentric appearance, but this is scarcely evident on a second female (from Cairns, Dr. E. W. Ferguson); this specimen also differs in having the dark parts more of a (ll 229 purplish-blue and scarcely metallic, the flavous sides of .the prothorax wider and sharply defined, the head less shagreened and with more distinct punctures, and the elytral interstices with slightly larger (although still very small) punctures; the seriate punctures, however, have the same waterlogged appearance. | DITROPIDUS IMITATOR, N. sp. @. Dark coppery-green and flavous. Under-surface and legs moderately clothed with white pubescence, head more sparsely clothed. Head densely punctate and shagreened; median line moderately distinct. Eyes rather widely separated. Prothoraz with dense and sharply defined but not very large punctures on disc, becoming crowded and confluent or substrigose on sides. Hlyira with rows of distinct but not very large punctures, becoming larger and set in distinct striae on sides; interstices with sparse and minute punctures. Pygidium with a slight median carina. Length, 3°25-3°5 mm. Hab.—Australia (old collection). Type, I. 10981. Allied to, and with outlines as noted for the preceding species, but prothorax entirely dark, and with much denser _ punctures, becoming still denser and substrigose on the sides; at first glance it appears as if near flavipennis, but the pronotum is glabrous. The coppery-green parts are the head (a variable amount of the muzzle excepted), prothorax and scutellum ; the elytra are flavous with a slight metallic gloss, but the suture and base are very narrowly dark; the antennae of both specimens under examination are broken, but the basal joints are pale. DITROPIDUS VARIICEPS, Nn. sp. @. Red; part of head, scutellum and most of elytra bronzy with a coppery gloss; club black, parts of tarsi and of abdomen infuscated. Head, under-surface, and legs with very short, white pubescence. Head rather large; with small, dense, and frequently obliquely confluent punctures; median line shallow. Mandibles rather large. Eyes widely separated. Prothorax at the base more than twice as wide as the median length; with small and not very dense punctures. Hlyira suboblong; with rows of fairly large punctures, becoming smaller but set in deep striae on the sides. Front tebiae slightly longer than hind ones. Length, 2°5-2°75 mm. Hab.—South Australia: Mount Lofty (J. G. O. Tepper), Port Lincoln (Blackburn’s collection). Type, I. 4407. 230 Readily distinguished, by the bright red prothorax, from all other species having the elytra metallic with pale sides and apex; in general appearance it is close to elegantulwus, but that species has the elytra entirely dark. The dark part of the head is basal, but it is usually triangularly encroached upon by the red, or it may even be divided into two; the pale portions of the elytra (which are more flavous than red) are lateral and apical, the apical portion occupies from about one-sixth to about one-fourth of the length; the infuscation of the abdomen is usually confined to the second and third segments, but sometimes extends to the base of its intercoxal process. The incurvature of the prosternal process is rather deeper than usual. Ong specimen has the head entirely red, the dark portion of the elytra reduced in size, and the infuscation of the abdomen and tarsi feeble. Another specimen has the pale portions of the elytra reduced to very narrow lateral and apical edgings, and its abdomen, except for the tip, is almost entirely black. There are seven males betore me, but I have been unable to identify the female amongst the many species examined; as the species is certainly close to elegantulus the female may have the prothorax entirely dark; but the following species (which is also allied) has the prothorax red in both sexes. . 7 bal B. EHlytra entirely dark, but prothorax not. DITROPIDUS SEMICRUDUS, 0. sp. d. Head, basal half of antennae, palpi (tips excepted), prothorax (extreme base excepted), and legs (the tarsi usually partly infuscated) red, elsewhere black, but the elytra with a bronzy, or slightly coppery gloss. Under-surface and legs with sparse, white pubescence; head almost glabrous. Head with small and fairly dense but not at all confluent punctures; median line rather slightly impressed. Hyes rather widely separated. Prothorax at base more than twice as wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded; with very small and comparatively sparse punctures. EHlytra suboblong; with rows of rather small punctures, becoming larger and set in rather deep striae on the sides; interstices with very minute punctures. Length (d, Q), 2°75-3°25 mm. Q. Differs in having thinner club and legs, elytra less narrowed posteriorly, and abdomen larger and with a large apical fovea. Hab.—Victoria: Alps and Dividing Range (Blackburn’s collection, No. 4815); Tasmania: Hobart, Mount Wellington, Huon River, and Sheffield (A. M. Lea); South Australia: Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper). Type, I. 4403. 231 In general appearance close to the male of elegantulus, but the head is smaller, with sparser and smaller punctures, non-strigose, entirely red, and jaws much smaller (on the male no larger than on the female of that species); the sexes also do not difier in the colour of the prothorax, From ruficollis it differs in its larger size, pale head, and metallic elytra. Swhsimilis has the head almost entirely black, legs black, and prothorax with much more distinct punctures. The distance between the eyes of the male is about equal to the width of the clypeus, in the female it is distinctly more. On one specimen the base of the head, and on another the hind knees are infuscated ; the Sheffield specimen has a conspicuous. coppery-green gloss on the elytra. DiITROPIDUS CAERULEIPENNIS, 0. Sp. 3d. Head (base infuscated), basal half of antennae (the club blackish), prothorax (partly infuscated), and parts of front and middle legs reddish; elytra metallic-blue; under- surface and most of legs blue or greenish-blue. Under-surface with moderately dense pubescence, shorter and sparser on legs, and still shorter and sparser on head. Head with fairly dense and rather coarse, sharply defined punctures; median line distinct but shallow. Eyes widely separated. Prothorax at base about twice as wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded; punctures small and not very dense, a marginal row of larger ones on each side. Hlytra no longer than the basal width; with rows of rather large punctures, on sides no larger but set in deep striae. Abdomen depressed in middle, with a shallow apical fovea. Legs stouter than usual, but not very long. Length (3, 9), 3°75-4°25 mm. Q. Differs in having ‘slightly smaller jaws, eyes more widely separated, club thinner, abdomen larger, more convex, the fovea much larger and deeper, and the legs slightly shorter and much thinner. Hab.—North-western Australia (Macleay Museum). The bright blue elytra, with conspicuous rows of punctures, reddish prothorax (although usually largely infuscated), and powerful legs of the male render this a very distinct species. The blue is as in abdominalis, coelestis, and vigilans. The infuscation of the base of the head is usually encroached upon by a reddish triangle; the infuscation of the pronotum is pronounced and extensive on most of the specimens, leaving only parts of the base and apex reddish; the red parts of the legs are usually obscure and confined to the femora. The pubescence is rather longer than usual, pve RA Ag a i x ae. *. ta 232 , more noticeably on the basal segment of the abdomen of the male than elsewhere. The male has an abdominal fovea but- it is much smaller and shallower than that of the female, and the abdomen is otherwise different. One male has the head and prothorax entirely bright red; and one female has: the elytra purple. C. Elytra and prothorax entirely dark. CU. 1. Legs more or less red. DITROPIDUS OBLONGIPENNIS, Nn. sp. ¢. Coppery, sometimes coppery-green; labrum, anten- nae (club infuscated), palpi, and legs (claws infuscated) red. Head, under-surface, and legs with rather sparse white pubescence. Head with dense and sharply-defined punctures, but also shagreened; median line shallow. Eyes very widely separated. Prothorax more than twice as wide as the median length; with dense and rather coarse punctures, becoming frequently confluent (or substrigose) on sides. Hlytra oblong, slightly more than twice the length of the prothorax along middle; with rows of fairly large punctures, on the sides set in distinct striae; interstices slightly wrinkled near sides, elsewhere with minute punctures. Legs rather stout. Length (3, 9), 2°75-3°25 mm. QO. Differs in being more robust, eyes more distant, median line of head more distinct, club and legs thinner, sides of prothorax more strongly rounded, elytra parallel- sided almost throughout (on the male feebly decreasing in width posteriorly), and abdomen larger, with a large, round, deep, apical fovea. - Hab—Tasmania (Blackburn’s collection): Frankford (J. J. Towers), Launceston (on Pultenaea, Aug. Simson’s, No. 2585), Hobart (on “wattle” foliage in August, H. H. D. Griffith); Victoria: Alps (Blackburn’s No. 4818); New South Wales: Forest Reefs (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 10982. I have known this species for a long time as pasius, but in error; a cotype of that species (marked “type’’) in the Blackburn collection has small punctures on the middle of the prothorax, and at the apex and sides is densely strigose, the present species has dense and (for the genus) coarse punctures (much coarser than on the cotype) and the middle of its apex is not strigose, the sides are strigose but not so densely or finely, many of the strigosities being really due to confluence of punctures. From ochropus it differs in the (4) On some described aries entirely dark. 233 ‘much coarser prothoracic punctures. Jt is rather more elongate than /entulus, the prothoracic punctures decidedly coarser, the sides substrigose, legs brighter, etc. In appearance some specimens are close to females of elegantulus, but are longer, prothorax with more conspicuous punctures, etc. The female is usually more coppery than the male, but occasionally is greenish-blue, or bluish-green ; the hind femora are usually infuscated at the base, but on several specimens from Forest Reefs they are infuscated almost throughout. From some directions the median line of the head appears to dilate to a wide fovea, but it is really shallow throughout. DITROPIDUS ALBICEPS, Nn. sp. 3. Coppery, sometimes with a slight purplish gloss; labrum, antennae (tips of the joints of the club infuscated), palpi and legs (claws infuscated) flavous, or reddish-flavous. Head and sides of metasternum densely clothed with white pubescence, rest of under-surface and legs more sparsely clothed. Head shagreened and with dense but more or less concealed punctures; median line feeble. Eyes rather widely separated. Antennae somewhat longer than usual in genus. Prothorax more than twice as wide as the median length; with dense and small punctures, the sides very densely and finely strigose. Hlyira suboblong; with rows of punctures of moderate size, becoming larger and set in deep striae on the sides, interstices slightly shagreened. Legs stout but not very long. Length (¢, 9), 2°75-3°25 mm. @. Differs in being more. robust, head less densely clothed (and in consequence with the punctures and median line more distinct), eyes more distant, club and legs thinner, elytra less narrowed posteriorly, and abdomen larger, with a large, round, deep, apical fovea. Hab.—South Australia: Oodnadatta (Blackburn’s collec- tion). Type, I. 10990. _Allied to the preceding species, but elytra slightly less oblong, head, especially of male, more conspicuously clothed (so that it appears quite white), eyes less distant, prothorax . with much smaller punctures, its sides more closely strigose (causing the surface there to appear almost shagreened), elytra slightly shagreened, and legs paler. It is apparently close to the description of costatus, but although the prothoracic punctures are dense they could not be regarded as coarse, the elytra also have three, instead of two interstices costate- on each side, the head is densely clothed, and only the tips of the joints of the club are infuscated. It is 234 certainly very different to a species I have doubtfully- identified as costatus. , C. 2. Legs entirely. dark.©®) DITROPIDUS STRIGICOLLIS, nN. sp. d. Bright coppery-bronze; basal half of antennae obscurely reddish. Head, under-surface, and legs with white pubescence. fiead shagreened and with small dense punctures; median line wide and not very shallow. Eyes separated about. the length of four basal joints of antennae. Prothorax at apex as wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded ; densely and finely strigose all over, but with a few punctures. in middle.. Llytra suboblong, slightly shagreened; with series of small punctures, becoming larger and set in rather weak striae on the sides. Length, 2 mm. Hab.—South Australia: . Port Lincoln (Blackburn’s: collection). Type (unique), I. 10854. A small metallic species, with densely strigose prothorax ; at first glance it appears to belong to brachysomus, but that species has the strigae on the sides of the prothorax replaced by rather coarse punctures; odewahni has reddish legs and sides of prothorax nonstrigose; from aurichalceus it differs in being smaller, less rounded, legs entirely dark, and eyes more widely separated. DITROPIDUS ROTUNDATUS, Nl. sp. 3. Coppery-bronze, two basal joints of antennae obscurely diluted with red. Head, under-surface, and legs with white pubescence. Head shagreened and with small dense punctures; median line rather shallow. Eyes moderately separated. Prothorax at sides more’ than twice as wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded; with small, dense punctures in middle, becoming elongated at apex and towards sides, the sides themselves densely and finely strigose. Elytra scarcely longer than the basal width, sides rather strongly narrowed; with rows of fairly large punctures, becoming larger and set in deep striae on the sides; interstices with very small dense punctures, or finely shagreened. Legs rather stout, front ones slightly longer than hind ones. Length (3, 9), 2°5-2°75 mm. | Q. Differs in being more robust, elytra less narrowed posteriorly, legs thinner, the front ones no longer than the hind ones, and in the abdomen. (5) On some described varieties partly reddish. ex S al 235 'Hab.—Western Australia: Geraldton (Blackburn's collection from E. Meyrick). Type, I. 10910. A small wide species, in some respects close to the description of duboulay: (also from Geraldton), but elytra not ‘‘viridiaeneis,’? being of the same colour as _ the prothorax, the legs are also entirely dark, and the head is not “remotely punctured,’’ being densely punctured and shagreened. The distance between the eyes of the male is about equal to the length of the two basal joints of antennae, in the female it is about one-third more. CU, 3. Minute species, usually entirely glabrous. DITROPIDUS ROTUNDIFORMIS, N. sp. 3. Black with a slight or moderate bronzy gloss, basal half of antennae flavous, the club infuscated, labrum and parts of front legs obscurely diluted with red. Glabrous. Head shagreened and with minute punctures; median line lightly impressed. Eyes rather widely separated. Prothorax about thrice as wide as long, sides strongly rounded; with dense and fairly large, sharply defined punctures. EHlytra scarcely as long as the basal width, sides beyond middle strongly rounded; with series of small punc- tures, becoming larger and set in deep striae on sides. Sterna with dense sharply defined punctures. Length (d, Q), 1°75-2 mm. Q. Differs in having eyes slightly more apart, legs slightly shorter, and abdomen foveate. Hab.— Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 10916. A small round species, although quite an ordinary looking member of the genus so far as the outlines and punctures are concerned (these being much as those of venustus and caeruleus); punctulum is much smaller, and with the prothorax shagreened instead of strongly punctate. At a glance all the legs appear to be black, and the dilution of parts of the front ones (sometimes the apical] portion only of the tibiae) is not very pronounced on any of the specimens (six) before me. DITROPIDUS RIVULARIS, 0. sp. ¢. Black; clypeus, labrum, mandibles, basal half of antennae, palpi, and parts of legs flavous (sometimes rathe) obscurely so). Glabrous. Head opaque and apparently impunctate; median line scarcely defined. Eyes widely separated. Prothoraz opaque (less so in middle than elsewhere), more than thrice as wide 236 as the median length, sides strongly rounded; punctures scarcely visible. Hlytra briefly suboblong; with rows of rather small but distinct punctures, on the sides set in rather deep striae, Legs rather stout, front ones longer than hind ones. Length (¢, Q), 1°75-2 mm. Q. Differs in being larger and more robust, head, eyes, and jaws smaller, clypeus darker than labrum, abdomen larger, More convex, and with a large apical fovea, legs shorter and the front ones no longer than the hind ones. Hab.—Western Australia: Capel River (W. D. Dodd), Vasse and Swan Rivers (A. M. Lea)., Type, I. 10929. The jaws of the male are stout and dilated on the front edge, so that the labrum appears considerably smaller than on other species, but on the female the jaws are much smaller and the labrum of normal size; the distance between the eyes of the male is about equal to the length of the six basal joints of antennae (these being rather shorter and stouter than usual), in the female the actual distance is the same, but owing to the antennae being shorter the distance is about equal to the seven basal joints. The tarsi knees and hind femora are the usual parts that are darker than the rest of the legs, but sometimes the tarsi are no darker than the tibiae, occasionally the middle femora are also dark; the opacity of the head and prothorax (also parts of the under-surface) is due to very fine shagreening, the elytra are highly polished. DITROPIDUS TENUIFRONS, Nn. sp. ¢. Black, head (infuscated about base), antennae (club infuscated), palpi and legs (femora excepted) more or less flavous. Glabrous. Head shagreened and with minute punctures. LHyes large and close together. Prothorax about: thrice as wide as the ‘median length, sides strongly rounded; punctures small, but fairly distinct. Hlytra short, sides rounded posteriorly ; striated almost throughout. Length (¢, @), 1°5-1°75 mm. Q. Differs in having the head darker, and in the usual particulars of the eyes, legs, and abdomen. Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection), - Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 10864. In appearance somewhat like brevicollis, but consistently smaller, prothorax with distinct punctures (those towards the base become somewhat aciculate), and elytral striae very different; the apical half of the elytra has distinct striae from the sides to the suture (deeper on the sides than elsewhere), but about the base the short subsutural ones change to series of punctures. The distance between the eyes \ . 237 of the female is slightly less than the length of the basal joint of antennae, in the male it is only about half its length. The legs are sometimes almost entirely flavous, but usually the middle and hind ones, or the hind ones only, are infuscated ; the elytra are sometimes quite as black as the prothorax, but are usually obscurely paler (dark brown). DITROPIDUS SIMILIS, N. sp. , 3g. Black; labrum, basal half of antennae, and parts of legs pale. Glabrous. Head subopaque and with indistinct punctures. Eyes rather widely separated. Prothoraz about thrice as wide as long, sides strongly rounded; punctures very small. Hlytra short; striae and punctures much as on vagans and tran-. quillus. Length (¢, 9), 1°75-2 mm. Q. Differs in the usual particulars of eyes, legs, and abdomen. ; Hab.—South Sateen Mount Lofty (S. H. Curnow), Port Lincoln and Adelaide (Blackburn’s collection, No. 1849), Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper), Lucindale (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 10872. At first sight apparently belonging to tranquillus, but head subopaque and with much less distinct punctures, punctures of prothorax slightly smaller, and of abdomen sparser, and metasternum impunctate in middle. The lateral striae of the elytra are of the usual depth, but some of the ordinary rows of punctures appear to be in striae, much as on vagans and tranquillus, although less conspicuously than on the preceding species, from which it also differs in its more widely separated eyes. On the only male in the Museum the tarsi and parts of the tibiae are obscurely pale, but on four females the middle and hind femora only are infuscated, the rest of the legs being usually of a rather bright flavous, the muzzle also is brighter than on the male; on the females the median line of the head is fairly distinct, but it appears to be absent from the male. D. Front angles of prothorax of male flavous. DITROPIDUS LATEROAPICALIS, N.sp. 3. Black; front half of head, basal half of antennae (club infuscated), palpi, front angles of prothorax, pros- ternum, part of mesosternum, and most of legs flavous. Under-surface and legs scarcely visibly pubescent. Head with sparse punctures; median line well defined. Eyes rather close together. Prothorar about twice as wide 238 as the median length, sides strongly narrowed to apex; with fairly dense and rather small punctures, in places becoming subaciculate. Hlytra strongly striated throughout. Abdomen with a rather large but shallow apical fovea, margined with erect setae. Front legs slightly longer than hind ones. Length (3, @), 2-2°5 mm. Q. Differs in having the head black to the labrum, or at least to the clypeus, the prothorax entirely black, antennae decidedly shorter, eyes nore apart, front legs no longer than hind ones, and abdomen with a larger and deeper apical fovea, without marginal setae. Hab.—New South Wales: Forest Reefs and Armidale (A. M. Lea); Tasmania: West Tamar—and Launceston (Simson’s collection), Huon River, Frankford, and King Island (Lea); South Australia: Lucindale (F. Secker), Mount Lofty (A. H. Elston), Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper). Type, I.’ 10985. On this and the following species the antennae of the males are longer than is usual in the genus, and the five apical joints are not. so suddenly clubbed. The distance between the eyes of the male is equal to the length of the basal joint of antennae, in the female it is about one-third more; the metasternum has a wide subtriangular depression on the male, but on the female it is reduced to hardly more than the median line. The elytral striae contain fairly large punctures, but as these are at the bottom of the striae, they are distinct only from certain directions; the basal segment of the abdomen is densely punctate. The hind femora are usually deeply infuscated, sometimes the middle ones as well, rarely only the four hind knees are infuscated, rarely also parts of the front legs are infuscated; the flavous portions of the head and prothorax of the males vary slightly in extent, but are always conspicuous. DITROPIDUS FLAVOLATERALIS, Nn. Sp. 3. Black; front half of head, basal half of antennae (the club infuscated), palpi, sides of prothorax, prosternum, mesosternum, and legs flavous. Under-surface and legs very feebly pubescent. Head with rather sparse but sharply defined punctures; median line lightly impressed. Eyes moderately distant. Prothoraz with outlines as in preceding species, but with rather stronger punctures. Elytra also as in preceding species, except that the punctures in the striae are larger and more defined, and that the striae themselves are not quite as deep. Length (d, 9), 18-2 mm. 239 Differs in having the prothorax, both above and below, and the mesosternum, entirely dark, less of the head flavous, antennae and legs shorter, and abdomen foveate. Hab.—Tasmania: Huon River, Devonport and Burnie (A. M. Lea); South Australia: Port Lincoln (Blackburn’s collection, No. 1110), Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper), Mount Gambier (Lea). Type, I. 10996. Close to the preceding species, but smaller, eyes more apart, punctures in the striae more pronounced, flavous parts of the prothorax usually extending to the base on each side, although wider in front, metasternum scarcely differing sexually, and legs nearly always entirely flavous; on a few specimens the hind femora only are infuscated; on one male the flavous part of the head extends almost to the base. The distance between the eyes of the male is almost equal to the length of the three basal joints of antennae, in the female it is slightly more. Var. Two males, from Forest Reefs, have the legs almost entirely dark and the prothoracic markings reduced to a small spot on each side of the apex. DITROPIDUS MINUTUS, DN. sp. d. Black; most of head, basal half of antennae (the club almost black), palpi, front angles of prothorax, pro- sternum, and parts of legs flavous. Under-surface and legs scarcely visibly pubescent. Outlines much as in two preceding species. Head with feeble punctures and median line. lEyes separated about the length of two basal joints of antennae. Prothorax with -sparse and minute punctures. Hlytra punctate-striate throughout, striae all sharply defined at summit of apical slope, but rather feeble on basal half near suture. Length (d, 9), 1°5-1°75 mm. Differs in having prothorax entirely and head almost entirely black, and in the usual particulars of eyes, legs, and abdomen. Hab.—Victoria (R. J. Burton), Dividing Range (Black- burn’s collection, No. 5848), Gisborne (H. H. D. Griffith) ; Tasmania: Launceston and Turner’s Marsh (Simson’s collec- tion, No. 3800), Launceston and Hobart (Blackburn), Hobart, Mount Wellington, Huon River, Swansea, Frankford, Wilmot, and Burnie (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 10870. Allied to the two preceding species, but smaller, antennae of male scarcely longer than in the female, and the club of normal width, prothoracic punctures decidedly smaller, and middle of mesosternum black in both sexes. The front legs 4 ead mao a” 240 are often entirely pale, or with the knees slightly infuscated,, the hind legs often entirely dark, the middle femora are sometimes flavous, except for the knees, but usually only the basal half of their femora is pale; the males usually have more of the legs pale than the females. DITROPIDUS PALLIPES, N. sp. d. Black; head, basal half of antennae (the club infuscated), palpi, front angles and sides of prothorax, prosternum, mesosternum, and legs bright flavous. Glabrous. Head with small punctures, median line terminating in a small fovea between the eyes. Eyes separated slightly more than the length of basal joint of antennae. Antennae rather longer than usual, the club almost continuous in width with basal portion. Prothorax about thrice as wide as long, sides (for the genus) not much narrowed to apex; punctures rather sparse and small, but sharply defined. Hlytra suboblong; strongly punctate-striate throughout. Metasternum with a wide, shallow, median depression. Abdomen with a large but shallow apical fovea. Front legs stouter and slightly longer than hind ones. Length, 2 mm. Hab.—Victoria: ‘Dividing Range (Blackburn’s collec tion) \Types i 10917. With strongly striated elytra somewhat as in the jacobyi group, but prothorax with front angles and sides flavous. It is flatter and more parallel-sided than lateroapicalis and flavolateralis, the prothorax is shorter and much less narrowed to the apex, and the elytral striae are less divergent from the suture; the antennae, however, are much as on those species. The flavous parts of the prothorax narrowly occupy each side, and are continued across about one-fourth of the apex. The scutellar lobe is shorter than usual, and its notch is very minute; the discal striae of the elytra are almost all parallel with the suture, even the short subsutural one being much less oblique than is usual in the genus. The colours of the prothorax and sterna, the wide depression on the metasternum, the front legs, antennae, and the comparatively small abdomen ~ sloping to both base and apex of the type, are essentially masculine, but it has a large fovea at the apex of the abdomen, which, although decidedly shallower than in females, is quite distinct. A second specimen (from Nelson, in the Blackburn collection) may be a female of the species, it has similar elytral striae, but has the head (except labrum), prothorax (this with more distinct punctures, especially on the sides), and sterna black, antennae shorter, front legs no longer or vee N 241 stouter than the hind ones, hind femora infuscated, median line of, metasternum not dilated, and abdominal fovea larger and much deeper. E. Muscellaneous. DITROPIDUS CARINATUS, Nl. Sp. 2. Chocolate-brown; scutellum, suture, metasternum, and abdomen black; muzzle, antennae, palpi, prosternum, and legs (hind femora infuscated) flavous. Under-surface and legs scarcely visibly pubescent. Head shagreened. Eyes large and almost touching. Prothorax about thrice as wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded ; shagreened and aciculate-punctate through- out. Hlyira short; with rows of large punctures in deep striae; all the interstices acutely carinated throughout. Abdomen shagreened; the two basal segments with rather dense punctures, apical segment with a large, deep fovea. Legs rather short. Length, 2°25 mm. Hab.—Victoria: Dividing Range (Blackburn’s collec- tion). Type (unique), I. 10878. Allied to jacobyi, but readily distinguished from that species and all its allies by the shagreened prothorax. DITROPIDUS FLAVOAPICALIS, Nl. Sp. ¢. Black; labrum, basal half of antennae (the club infuscated), tips of elytra, pygidium, and legs more or less flavous. Glabrous. Head opaque and with minute punctures; median line . very feeble. Eyes rather wide apart. Prothoraz fully thrice as wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded, scutellar lobe short; impunctate or almost so. F#lytra short; with rows of rather small punctures, becoming larger and set in fairly deep striae on both sides. Intercoxal process of mesosternum rather large and with dense punctures. Front legs slightly longer than hind ones. Length (¢, Q), 1°9-2 m.m. Q.. Differs in having eyes slightly more apart, median line rather wide and shallow, tip of elytra scarcely paler than the adjacent surface, legs and pygidium more obscure, front legs no longer than hind ones, and abdomen larger, more convex, and with a large apical fovea. Hab.—Western Australia: Warren River (W. D. Dodd). Type, I. 10919. Very close to brunnerpennis, of which I was at first inclined to regard it as a variety, but the head, although slightly shagreened, is not at all coppery, and the elytra are distinctly striated only on the sides, elsewhere the punctures 242 in the rows are sometimes close together; but at the summit of the apical slope they are not all set in striae as on that species. The distance between the eyes of the.male is about equal to the four basal joints of antennae, in the female it is slightly more; the prothorax of the female has very small but distinct punctures, but except on very close examination they appear to be absent from that of. the male. On the two males before me the flavous tips of the elytra are very conspicuous, but on the only female the tips are very obscure, and the pygidium is no paler than the rest of the abdomen. . | DITROPIDUS MACROCEPHALUS, N. sp. 3d. Black; labrum, basal half of antennae, palpi, and tarsi more or less obscurely diluted with red. Glabrous. Head opaque and unusually wide, median line very feeble; clypeus rather large and triangularly notched in front ; jaws large and prominent. Eyes widely separated. Antennae short, joints of the club close together. Prothorax opaque, more than thrice as wide as long, sides moderately rounded, median lobe short and feebly notched. Scutellum very minute. lytra slightly shorter than the basal width; shghtly shagreened, with inconspicuous rows of punctures, but on the sides set in fairly deep striae. Legs not very long, front ones longer than hind ones, their tibiae flat and some- what curved. Length (d, 9), 1°75-2 mm. Q. Differs in having the head much smaller, clypeus not triangularly notched, jaws much smaller, prothorax much narrower in front, elytra slightly longer, legs shorter, the front’ ones no longer than the hind ones, and abdomen larger, more convex, and with a large, round, deep, apical fovea. Hab.—Australia (old collection); Western Australia: Geraldton, Swan River, and Bridgetown (A. M. Lea); South Australia: Mount Lofty (A. H. Elston), Port Lincoln (Lea). Type, I. 10931. A small, short species, that J was inclined at first to regard as belonging to a new genus. The elongated clypeus triangularly notched in the male is decidedly aberrant, but the powerful jaws, although not common in the genus, occur in several species. The head and prothorax under a hand- lens appear to be impunctate, but under a compound power their opacity is seen to be due to very dense and minute punctures. The distance between the eyes of the female is a trifle less than in the male, but this is due to the much smaller size of its head; on the male, owing to its large’ head, the front of the prothorax is not much narrower than its base; the intercoxal process of the prosternum is gently 243 incurved at its hind end, in front on the female it is flat, but on the male its front edge is elevated to form a partial protection to the muzzle; both it and the process of the mesosternum have rather dense and sharply defined punctures. KUDITROPIDUS, n.g. Eyes widely separated. Antennae short; club six- jointed, its joints not very lax. Scutellar lobe notched. Intercoxal process of prosternum transverse, its hind end gently incurved to middle. Other characters as in Ditrogidus. This genus practically differs from Ditropidus only by the club having an additional joint, and as that has been considered a generic feature by both Baly and Chapuis, it appeared to be undesirabie to refer the four species, agreeing in having the extra joint, to that genus. Type of genus, variabilis. EUDITROPIDUS VARIABILIS, 0. sp. 6. Black and reddish-flavous. Head, under-surface, and legs with sparse, whitish pubescence. Head wide, median line rather wide and shallow; with dense and small punctures. Prothorax:about thrice as wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded; punctures minute and not very dense. Scwtellum small, subovate, shghtly concave. SHlytra about as long as the basal width, sides rather strongly narrowed posteriorly; with rows of fairly large punctures, on each.side set in three deep striae; interstices with minute punctures. Legs stout, front ones longer than hind ones. Length (¢c, 9), 3°75-4:25 mm. Q. Differs in having the head smaller, eyes slightly more apart, elytra less narrowed posteriorly, and with smaller punctures, abdomen larger, more convex, with a large, round, deep, apical fovea, and legs thinner, with the front ones no longer than the hind ones. Hab.—New South Wales: Tweed River, on Ficus sp. (W. W. Froggatt). Type, I. 10932. No two of the six specimens before me are exactly alike in colour. The type male is flavous, with the joints of the club and the elytra black, the latter, however, with a narrow basal strip (touching neither suture nor sides) flavous, a spot at the apex of each of the front and hind femora, and parts of the upper-surface of the tibiae are infuscated; a second male is close to it, but has the pale basal portion of the elytra about twice as long. The four females have the head, except the labrum and ocular canthi (on one specimen including the canthi), under-surface (except some of the side parts), and legs (except tarsi) black, the prothorax and elytra with very 244 variable markings: the prothorax is black with a medio- apical portion pale, the pale portion on two specimens continued along the front edge almost to the margins, on another it is so continued and has, as well, a narrow strip extending along the median line almost to ‘the base; on the elytra the black markings of one female are the base, suture (both narrowly), a small spot at the basal third of the latter, and the sides and apex irregularly; a second female agrees with it except that it has a small free spot half way between the sutural spot and each side; a third female has all the marginal markings extended and the free’spot rather large; the fourth female has the markings still more extended, so that the sutural spot is continued to each side (across the free spot of other specimens) forming an irregular oe slightly before the middle. KUDITROPIDUS NIGER, 0. sp. @. Black; labrum, five basal joints of antennae (the others infuscated), palpi and parts of upper-surface of tarsi more or less flavous. Head, under-surface, and legs with. short, whitish pubescence. Head with rather dense and small but sharply defined punctures; median line narrow at base, but dilated in front. Prothoraz about twice as wide as the median length, sides strongly narrowed to apex; with small but fairly distinct punctures. Hlytra short; with rows of not very large punctures, on each side sét in three fairly deep striae; interstices with minute punctures. Abdomen with a yy large apical fovea. Length, 3-3°25 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron). Type, hes 1: At first glance quite an ordinary-looking Ditromdus, but the antennal club distinctly six-jointed. On each of the two specimens before me the elytra have a vague bluish gloss. KUDITROPIDUS ERYTHRODEBRES, Ni. sp. Q. Black; a narrow inter-ocular space, labrum, five basal joints of antennae, prothorax (@¢xtreme base excepted), and under-surface, including pygidium_ red. Head, prothorax, and under-surface with very short, pale pubescence. Head with dense and small punctures; median line narrow at base, dilated in front. Prothorax and elytra with outlines and punctures as described in preceding species. Abdomen with a very large apical fovea. Length, 3°25 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea). Type (unique), I. 4405. 245 In general appearance strikingly close to several species. of Ditropidus (fugitivus, subsimilis, semicrudus, and the male of elegantulus), but club of antennae distinctly with six joints, instead of five, as on those species. EUDITROPIDUS PALLIDUS, N. Sp. 3. Flavous, extreme base of prothorax and part of abdomen infuscated. Head, under-surface, and legs with very short pubescence. Head with small, dense, inconspicuous punctures, : but becoming sharply defined on clypeus; median line shallowly impressed. Prothorax about twice as wide as the median length, sides strongly narrowed to apex, somewhat gibbous in front; punctures small but rather sharply defined, denser on sides than in middle. Elytra suboblong; with rows of fairly large punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly, and on each side set in three deep striae; interstices with very minute punctures. Front legs slightly longer than hind ones. Length (dg, @Q), 2°25-2°75 mm. Q. Differs in being more robust, eyes rather more apart, prothorax shorter, abdomen larger, more convex, and with a very large apical fovea, antennae and legs thinner, and the front legs no longer than the hind ones. Hab.—South Australia: Leigh Creek (Blackburn’s collection). Type, I. 10975. A short, robust species, with vaguely mottled prothorax, at first glance resembling some of the pale forms of Polyachus geminus; in general appearance it is very different from each of the three preceding species, but as the club is certainly six-jointed and the scutellar lobe notched it has ‘been associated with them. On the female the metasternum, as well as part of the abdomen, is sometimes infuscated; on one specimen the abdomen is entirely pale; the club of the antennae is usually no darker than the basal joints, but is sometimes slightly infuscated. ELAPHODES VULPINUS, Suff. E. illotius, Lea. E. illotus was named from a single female, but there are now thirty specimens before me (from New South Wales, Victoria, and South Australia), and these indicate that the species is probably the most variable one of the genus; and also that vulpimus, for which an exact locality was not given, was founded upon other females. The male may be readily distinguished from males of other species by the jaws, these being much larger than usual, 246 projecting strongly downwards, and bent at right angles at the basal third; the labrum is also unusually large and shining; the antennae are considerably longer than on the female, the tip of the apical joint is noticeably curved and pointed, the prothorax is more transverse and very little narrowed in front, the abdomen is smaller, incurved to middle, and with a glabrous space marking the position of the fovea of the female; the front legs are somewhat longer, with the basaf joint of the.tarsi larger. The dark markings are very variable on both sexes; on the prothorax there are frequently two parentheses marks enclosing an elongated line, and a spot on each side .(|)., sometimes there are two spots on each side, frequently each parenthesis mark is split up into two spots, and occasionally all are absent, or confused together. On the elytra there is often a median fascia: complete, interrupted in the middle, or represented by a row of ten or twelve spots; or there may be two—the second one near the base, and the two fasciae may be more or less connected; occasionally there is a large dark blotch about the scutellum; the dark markings of the head, under-surface, and legs also vary. On some specimens of both sexes the derm is of a rather pale castaneous, except that there is a narrow black line where the prothorax and elytra touch ; their clothing is also entirely white; the females of such specimens somewhat resemble pale abraded ones of puula and rutilus, but are more oblong; the males, however, may be at once distinguished by the jaws. | ELAPHODES CERVINUS, Suff. E. tugrinus, Chp. The type of HL. cervinus appears to be a specimen on _ which the two apical spots on each elytra are conjoined, and the outer part of the basal zigzag fascia almost separated as a spot on each side; there are several such specimens before me. EH. tigrinus was described as having two transverse fasciae on the pronotum, but these are rarely distinct and are often quite absent; the elytral markings are due mostly to dark patches of pubescence, and if this is abraded they may disappear; on each elytron there are usually two spots (sometimes conjoined) near the apex, and one on the side near them, the irregular subbasal fascia at its middle is V-shaped, and there is usually a round spot half way between its tip and the scutellum, the V, however, is often obscure; the metasternum is usually black or.infuscated. There is frequently a median line of golden pubescence on the al Nias - eae 247 pronotum, and the middle of its derm often has a large. blackish blotch. The species occurs in New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, and South Australia. ELAPHODES AENEOLUS, Chp. On the male of this species the prothorax is sometimes dark, except for very narrow pale margins, and the elytra are often dark, except that the sides and apex are flavous. On the female the metasternum is black and the abdomen flavous; on the male the black extends to about the middle of the abdomen; the male also has more of the head black than the female. The pubescence is of a beautiful golden- yellow, mixed with semi-upright hairs. ELAPHODES MURINUS, Chp. Described as from Rockhampton in Queensland ; the only specimens I have seen of it are from New South Wales and Victoria. It is a large species, distinct by the entirely black derm of its prothorax and elytra. ELAPHODES SCUTELLARIS, Chp. Four females, measuring 2-3 mm. in length, from New South Wales and Victoria, may belong to this species; no two are exactly alike in colour, but they all have the metasternum black, and the apical half of the antennae dark (the description implies that the antennae are entirely pale). One agrees well with the description, except for the partly dark antennae, and that the base of the abdomen is infus- cated, another is very similar except that the discal blotch of the pronotum is very ill-defined, and that the abdomen is entirely pale; these both have very ill-defined elytral markings in addition to the circum-scutellar one; two smaller specimens have no discal markings on the prothorax, and the elytral markings are very faint. A male (2°25 mm.) from Sydney, possibly belongs to the species, but has the prothorax almost entirely infuscated, and the elytra dark except for four flavous spots on each: a rather large subapical one and three submedian ones placed as if to mark the corners of an equilateral triangle; the middle of its prosternum and base of abdomen, as well as the metasternum, are blackish. A male of similar size, from Victoria, has the prothorax similarly coloured, and more of the under-surface dark; but it has a large and very con- spicuous flavous spot on each elytron, the spot fully one-third its length and occupying almost its entire width (the two narrowly touching at the suture); on one of the smaller 248 females a spot somewhat similar in size and psa is vaguely indicated. ; ily areeeantton RUFOVARIUS, Chp. Some specimens from Longreach and Cloncurry (Queens- land) probably belong to this species, described from a female ; they have three series of longitudinal flavous vittae on the elytra, so placed that they might be regarded as interrupted fasciae; and a small subapical flavous spot; the mestasternum is sometimes deeply infuscated. The males are smaller than the females, the length ranging 4-6 mm. ELAPHODES EPILACHNOIDES, Chp. On this species each shoulder is usually deep black, although on an occasional specimen it is but lightly infuscated ; the median fascia is advanced along the suture, usually, but not always, triangularly ; the prothorax usually has ‘a conspicuous spot on each side of the base, but occasionally these are conjoined, rarely they are entirely absent; the metasternum is usually black, and the abdomen is sometimes partly dark; but occasionally the under-surface is entirely pale; on one female the elytral fascia is interrupted before each side, and the left spot on the pronotum is broken. up into two. ‘The species occurs in Southern Queensland, as well as in New South Wales. ELAPHODES AMICTUS, Chp. A specimen in the Blackburn collection received from Chapuis with a label “Hlaphodes amictus, Chp. type,” 1s probably a cotype; it does not agree with the description, however, as the elytra are without an isolated round spot before the fascia. It is a specimen of epilachnoides, having the under-surface pale, the prothoracic spots absent, and the humeral spots only moderately infuscated. If the specimen © is correctly named, amictus must be regarded as a variety only of emilachnoides. ELAPHODES SIGNIFER, Chp. Numerous specimens from South Australia (Adelaide, Nuriootpa, and Lucindale), and New South Wales (Sydney), appear to belong to this species, which may be distinguished by the elytra having three transverse series of lines of pubescence (varying on different specimens from white to golden), covering parts of the derm that are slightly paler than the adjacent parts. The type was described as having on the middle of the pronotum a large brown spot, but the spot is sometimes broken up into two or three, and occasionally there are small isolated spots; the head is’ 249 occasionally immaculate, but there is usually an angular . black spot at the base, and often one or two between the eyes. The female is larger (4-455 mm.) than the male (3-3°5 mm.). ELAPHODES ZICZAC, Nn. sp. 3. Dingy reddish-brown; antennae (club infuscated), elytra (some parts darker), most of under-surface and legs more or less reddish. With rather dense and mostly pale pubescence. | Head with dense and (where not concealed by clothing) sharply defined punctures. Prothorax strongly and evenly convex, apex scarcely one-fourth less than base; punctures as on head. Hlytra with crowded asperate punctures; striae rather lightly impressed, but deeper on sides. Length, 3°75-4°5 mm. @. Differs in being more robust, eyes more apart, legs somewhat thinner, and abdomen with a large apical fovea. Hab.—Queensland: Bundaberg (Blackburn’s collection), Rockhampton (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 10881. The scutellum and the extreme base of both prothorax and elytra are black. On the prothorax of one specimen there are eight spots on which the pubescence is darker than on the adjacent surface, but four of them are very indistinct, on two other specimens only four spots are in evidence, and on another not one is distinct; on the elytra, however, each specimen has a large sutural spot at the basal third and extending from it a zigzag fascia almost to each side; at the apical third, on each elytron, there is a large transverse spot, disconnected with all other markings, the derm at the markings darker than the adjacent surface, and the clothing on them also darker. It is a suboblong species, allied to cervinus, but with coarser punctures and different striae, elytral markings different, notably by the large dark blotch at the basal third, and by the absence of subapical spots; oblongus is less rounded, with stronger striae and very different elytral markings; vitteger (unknown to me, but also from Rockhampton) was described as having very different elytral markings. ELAPHODES SIMPLEX, Nn. sp. Rusty-red; extreme base of prothorax and of elytra black, some joints of antennae infuscated. Moderately densely clothed with uniformly pale pubescence. Length, 3°5-4 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (Blackburn’s collec- tion and A. M. Lea), Peel Island (Simson’s collection), Brisbane (H. W. Cox). Type, I. 10884. YT ee 250 The outlines and punctures, except that the latter are somewhat smaller and denser, are almost as in the preceding species, and the sexual differences are the same; but the upper-surface entirely reddish, except for a narrow line where the prothorax and elytra meet, will readily distinguish it from that, as from most species of the genus; in build it is somewhat like epilachnoides, except that it is larger and less oblong; rutilus is much larger and with very different clothing; and pilula and signifer have different clothing and markings. ELAPHODES NIGROVARIUS, Nn. sp. S. Black and red. Moderately densely clothed with pale pubescence. ; Head with crowded punctures, becoming smaller and sparser on clypeus. Prothorax moderately long; punctures dense and small; a vague median line usually indicated. Elytra with dense and small punctures; striae well-defined on the sides, feeble or entirely absent elsewhere. Length (3g; 9); 3-4. mm. Q. Differs in being larger, and in the usual particulars of eyes, legs, and abdomen. Hab.—South Australia (Macleay Museum): Port Lincoln (Blackburn’s collection), Murray Bridge (J. G. O. Tepper). Pype, 13837. The general outlines are much as in the two preceding species, but the colours and finer sculpture of the elytra are very different; the clothing appears to be easily abraded, as some of the specimens in the Museum are almost glabrous. The black varies in extent and often has a distinct metallic gloss; on the head it extends from the base to midway between the eyes, sometimes almost to the clypeus, but occasionally the head is entirely red ; on the prothorax it may extend over the whole surface, or (usually in the females) leave a fairly wide space on each side red; on the elytra it varies from covering almost half of the surface on some males to absent (except for narrow black lines at the base and suture) on some females, but usually is in the form of a large sub- triangular medio-basal blotch; the sterna are usually entirely black; the abdomen is sometimes entirely red (usually so in females), but one-fourth or more may be black; usually some of the antennal joints are infuscated. ELAPHODES MULTIMACULATUS, Nn. Sp. A 3. Of a dingy rusty-red, with numerous black or infuscated spots or markings. Moderately densely clothed with pale pubescence, becoming darker on the dark parts. is ose 251 Head with dense but not sharply defined punctures. Prothorazx about twice as wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded; with small and very dense punctures, and several very shallow depressions. Llytra (for the genus) rather elongate, almost parallel-sided to near apex; punctures as on prothorax; striae distinct only on sides, rather feeble at apex and near suture, scarcely traceable elsewhere. Length, 3-4 mm. ©. Differs in being larger and in the usual particulars of eyes, legs, and abdomen. Hab.—Australia (old collection); New South Wales (Blackburn’s collection), Cobar (H. J. Carter, from Shaw). Type, I. 10886. Narrower than any previously described species of the genus, elytra multimaculate and prothorax with conspicuous longitudinal markings. The scutellar lobe is not notched, and this would exclude it from the genus by the table given by Chapuis; there are, however, two closely allied undescribed species that have the scutellar lobe slightly notched, but as i have seen but a single female of each they have not been named. The scutellum itself is very small, but is distinctly transverse, another unusual feature in the genus. The markings are not exactly the same on any two of the four specimens (one male and three females) before me; the head in all is obscurely blotched, except in front; the prothorax has two complete longitudinal vittae, three specimens have remnants of another towards each side, and two of these also have a short medio-apical vitta; on the elytra the spots and markings are very irregular and often angularly connected together, but on one female many spots are isolated; on the male most of the under-surface is black, and parts of the femora are infuscated ; on the females the abdomen and legs are entirely pale; on one female the dark parts of the under- surface consist solely of a spot on each side of the metasternum. The punctures on the head are partly obscured by the clothing, but even where this has been abraded they are not very sharply defined, although the surface could hardly be regarded as shagreened. From above the front angles of the prothorax appear to be widely rounded off, but they are really rect- angular, similarly the hind angles appear to be less, but are really more than right angies. ELAPHODES COCCINELLOIDES, n. sp. Q. Black and red. Moderately clothed with white pubescence, somewhat longer on upper than on under- surface. . 252 Head with rather dense and sharply defined punctures ; median line slightly impressed. Prothorax ahout twice as wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded; punctures dense and small. JS#lytra moderately long, sides gently rounded; punctures slightly larger and somewhat sparser than on prothorax; striae fairly distinct on sides, absent, or almost so, elsewhere. Abdomen with a large apical fovea. Length, 3°75-4 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane (H. W. Brown and H. W. Cox); New South Wales: Hunter River (Macleay Museum). Type, I. 10954. ‘An oblong-elliptic species, with general outlines as in tigrinus, signifer, simplex, and similar species, and varying considerably in its colours. By the table given by Chapuis it could only be referred to Hlaphodes or Ditroyidus, and as it is clothed all over and the joints of the club are rather elongate, I prefer to refer it to the former genus; in general appearance it strikingly resembles many small Coccinellidae, especially of the genus Fhizobius. There are six females. before me, of these the type and another specimen have the extreme base of prothorax, scutellum, and elytra (except tips). black, all other parts (except that some of the antennal joints. are infuscated) being red; two others differ in having a wide median fascia (connected along the sides with the tips) on the elytra also red (on the two first specimens the fascia is hardly indicated, but in part may be traced from certain directions) ; the other two have the prothorax entirely black, and only the extreme tips of the elytra red, with the sterna partly infuscated. CoENOBIUS. The species of this genus in general are close to Ditromidus, but differ in having the antennal club composed of six instead of five joints, and the scutellar lobe not notched ; the latter character, however, is not very satisfactory, as it frequently happens that in the small dark species of Ditropidus the notch is very indistinct. I have not referred to Ditropidus, however, any species with the club six-jointed, or to Coenobius any with it five-jointed. CoENOBIUS LUCIDULUS, Chp. A male from Darnley Island appears to belong to this species, but has the legs of a rather dingy flavous, with the four hind femora somewhat darker; two other males (from Northern Queensland and Port Douglas) differ from it in having the legs entirely dark. A female, from Cairns, has also entirely dark legs, but differs from the males in being’ eat Avs > i ag 253 somewhat larger, 225 mm., eyes not so close together, and abdomen larger and more convex, with a wide and deep apical fovea. CoENOBIUS INCONSTANS, D. sp. ¢. Black, labrum, and parts of antennae and of legs more or less flavous. Under-surface and legs scarcely visibly pubescent. Head with rather sparse but distinct punctures. Eyes close together. Prothorax at apex much narrower than the median length, sides strongly narrowed from base to apex; with rather sparse and small, but sharply defined punctures in middle, becoming denser and coarser on sides; a distinct row margining base. SHlytra oblong; with rows of rather large punctures, on the sides set in deep striae; interstices with very minute punctures. Front legs slightly longer than hind ones. Length (3, Q), 175-2 mm. @. Differs in being larger and more robust, elytra with smailer punctures, abdomen larger, more convex, with a large apical fovea, legs thinner and the front ones no longer than the hind ones. Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea); New South Wales: Armidale and Forest Reefs (Lea), Jenolan (J. C. Wilurd), Leura (R. J. Burton), Sydney (Dr. E. W. Ferguson). Type, I. 10933. Structurally close to Jucidulus, but not at all blue. The _ distance between the eyes of the female is about equal to the length of the basal joint of antennae, in the male it is decidedly less; on many specimens there are two large punctures between the bases of the antennae. The legs vary from entirely flavous, except for a slight infuscation of the tarsi, to almost entirely infuscated, but the front legs are often paler than the others; variable numbers of the antennal joints are pale, but usually the six joints of the club are darker than the others; three females and one male have the head entirely pale, but usually only the labrum, and that rather obscurely, is flavous; one female (from Jenolan) has the head and legs (except a slight infuscation of the tarsi) entirely pale, and a wide pale space on each side of the prothorax ; another female, on the same card, has the base of the head infuscated and the sides of the prothorax obscurely paler than the middle. Var.? A female, from Galston, probably belongs to this ‘species, but has the head, prothorax (except at the extreme base), and legs entirely flavous, the metasternum and abdomen obscurely diluted with red; the prothorax with fairly large punctures in the middle, and a rather deep oblique impression 254 on each side (the impressions are hardly more than indicated on the typical form). CoENOBIUS PARVONIGER, Nl. Sp. ¢. Black; labrum, basal joints of antennae, and parts of legs obscurely paler. Under-surface and legs scarcely visibly pubescent. Head with rather large punctures in front. Eyes large and almost touching. VProthorax at base not twice as wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded; punctures sparse and minute. Elytra briefly suboblong; with rows of fairly large punctures, on the sides set in deep striae. Length, 175 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns. Type (unique), I. 10869. In general appearance rather close to the preceding species, but more compact, eyes even closer together, and prothorax almost impunctate, even on the sides. COENOBIUS BINOTATUS, n. sp. = ¢. Black; labrum, basal joints of antennae, a large spot on each elytron, and sometimes the tips, reddish. Under- surface and legs slightly pubescent. Head rather coarsely sculptured in front. Eyes large and close together. Prothorax not twice as wide as the median length, sides strongly narrowed in front, somewhat gibbous . in middle; with a few large punctures on sides, elsewhere impunctate, or almost so. Hlytra briefly suboblong; with rows of rather large punctures, mostly in shallow striae, but ou the sides in deep ones; interstices scarcely visibly punctate. Legs moderately stout, front ones very little longer than hind ones.” Length (¢, 9), 2-25 mm. : ) Q. Differs in being more robust, antennae and legs somewhat smaller, and abdomen larger, more convex, and with a large apical fovea. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney (W. du Boulay and Dr. E. W. Ferguson), Galston and Tamworth (A. M. Lea); Victoria: Birchip (J. C. Goudie, No. 234). Type, I. 10877. The maculate elytra readily distinguish this species from all other Australian members of the genus; the large spot on each elytron is usually shaped like an obtuse-angled triangle, one of the acute angles being on or near the shoulder, the other approaching but not touching the middle of the suture ; in addition to the large spots the tips of the elytra, or at least two subcontiguous spots, are also reddish on eight of the specimens before me, but on eight more the tips are dark, or at most very obscurely diluted with red, the difference is AF) ae | PI J ae 255 not sexual; the tips of the tibiae and the tarsi are sometimes obscurely reddish. POLYACHUS AMENTATUS, 0. sp. do. Dark reddish brown with a more or less distinct metallic gloss; muzzle, five basal joints of antennae (the others infuscated), margins of prothorax, elytra (the punctures darker), and legs more or less flavous. Under-surface and legs moderately pubescent. Head with sharply defined punctures of moderate size, more crowded in front than elsewhere; median line distinct only at base. Eyes very widely separated. Antennae moderately long; club six-jointed. Prothorax not twice as wide as the median length, sides moderately rounded. scutellar lobe small and not notched; punctures of moderate size, rather, dense and sharply defined, becoming somewhat denser and larger on sides. Hlytra suboblong; with con- spicuous rows of punctures in slight striae, the lateral striae not much deeper than the others. Process of prosternum truncated at both ends. Length, 2-25 mm. . Hab.—Australia (old collection); South Australia (Macleay Museum). Type, I. 10970. The punctures on the elytra being darker than the adjacent surface the loops at the apices of some of the rows are very conspicuous, and in this respect the ‘species at first © glance resembles Ditrogidus pulicosus; the pale parts of the elytra are more brightly flavous than the other pale parts. From certain directions the prothorax appears to have a _ narrow impunctate median line. A second specimen differs from the type in having the head, prothorax (the sides obscurely diluted with red), and scutellum bronzy-black, and most of the under-surface and legs black. PoLyacHus DOLICHOGNATHUS, N. sp. ¢. Head (parts about the eyes black), basal third or more of antennae, prothorax (extreme base black), legs (parts of tarsi infuscated), and abdomen reddish-flavous; elytra flavous, punctures more or less infuscated, sterna, and some- times base of abdomen, black. Head, under-surface, and legs moderately, the prothorax slightly pubescent. Head rather wide; with dense and sharply defined punctures, more distinct on clypeus than elsewhere; clypeus unusually long, semicircularly notched in middle of apex. Eyes widely separated. Antennae moderately long; club Six-jointed. Prothoraz about twice as wide as the median length, sides strongly narrowed to apex, scutellar lobe small; I 256 punctures rather dense and small but sharply defined, becoming slightly larger and denser on sides. Elytra suboblong ; with rows of not very large but distinct punctures, on the sides set in fairly deep striae; interstices with dense and minute punctures, or faintly shagreened. Hind margin of intercoxal process of prosternum almost truncated. Length (3, @), 25-3 mm. Q. Differs in being more robust, eyes slightly more apart, antennae less distinctly six-jointed, legs somewhat shorter, and abdomen with a large apical fovea. Hab.—Australia (Blackburn’s collection); South Aus- tralia (Macleay Museum). Type, I. 10965. In general appearance strikingly close to Ditropidus nigribasis, and with prothoracic sculpture very similar, but the muzzle, owing to the clypeus (which scarcely varies sexually), is almost twice as long as on that species, and the club is distinctly six-jointed on the male, but on the female the sixth joint of the antennae might be regarded as belonging either to the club or to the basal portion. On one specimen the scutellar lobe appears to be feebly notched, but on six others it is not. The black parts of the head cause the eyes, at first glance, to appear much larger than they really are; the red middle part extends to the extreme base and is wider on some specimens than on others; the elytral punctures are more conspicuously infuscated on some specimens than on others. Var. A male, from New South Wales, has three black spots on the prothorax: a large medio-apical one, and a smaller one on each side, the three narrowly connected ,across the apex; most of its head is also black; the apical joint of its antennae is longer, and the curved apical portion narrower . and more distinct; as the curious muzzle, however, is as on the other specimens, it probably does not represent more than a variety. ‘7 oa? a - 257 AN ADVENTITIOUS OCCURRENCE OF NAUTILUS POM- ‘ PILIUS, LINN., WITH A SHORT BIBLIOGRAPHY ON OCEAN CURRENTS AFFECTING THE AUSTRALIAN COAST. By ArtHur R. RIDDLE. [Read August 12, 1920.] In January of 1911, the late Mr. James Scott, of Yorke- town, picked up in Foul Bay, on Southern Yorke Peninsula, opposite what is locally known as the Old Windmill, a live specimen of Nautilus pompilwus, Linn. The animal was nearly intact, only small portions having been removed by sea birds, and was not obviously in a state of decomposition. The shell is very large, beautifully and brightly — marked, and is in a perfect state of preservation. The exact measurements are: — Inches. Centimetres. Maximum length ae 8°94 22°7 Maximum height he 6°94 ERS Maximum breadth ... 4°5 PPA RANGE. The occurrence of this shell on Southern Yorke Peninsula is adventitious, the home of the shell being in much warmer seas. Tryon (1) gives the range generally as Polynesia, and specifically as embracing ‘‘the islands of the Eastern Archi- pelago, Erromanga, Aneitum, and other islands of the New Hebrides, and also the Feejee group.’’ Woodward (2) gives its habitat as ‘‘Chinese Seas, Indian Ocean, Persian Gulf.’’ Pelseneer (3) locates the specimen in the Indian and Pacific Oceans. The localities given by Woodward and Pelseneer are in marked contrast. to those given by Tryon in respect. to the Indian Ocean and Persian Gulf. Tryon would be supported by the range given by Willey (4) in his excellent and elaborate treatise, “Contribution to the Natural History of the Pearly Nautilus.”’ The entire range of the species is here given as “Philippines, Moluccas, Bismarck Ane Torres Straits, New Hebrides, and Fiji. - PrREvious ADVENTITIOUS OCCURRENCES. Similar occurrences, although apparently all of dead specimens, have been noted on the Australian coast, in lati- tudes much higher than those of the home of the shell. 12 25& Menke (5), in 1843, reported the species as occurring very rarely near Port Leschenault. This locality is not mentioned in the ‘‘Australian Pilot.”” Mention is made of Cape Leschenault, and of Leschenault Inlet, near Bunbury. Milligan (6), in 1850, reported the shell from the eastern coast of Van Diemen Land, and remarked ‘‘that as a per- fect specimen of the same was obtained at Flinders Island some years ago, amongst a vast number of shells of the paper nautilus (Argonautus argo), cast ashore there at same time, it may fairly be set down as an occasional inhabitant of these seas.’’ Angas (7), in 1877, recorded the shell at Coff Harbour, New South Wales. Brazier (8), in 1877, reported it from Coogee Bay, and the mouth of the Bellenger River, New South Wales, and in respect to the first locality remarked, ‘‘I obtained one speci- men at Coogee Bay, south of Sydney, thrown on shore after the great easterly gale of 1857.” Hedley (9), in 1893, exhibited a specimen found by White- legge, at Curl Curl Lagoon, near Sydney, and remarked that he had frequently seen it on the Queensland seaboard, and that it had been noticed by Mr. Johnson as wrecked on the Tas- manian coast. Cox (10), in 1897, found “‘large numbers of rather broken specimens of Vautilus pompilius thrown up in Eden Bay,”’ and remarked, “‘It is difficult to conceive how they get there; it is an enormous expanse to be drifted away from any of the Pacific Isles. Can it be possible that they are eaten by whales, and that the shells are extruded as excrement? I make this suggestion because great schools of whales come _ in there, it is said, to rub themselves on the coarse gravel bottom of the bay.’’ MiGRATION AND DRIFT. Willey (11), in dealing with food and migration, says: ‘‘It is also desirable to remember that Nautilus obviously draws its supplies of food from the bottom of the sea, it is a ground feeder. . . . When Nautilus has been taken, as a great rarity, at the surface of the sea, it has, generally, if not always, been found that the specimen was in a more or less moribund condition. At the same time, with its known faculty for swimming and migration, . . . it is quite conceivable that an individual specimen might occasionally wander away from its home.’’ It is quite probable, therefore, that if conditions of food and temperature were suitable, a migrating Nautilus would fully utilize ocean currents. Based on the 259 range given by Willey, one would scarcely consider as pro- bable a migration via the western coast of Australia. The one isolated statement by Menke is apparently the only record on the western coast, and then, presumably, of a dead specimen. At the same time, if there were evidence to show that Nautilus did migrate down the western coast, all other conditions are available to account for the specimen in Hoe Bay, on Southern Yorke Peninsula. A migration, however, along the warm Notonectian current, which sweeps past the home of the species, and then down the eastern coast of Australia, seems more probable. Waite (12), in the ‘“‘Thetis’’ Scientific Results, and Hedley (13) both discuss the question and cite cases of the migration of tropical life by this medium. This warm current is not at all superficial, the depth being given by Dannevig (14) as several hundred fathoms. By this medium the migrating Nautilus could well arrive at a position east of Bass Strait and Tasmania. How it could then travel westwards against the easterly current from the Great Australian Bight must be considered. Writing of the Notonectian current in 1910, ' Hedley (15) says, ‘‘Neither its origin nor its conclusion has been satisfactorily determined.’’* It is well known that upon its being met by the easterly current from the Bight, in Tasman Sea, it is, in part, deflected towards New Zealand. As to whether a portion of its volume may continue as a warm submerged current with a westerly drift is still to be determined by accurate survey. Dannevig (16) mentions the possibility of such a ‘‘deep sea circuit’’ in studying the migra- tion of the mullet as one to be examined. Reference is here made to the Bibliography appended for charts dealing with ocean currents affecting the Aus- tralian coast. In discussing the distribution of asphaltum on the southern Australian coast, Ward(17) publishes a chart showing the distribution and trend of the principal currents. This chart apparently covers the observations of all previous charts, and is probably the most complete one issued to date. It takes into account the well-known eddy in the Great Australian Bight, which is not shown in the other charts. The Commonwealth Director of Navigation kindly referred the writer to the “Admiralty Monthly Current Charts.” Attempts to see these have so far not been successful. From all the other charts, however, accompanying the articles, and (1) Such a consideration may not appear physically sound. It is mentioned here on account of its advocacy by Dannevig. 260 as separates, referred to in the Bibliography, the one out- standing feature along the southern Australian coast is the strongly-developed easterly current. This, coupled with the absence of any knowledge as to a submerged westerly from the Tasman Sea, makes it apparently difficult to account for the live Vautilus in Foul Bay. Its position on the western side of thes bay, however, suggests a westerly drift. The Australia Directory (18), dealing with ocean currents on the southern Australian coast, says: “‘From November to April, the easterly current abates in strength, and after a fresh easterly wind it not unfrequently changes its direction to the = - _— =~ ~ =z=--s— ie eS = - ~ { t hh 7 ~ j ! t { \ 9 4 cell fool eT yy a7 Gy 4s Ls : apyitje dt -= “= See ae Chart showing distribution and trend of Ocean Currents around Australian coast. [After L. Keith Ward.] north-westward.’’ It goes on to point out how much the currents are modified by winds. Dannevig (19) makes similar observations of current reversal by wind in respect to the Notonectian current on the eastern coast. With this know- ledge of the influence of wind on currents, the explanation of the last stages of the migration is more easily suggested. The time when the WVautilus came ashore was during the period when current reversal takes place. 261 Failing evidence in support of its western origin, it appears reasonable, therefore, to conclude, tentatively, that : — 1. The specimen was derived from the group of islands stated by Willey as its home. 2. It migrated thence to the Australian coast, and then southwards along the Notonectian current. 3. Its further passage from the Tasman Sea was accom- plished during the summer period of prevailing easterlies, its final stages being assisted by the westerly shore currents set up by the eddy in the Great Australian Bight. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. The writer is indebted to the Government Geologist (Mr. L. K. Ward, B.E.) for permission to reproduce the block depicting the trend of ocean currents on the Australian coast ; to Mr. C. Hedley for references to Nautilus occurrences on the New South Wales coast; and to Mr. E. R. Waite, Director of the South Australian Museum, for the reference to the work of Dr. Arthur Willey. ; REFERENCES. 1879. Tryon: Man. Conch., Ist Ser., vol.1., p. 215. 1880. Woopwarp: Man. Mollusca, p. 188. 1906. PELSENEER: A Treatise on Zoology, ed HE. Ray Lankester, pt. v., Mollusca, p. 333. 4. 1902. Wiutuey: Zoological Results, p. 745. 5. 1843. Menxe: Moll. Nov. Holl., p. 5. O. 1001. Maniiesan: Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. V.D.L., vol. 1., p- 292. 7. 1877. Ancas: Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1877, p. 178. 8. 1877. Brazier: Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. i1., p. 143. 9. 1894. Hepuey: Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. xviii., p. 239. 10. 1897. Cox: Nautilus, vol. xi.; p. 43. 11. 1902. Wiriey: Loe. ett. p. 808. 12. 1899. Waite: Aust. Mus. Mem., iv., p. 16. 13. 1910. Hepiey: Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. xxxv., ° . GS me EOL. a aha Biol. Res. ‘‘Endeavour,’’ vol. i1., p. 342. a9. /1910. Hepiey: Loc. -ct.; p. 9. 16. 1904. Dannevic: N.S. Wales Votes Proc. Leg. Ass., 1903, p. 56. 17. 1913. Warp: Geol. Sur. S. Austr., Bull. i1., p. 25. wor 18. 19: 1892. 1894. 1896. 1898. 1899. 1901. 1901. 1902. 1904. 1907. 1898. 1907. 1910. 1914. 1899. 1915. 1915. 1904. 1913. 1907. 1907. 1914. 1918. 1919. 1915. 1915: 1904. 262 1907. Australia Directory, vol. i., Dannevie: Loc. cit., p. 55. AUSTRALIAN Coast. RvussELL: Jour. Proce. XXV1., p. 47. RUSSELL: Jour. Proc: xxviii, p. 245. RuSsELL: Jour. Proc. Kxx,, ‘ps! 202: RUSSELL > “Jour, je roc. EXx.) 230) RvuSssELL: Jour. Proc. XXMIMM.,p: 14h: RussEtL: Jour. Proc. pS 6. pray sya | O RusseEtut: Jour. Proc. 9-60 BA aN (Ye Pa 0 OW RUSSELL: Jour. Proc. REXVIE, op. wOle LENEHAN: Jour. Proc. KOMI... Poel 20: Dannevie: Jour. Proc. Roy. Soc.